london 3 day travel itinerary

Savvy Travel Advice

3 Days in London: A Perfect 72 Hour London Itinerary

Last updated: April 13, 2024 - Written by Jessica Norah 160 Comments

London is one of the world’s largest and most exciting cities, offering visitors thousands of things to do, including museums, royal palaces, beautiful parks, historical sites, and world-class theatre.

With all these options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially for first time visitors. We’ve put together a recommended 3 day London itinerary that will help you see the city’s highlights if you have at least 3 days in London.

Our suggested 3 day itinerary has you visiting all the city’s most famous attractions (e.g., Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Tower of London) as well as some of the city’s lesser-known attractions.

In addition to the 3 day itinerary, we also provide tips on how to get around London, a map that plots out each day’s suggested itinerary, and tips on how to save money during your 3 days in London.

Table of Contents:

Planning Tips for 3 Days in London 

Before we share the 3 day London itinerary, we wanted to make sure you have all the planning information to make the most of your 3 days in London. So we first share information on how to get around London, how to save money on sightseeing, day trip recommendations, advice on where to stay, and further trip planning resources.

How to Get to London

London is well-connected to the rest of the world and easy to reach by plane or train. Most international visitors arrive by air.

London has six main airports, and you can get to London from almost any part of the world. If you are arriving from an international location outside Europe, Heathrow  is likely to be your arrival airport. For helping in getting into London from an airport, see our London airport guide  which covers transport options from all 6 airports.

If you are arriving by train, London is well-connected to train routes throughout the UK and Europe with a number of train stations in and around central London. Those planning to travel by train throughout the UK might want to see if a BritRail Pass might save you money, or another rail pass if traveling throughout Europe by train.

Those arriving from Scotland can check out our Edinburgh to London guide , and might want to consider taking an  overnight sleeper train .

If you are arriving from continental Europe by train or car, you’ll need to travel across the English Channel on the  EuroStar  train or take a ferry.

How to Get around London

London is best explored either on foot or by public transportation. Cabs and bike hires are also options.

London has a great public transportation network and most visitors spend at least some time traveling on it. This includes public bus, tram, and rail services (including “the Tube”) within the city. You can buy individual tickets for each ride, but many visitors get an Oyster Card  which allows you to travel on almost all the city’s public transit options and can save you time and money.

If you are considering an Oyster Card, you can read our full Oyster Card review . For more information and tips on getting around London, check out our detailed  public transport guide to London .

We do not recommend driving in London unless you are planning to stay on the outskirts of the city as driving and finding parking in central busy locations can be a nightmare. Parking is also expensive in many areas and there are congestion fees for driving in the city center.

If you are driving to London, I’d park your car when you arrive in the city and then use public transport to get around the city.

If you need to book a taxi in London, we recommend using minicabit to compare prices and make a booking.

How to Save Money on Sightseeing in London

London can be an expensive destination for visitors and the costs of a trip here can quickly add up. There are a number of London discount passes you can purchase before your trip to help you save money (and time) at London’s most popular attractions and museums.

Our favorite London discount pass is the  London Pass which allows free entry into over 80 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London , Westminster Abbey, View from the Shard, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and many more.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theatre tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits here .

We’ve used the London Pass on a number of visits and have written an in-depth London Pass review  which you can read to help determine if the London Pass would help you save money or time on your trip.

Although London can be expensive, it also has a number of fantastic free attractions including beautiful green parks, historic sites, and world-class museums like the British Museum, National Gallery, and Victoria & Albert Museum. Also be sure to check for special events and festivals that may be happening during your visit. 

Possible Day Trips from London

If you only have 3 days in London you certainly won’t need to leave the city for want of things to do. If this is your first visit, we actually would recommend spending the full 3 days in London as there is so much to see, do, eat, and take in! But we know that for many visitors, there is a must-see attraction outside of London that they want to see such as Stonehenge, Oxford, or the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio tour .

If there is something you really want to see in southern England and you only have the three days, then you can visit it as a day trip from London. For most places, you’ll have the option to see it as part of a guided tour, take public transit, arrange a private transfer, or rent a car and drive yourself.

We recommend taking public transit, joining a tour, or booking a private transfer to do a day tour from London. Unless you arrived by car or are planning to drive in the UK after your visit to London, we don’t really recommend having a car in central London as it can be a headache with the traffic, lack of parking, high overnight parking rates, and congestion charges.

Below are some popular London day trip options to consider:

• Stonehenge – This ancient and mysterious stone circle is one of the most popular stops on a day trip from London. Most commonly done as a bus day trip, but you can also do it via public transit (train plus shuttle), rent a car, or book a private transfer. Read about our Stonehenge day trip experience here , which was a version of this tour  of Stonehenge, Bath, and the Cotswolds. A couple other suggestions for guided tours are this express half-day trip  to Stonehenge or this full day trip which includes inner stone access at Stonehenge and a stop in Bath.
• WB Harry Potter Studio – Harry Potter fans will likely want to make time to visit the Warner Brothers Studio located outside the city in Leavesden where all of the Harry Potter films were filmed. The Harry Potter Studio Tour  (fee) includes loads of original sets, clothing, props, interactive exhibits, and a giant gift shop. You can get here from London via public transit (train plus shuttle) or by booking a tour or transfer. Tickets must be booked in advance. You can also  book a tour  from central London that will take you directly to and from the studio so you don’t have to take the train and shuttle. If you want to take a walking tour of the Harry Potter London filming sites consider this guided tour .
• Oxford – Oxford is a compact and scenic historical city that is home to England’s oldest university. You can read our post about things to do in Oxford and how to plan your own Oxford day trip from London . It is easy to reach by train. If you are interested in a guided tour, you might consider this tour which visits Oxford plus the Cotswolds.
• Highclere Castle  – Highclere Castle is the country house home of the Earl of Carnarvon, but it is better known as Downton Abbey from the hit British period TV series. The best way to get here is by car or by joining a tour. Here is a suggested guided tour option that includes a visit to Highclere Castle, Bampton (used as Downton village), and other Downton Abbey filming locations. Open seasonally so check opening dates before planning a visit.
• Stratford-upon-Avon  – Stratford-upon-Avon is a picturesque Midlands market town that is best known as the birthplace of William Shakespeare and for its well-preserved Tudor buildings. Best ways to get here is by car, train, or guided tour. Here is a  guided tour option that includes a visit to Stratford-upon-Avon and the Cotswolds. See our guide to things to do in Stratford-upon-Avon here .

Where to Stay in London for 3 Days

If you are planning to do a visit that is similar to our suggested 3 day London itinerary, we’d recommend staying in central London to avoid added travel time. We’d suggest staying somewhere in the region between Kensington in the west and Canary Wharf in the east.

London has every type of accommodation option that you can imagine, from  inexpensive hostels  to self-catering  apartments  to 5-star  luxury hotels .

London is home to some really classic luxury hotels like  The Ritz ,  The Dorchester ,  Brown’s , and  The Savoy , but it also has a number of mid-range and budget friendly chains like  Holiday Inn Express ,  Travelodge ,  Best Western ,  Premier Inn , and  Ibis.

London is an expensive city so expect to pay a bit more than you might normally in less expensive destinations. But if you book in advance and compare prices, you should be able to find something that will fit most budgets.

To find the best rates on hotels in London, we recommend searching on Booking com or Hotels.com as in our experience these two sites tend to have the best prices and widest choice on both hotels and a range of apartments.

If you are looking for self-catering apartments or rooms, we recommend checking out Plum Guide . In our experience they offer some of the best options. See their listings for London here . There are also loads of other apartment booking sites  you can check.

Here are a few suggestions across budgets (lowest to highest):

• The Walrus Bar and Hostel  – A well reviewed centrally located hostel, only a 15 minute walk from the Palace of Westminster (Big Ben) and Parliament Square.
• SoHostel – Another well-reviewed hostel located just at the edge of Westminster, only a 15 minute walk from Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.
• Point A Hotel – This is a hotel within the well-priced Point A hotel range, and this one is well-reviewed and located in Westminster. A 17 minute walk to Parliament Square and Westminster Abbey. We’ve stayed here; rooms are tiny but clean and a great budget option.
• Premier Inn – This well-rated mid-range 3-star option is located hotel is located near the Borough Market and London Bridge.
• Hilton Tower Bridge – This well-rated hotel offers a good value for what it offers and is located within a short walk of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market.
• The Resident Victoria Hotel – A centrally located 4-star hotel offering excellent value for money located near Buckingham Palace. We’ve stayed here; the lower priced rooms are small but the hotel is very well-located.
• Lime Tree Hotel – A well reviewed boutique hotel, around nine minutes walk from London Victoria
• Brown’s – If you are looking for a classic 5-star London luxury hotel, you can’t go wrong with Brown’s which provides intimate boutique luxury. It is the oldest hotel in London and is located in Mayfair within a 12 minute walk from Buckingham Palace.
• The Savoy  – Another classic 5-star luxury hotel, this one much larger, located in central London. Less than 10 minute walk to Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery.

For many more options, see our complete guide to where to stay in London , which also has tips on what to look for and the different neighbourhoods in the city.

Have More or Less than 3 Days in London?

If you have less than 3 days in London, we have also written a suggested guide to spending  1 day in London  as well as a  2 day London itinerary . We also have a guide to seeing the best of the city and its royal sites in a  one day London walking tour .

If you have more than 3 days, we also have a 6 day London itinerary  that should give you plenty of ideas of how to spend up to 1 week in London.

If you’re in London for longer than 1 week and want some advice, feel free to leave us a comment and we’re always happy to provide some suggestions based on what you enjoy doing and seeing.

Further Information & London Resources

We have written a lot about London on both of our travel blogs, so you can check out our  London articles on Finding the Universe  and our  London articles  on this blog for more info and to see where we’ve been.

For additional planning resources, the  city tourism website  and  Visit Great Britain  websites also offer tons of helpful information for visitors. If your travels are taking you beyond London, you can check out Laurence’s suggested  2-week UK itinerary  to get you started.

If you are looking for a London guidebook, we recommend either the latest Rick Steves guidebook or Lonely Planet guidebooks .

Most of our suggested itinerary has you walking and using the Tube, so we recommend picking up a decent walking map for London. We really like the London  laminated Streetwise map  (it also includes a central Underground Tube map), but you can also probably find a free paper map at your hotel or at a visitor center.

If you are looking for packing tips for your trip, check out our suggested  London packing list .

3 Day London Itinerary: How to Spend 3 Days in London

Now, we’ll share our suggested 3-day London itinerary. Our itinerary is geared to the first-time visitor to London who has 3 days in London (or more), and is interested in visiting a number of historic and cultural attractions as well as some green spaces and scenic viewpoints.

As with all of our suggested itineraries, we recommend that you use this as a guide for your trip and tailor it to suit your individual interests, needs, and speed of travel. If you have any questions as you are planning your trip to London, please feel free to leave us a comment in the Comments section at the end of this post.

Be sure to check on the opening dates and hours for any must-see attractions before you set out as many attractions close for one day per week, or may be closed due to renovation or a special event.

For all attractions with an entrance fee, we’ve noted there is an entry fee by writing “(fee)” next to them. Since many visitors use the  London Pass , the attractions that are included on the London Pass are starred (*) denoting that passholders receive free entry so these attractions have “(fee*)” next to them. We do our best to keep this information updated, but things change so you may want to double-check fees and London Pass inclusions before your trip.

The map below shows the suggested walking routes for each of the three days in London with all major London itinerary locations noted. Click  here  or double click on the map below for a closer look and to see exact locations in Google maps:

London Itinerary Day 1 – Explore Westminster

We recommend starting your trip to London in Westminster as it is the geographical, cultural, and political center of the city. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London! Here you’ll find some of London’s most iconic buildings, including Buckingham Palace, Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

Many people enjoy taking a sightseeing bus or walking tour to get a good overview of a city before heading off to explore on their own. If this is you, I’d recommend doing it on your first day in London to get a good orientation.

• If you like hop on hop off buses, the City Sightseeing bus covers many of London’s highlights. A  free sightseeing bus is included for those with a London Pass.
• If you enjoy walking tours we can recommend  Take Walks which offers several tours in London as well as many other locations in Europe. We have used them several times and all their tours are well-rated.
• If you are looking for a full day walking tour that will cover most of the highlights of Westminster, we recommend this one  or this one . Both cover many of the highlights including a visit to Tower of London , a Thames river cruise, and seeing the Changing of the Guard. You can read a full description of the full day London walking tour I did on my very first visit to London to get an idea of what these are like.
• If you are looking for a half day tour, you might consider this 4 hour tour .
• If you are a Harry Potter fan, consider a Harry Potter guided walking tour like this one
• If you are looking for a private walking tour of London or a customized tour, we recommend checking out the London tours offered by Context Travel.

Our suggested Day 1 London itinerary starts and stops near Parliament Square, but you can begin it at any point along the route. Today’s route is walkable but you can also get around via public transit, taxi, or a sightseeing bus as well.

Parliament Square & Houses of Parliament

We’re going to start off our itinerary at Parliament Square which is a well known public square in Westminster that is easy to get to via public transport and is a stop on all the main sightseeing buses as well. Around the square you’ll also find the statues of a number of famous people, including Winston Churchill, Abraham Lincoln, Robert Peel, and Gandhi.

This popular square is surrounded by famous buildings, including Westminster Abbey, St. Margaret’s Church, the UK Supreme Court, and the Palace of Westminster. The Palace of Westminster, better known as the Houses of Parliament, is probably best known for its famous Big Ben bell which sits within the iconic golden Elizabeth Tower.

The large government building is named after the former medieval palace of the same name. A few sections of the medieval palace of Westminster still remain, including the 14th century  Jewel Tower  (fee*) which you can visit.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  (fee) on certain dates. Tours include visits to the Westminster Hall, St. Stephens Hall, Commons Chamber, and the Lords Chamber. UK residents can contact their local MP or a Member of the House of Lords to arrange a free tour. Otherwise, you can  book a tour ticket online  for a self-guided audio tour or guided tour. Tours must be booked in advance.

Westminster Abbey

Westminster Abbey  (fee*) is one of the most famous and impressive churches in England. It dates back to 1245 and was mostly built in the Gothic style. Inside the church are tombs and memorials to a number of the most famous British people from the past 1,000 years, including royalty, scientists, aristocrats, and artists. It has also been used for all English and British coronations since William the Conqueror in 1066 as well as being the site of numerous royal weddings, including the 2011 wedding of Prince William and Catherine Middleton.

If you plan to visit Westminster Abbey be sure to leave extra time to get in and see everything as it is a popular place and it takes a while to explore. An audioguide is included and will help you make the most of your self-guided visit. You can skip the line and get fast track entry by booking your ticket online in advance here .

In summer 2018, the  Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries  (fee) via the new Weston Tower of Westminster Abbey Tower was opened. The galleries house exhibits about the history of the abbey as well as a number of priceless artifacts. Admission to the Galleries is currently an extra £5.00 and you will receive a timed ticket since space is limited.

Guided tours of the main sections of the Abbey are also possible for a small extra fee (currently £5/person), check at arrival or on the Abbey website for tour times.

Churchill War Rooms

The  Churchill War Rooms (fee) is made up of two connected museums: the Cabinet War Rooms and the Churchill Museum. The Cabinet War Rooms allows visitors to explore the huge underground secret bunker where the majority of the World War 2 effort was directed from 1939 to 1945. An audioguide and interpretive exhibits help visitors understand the maze of underground rooms and what happened here.

The Churchill Museum is a large room dedicated to the life of Winston Churchill. It provides information on his life from his early years to his death in 1965, with a focus on his long political career. This is the most comprehensive museum I’ve ever visited on Churchill and our favorite site of the many  Winston Churchill sites in London . Book your tickets online in advance here .

For those with an interest in the London Blitz, we can also recommend the  London Churchill War Room tour  (save 10% off any Context tour using this link) by Context Travel which includes a guided visit to the Churchill War Rooms as well as a guided tour of parts of London related to the Blitz.

Those interested in military and war related history, should check out this list of London war museums and memorials .

St. James’s Park

We now recommend walking through St. James’ Park in the direction of Buckingham Palace for a bit of greenery. The 50-acre park is one of the city’s 8 Royal Parks and is known for its famous pelican residents. There is a café located within the park if you need a tea or coffee break or a light lunch.

Near the park is the  The Guards Museum  (fee*) which tells the history of the British Army Guards regiments as well as St. James’s Palace , a 16th century palace that was once the main residence of the British monarch. Today the palace is still used as a residence for members of the British royal family (although not the monarch) and as a meeting place. The palace is not open to visitors.

Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace is the most famous palace in the UK and serves as the primary London residence for the reigning sovereign of the United Kingdom. The royal palace dates back to 1703 and was originally built as a townhouse for the Duke of Buckingham, but was later acquired by King George III. Queen Victoria was the first monarch to officially reside in the palace.

If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, you’ll need to skip either the morning visit to Westminster Abbey or the Churchill War Rooms (you can visit one later in the afternoon instead) to get to Buckingham Palace before 11am. The Changing of the Queen’s Guard ceremony takes place on most days at the forecourt of Buckingham Palace around 11am, and lasts about 45 minutes. If you want to see the Changing of the Guard ceremony, check the  schedule online  in advance (may be cancelled last minute due to weather or security issues) and show up early to get a good viewing spot.

If you want a spot to watch part of the Changing of the Guard with fewer people, you might consider watching from in front of Friary Court in front of St. James Palace (the Old Guard normally lines up and starts here). Another alternative is to watch the Changing of the The Queen’s Lifeguard (horse guards) at the  Horse Guards Parade .

Most visitors are happy to just get a look at the palace and perhaps see the Changing of the Guard, but you can also tour the State Rooms at Buckingham Palace (fee) in the summer (generally August and September only). You need to book tickets in advance if you want to tour the palace, you can get tickets here for a tour and self-guided tours include audioguides.

Even if you can’t visit the State Rooms of Buckingham Place, there are places on the palace grounds that are open to the public year round. At the  Royal Mews  (fee) you can see a large number of royal carriages and coaches, including the Diamond Jubilee State Coach. At the Queen’s Gallery  (fee*) you’ll find excellent art exhibitions from the royal collection which change regularly throughout the year.

Piccadilly Circus

We now recommend heading to Piccadilly Circus en route to Trafalgar Square. Piccadilly Circus  doesn’t have any clowns, but it is a famous circular road junction well-known for its neon signs and advertising. You’ll find the well-known Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain  here.

From here, it is a short walk to many of London’s West End theaters (head up Shaftesbury Avenue) or to London’s West End shopping area (follow Regent Street).

Trafalgar Square & the National Gallery

Trafalgar Square is one of the most popular public squares in London and is home to Nelson’s Column (a monument to Admiral Horatio Nelson) and London’s famous stone lion statues. The square also features performing street artists and contemporary art (a changing featured piece of art occupies the square’s Fourth Plinth ).

Here you’ll also find two of London top art museums, the  National Gallery  and the  National Portrait Gallery . We’ve spent a lot of time in both over the years and they include world-class art from artists such as Picasso, Turner, Titian, and Monet. If you love art, I’d plan to spend some time at one or both of these museums. Entry is free (special exhibitions may cost extra) at both museums although donations are greatly appreciated.

If you are traveling with kids, they may enjoy creating a brass rubbing they can take home with them at the nearby  London Brass Rubbing Centre (fee) located underground within St. Martin-in-the-Fields. Note that this isn’t always available, check the website for when you can do it.

Now we recommend walking down Whitehall, which is the street running south from Trafalgar Square towards Parliament Square. Whitehall is so named for the Palace of Whitehall, a large medieval royal palace complex that stood here until it was destroyed by fire in 1698. It was the largest palace in the world at one time with over 1,500 rooms!

A small well-preserved section of the Whitehall palace complex, the  Banqueting Hall (fee), can still be visited today. The Banqueting House was designed by Inigo Jones and features a beautiful ceiling painted by Peter Paul Reubens.

Today Whitehall is still the center of the UK Government and you’ll pass a number of government buildings along your walk. You’ll also pass the  The Household Calvary Museum  (fee*), a small museum dedicated to the history of the Household Cavalry which is located in the 18th century stables of the Horse Guards. In the middle of the street, you’ll also see The Cenotaph , the UK’s national war memorial.

You’ll also pass by the entrance to Downing Street which is where the Prime Minister (at 10 Downing Street) and other UK government ministers reside. The street is gated and guarded, but you can peek through and should be able to get a glimpse 10 Downing Street, which is the headquarters of the UK government and official residence of the UK Prime Minister.

As you continue your walk, you’ll end back in Parliament Square where we started our day.

Westminster Bridge

Now we recommend walking across Parliament Square and onto Westminster Bridge. This bridge dates back to 1862 but there has been a bridge here since 1750. From the bridge, you’ll have a fantastic view back of the Houses of Parliament and the River Thames. You can then take a walk along the Thames or head off to dinner.

London Dungeon

If you still have time and stamina you might want to continue on across Westminster Bridge to where you’ll find several attractions located along the Thames, including the London Dungeon and the London Eye .

The  London Dungeon (fee*) is a popular interactive walkthrough attraction that uses costumed actors, special effects, and rides to share some of London’s darker and more gory history and provide some laughs and screams along the way.

The educational and historical part of the experience here is a bit questionable, but if you enjoy amusement parks and haunted houses, you’ll probably enjoy this. Not recommended for young children or those with a nervous disposition.

Next door to the London Dungeon are two family-oriented attractions, the Sea Life London Aquarium (fee*) and  DreamWorks Tours: Shrek’s Adventure (fee*).

If you are wanting to visit these attractions, they are also included on the London Pass.

The  London Eye (fee*) is Europe’s tallest observation wheel and a great place to get some nice views over London and the Thames. Visitors stand in large enclosed glass pods on this giant ferris wheel like attraction and it spins very slowly to give visitors expansive views. You can also add champagne to the experience or even get a private pod.

The London Eye is open late (depending on the time of year) making it a great last stop or even after dinner visit. Around sunset is a nice time to do this ride. Great in good weather, I’d skip if the weather is too bad as it will spoil the views.

You can save money (and time) by purchasing your tickets in advance. Online prices are usually much lower than if you buy at the ticket desk.

You can buy tickets for the London Eye from the official site here . It’s also included on the London Pass.

We also have a complete guide to visiting the London Eye here .

London Itinerary Day 2 – City of London & Southwark

Today we recommend exploring the City of London. The City of London is another “city within a city” like Westminster. It is home to much of the city’s financial and banking services, and is also the oldest part of the city. This area was named “Londinium” by the Romans and you’ll find an interesting mix of the city’s oldest landmarks and most modern buildings here.

Across the River Thames from the City of London is the London Borough of Southwark. A number of top London attractions and landmarks can be found here including HMS Belfast, the Tate Modern, The Shard, Southwark Cathedral, the Imperial War Museum, and Borough Market.

You can get around and do this itinerary on foot, but you may want to take public transit to get from the Sky Garden to St. Paul’s Cathedral to save time. If you are planning to do a Thames river cruise, you may want to do it today after your visit to the Tower of London. 

Tower of London

The  Tower of London  (fee*) was first built by William the Conqueror in 1078 as a royal castle and defense tower. It was then expanded over the centuries and served many purposes, including a fortress, prison, armory, and Royal Mint. Today is it a UNESCO world heritage site and it is famous for serving as a prison and execution site of famous people like Queen Anne Boleyn and Lady Jane Grey, and for housing the Crown Jewels.

The Tower of London is definitely one of the most popular (and one of our favorite) attractions in London, so we recommend being there near opening time if you can. Once inside, we recommend visiting the Crown Jewels first as this part can get very crowded.

There is a lot of to see here but some of the highlights are the Crown Jewels, the White Tower, the Tower Green, and the tours given by the Beefeaters ( Yeoman Warders ). For more information, see our complete guide to visiting the Tower of London .

The Tower of London is included on the London Pass, or you can book tickets in advance here .

If you enjoy nice views, we recommend a stop at Sky Garden, London’s highest public garden. The terraced garden area is laid out over three storeys (level 35 to 37) and there is an observation deck, bar, and open air terrace.

Although the Sky Garden is technically a public garden and can be visited for free, we recommend booking a space in advance as they are often fully booked and can’t always accommodate walk-ins. Tickets are generally released each week and can be booked up to 2 weeks in advance. If the free slots are already booked out and you still want to visit and enjoy the views, you can generally still get in by making a restaurant reservation and eating at one of the several restaurants located here.

Nearby, we recommend stopping by to see The Monument , a 202 foot Doric column monument designed by Christopher Wren and Robert Hooke to commemorate the Great Fire of 1666 . The column stands approximately at the spot the fire started. Visitors can actually go inside (fee*) and climb the over 300 stairs to the viewing platform on top.

You can then walk to St. Paul’s (about 15 minutes) or take the Underground from The Monument stop to the St. Paul’s Cathedral stop.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral  (fee*) dates back to 1697 after the previous one was badly destroyed by the Great Fire of London in 1666. It was rebuilt by Christopher Wren in the English Baroque style, but a church dedicated to St. Paul has been on this site since the 7th century!

The dome of the cathedral is a recognizable feature of the London skyline and the church has long been seen as a symbol of the spirit of the British people, especially during World War II. The church is an active place of worship with regular Anglican services, and has been the site of a number of notable events including the wedding of Prince Charles and Diana, the state funeral of Winston Churchill, and Jubilee services for Queen Elizabeth II.

The church can be visited and tour and admission prices include an audioguide for a self-guided visited. Guided tours are often given throughout the day by church staff.

Visitors have the option to visit the main parts of the cathedral, the dome, and the crypt. There is often a line to visit the dome as only a certain number of visitors can climb the steps at a time, so allow extra time if you want to climb the dome to visit the Whispering Gallery and/or the Stone and Golden Galleries.

If you don’t have the London Pass (free entry included), we recommend booking your ticket online in advance to save money and to skip the ticket line.

Alternative: An alternative (or additional) attraction in the area that you may want to visit is the Museum of London . A great free museum that we’d highly recommend to anyone interested in the history of the city (note, closed until 2026).

Shakespeare’s Globe

Now we recommend heading across the Millennium Bridge, a steel pedestrian suspension bridge, to the other side of the Thames to see Shakespeare’s Globe (fee*).

This is of course not the original Globe Theatre (built in 1599) used by William Shakespeare, but it is as faithful of a modern construction as could be produced of the open-air theatre where Shakespeare staged many of his famous plays. The Globe is located near where the original would have stood. The original Globe Theatre stood about 200 meters away and you can go see the site and it is marked by a plaque.

The reconstruction of The Globe was the dream project of American actor/director Sam Wanamaker. If you want to see the inside of the theatre, you can visit the museum exhibition, learn how it was constructed, and do a guided tour of the open-air Globe where you get to see the stage and seating areas.

You can also enjoy open-air performances here in the summer or at the indoor candle-lit Jacobean style Sam Wanamaker Playhouse year-round. A great venue to see a Shakespeare play in London. Just be sure to book your performance ticket in advance.

Alternatives:  Other nearby attractions include the Tate Modern (free, charges for exhibitions*), HMS Belfast  (fee*), Southwark Cathedral (free, donations welcome), and  The Old Operating Theatre Museum  (fee*).

Borough Market

Borough Market is the best known and one of the oldest markets in the UK. It is believed that a market has been in this area since around 1014!

Today the market is filled with fresh produce, fresh meats and fish, baked goods, cheeses, flowers, wines, spices, and other food stuff. There are also cafes, demonstration kitchens, and restaurants that are part of the market as well as many food stalls selling ready-to-eat foods, including sandwiches and all kinds of street foods from Ethiopian wraps to Galloway beef stew to vegetarian pastries. This is a great place for a snack or meal!

If you are really interested in food, we’d recommend considering cutting out some of the other stops in the itinerary today and doing a food tour here, such as this one . A food tour will allow you to understand the history of Borough Market and allow you to sample and taste a wide selection of local products and dishes.

The market is normally open from 10am to 5pm and is closed on most Sundays during the year. Check the hours ahead of time when planning your day.

London Bridge & Tower Bridge

From this area you can admire London’s two most famous bridges, London Bridge and Tower Bridge. Both are active road bridges over the River Thames that can be crossed by vehicles and pedestrians.

Given time, you probably only have time to admire them today, but both do have associated attractions if you want to visit them. You’ll also have a good view of HMS Belfast (fee) moored in the Thames, a WW2 era Royal Navy light cruiser that is now a popular tourist attraction.

London Bridge has existed in some form since Roman times, although the current one was built in the 1970’s. Next to London Bridge is the  The London Bridge Experience  (fee*) which tells the darker history of the London Bridge over time through the use of interactive exhibits and theater and is geared towards families and young adults that don’t mind a bit of a scare.

Tower Bridge is the more iconic bridge, although often mistakenly referred to as London Bridge. It is a Victorian bascule and suspension bridge built between 1886 and 1894, and is very photogenic with its iconic bridge towers.

If you want to learn more about the Tower Bridge (and have extra time) you can visit the  Tower Bridge Exhibition  (fee*) which covers the history of the bridge and allows access to the towers and walkways, including a glass walkway you can walk across that extends 138 feet above the Thames!

The Shard  is a modern pyramidal shaped skyscraper that is home to several restaurants, a hotel, offices, shops, and a viewing gallery. It was completed in 2012 and is currently the tallest building in Western Europe at 1,017 feet (309 meters) with 87 floors.

The viewing gallery, called The View from the Shard (fee*), is the highest public viewing gallery in London located on floors 68, 69, and 72. The building offers spectacular 360 degree views over central London and you can see just about all of the city’s major landmarks. On a clear day they say you can see up to 40 miles away, and it definitely offers the most expansive views over London we’ve every seen! Good views both during the day and the evening.

Now, The View at the Shard is fairly pricey (currently £37/person) for what it offers. So I’d carefully consider your visit here especially if you have already visited the London Eye and/or Sky Garden which both also offer good city views. If you do want to visit book your tickets online in advance for the best prices.

The View from the Shard is also included on the London Pass , so if you have one of these then it is definitely worth visiting.

Another way to enjoy the view is to head to the GONG Bar on Floor 21, and while not as high as the viewing platform, still offers sweeping views of the city for the price of a cocktail. This is a great spot to enjoy a before or after dinner drink. You can book ahead but they also take walk-ins at the bar. The Shard also has several other restaurants and bars, reservations recommended or required for meals.

West End Show

The West End is one of the most world-renown places in the world, along with New York City’s Broadway, for professional theatre. Over 30 theaters can be found in the West End offering a wide variety of musicals and plays. Here is a good list  of the theaters which also denotes the current main production being shown at each.

If you are wanting to go to a West End theater performance, you can book tickets in advance online before your trip (recommended if there is a specific performance you want to see) or try to find a deal once you are in London if you are flexible in what you see. Here are some  tips for buying theatre tickets,  and London Pass holders have access to  theater ticket discounts  on several West End shows.

But if theater and musicals are not your thing, there are a number of nighttime performances in London every day, from rock concerts to opera to films to comedy shows. For operas, symphonies, and classical music, you can find a list of upcoming performances here .

London also has a great nightlife scene with hundreds of bars, pubs, discos, and clubs. No matter what your taste, you are sure to find something of interest!

London Itinerary Day 3 – Kensington & Windsor Castle

So now you’ve seen some of the BIG highlights in London like Westminster Abbey, the Tower of London, Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, and the National Gallery. For your last day we’d suggest exploring a neighborhood like Kensington in the morning and then head to Windsor Castle in the afternoon.

Alternative London Neighborhood Options. We are going to recommend Kensington as the neighborhood to explore today, as we feel it offers something for every type of traveler and also has a large number of attractions, including several free museums. But if you are wondering about other neighborhood options we can also recommend Greenwich or Camden.

Each of these 3 neighborhoods are interesting and have a number of attractions and are worth a day of exploring. If you’d prefer to explore Greenwich or Camden, you can find a day itinerary for both of these neighborhoods as part of our suggested 6 day itinerary .

Or you can instead use this day to visit sites of interest to you that didn’t make it into our 3 day itinerary, such as the British Museum (free), Kew Gardens (fee*), the London Zoo (fee*) or a tour of the FC Chelsea stadium (fee*). Indulge in a particular passion or just enjoy a leisurely day of shopping or pub hopping.

Or head out of London for a day trip (see “Possible Day Trips from London” section at the beginning of the post for ideas) to visit popular sites in southern England such as Stonehenge or Oxford. It’s you last day, so spend it however you like!

You can get around Kensington today by foot, but you will need to take a train to reach Windsor Castle.

Kensington Palace

Kensington Palace (fee*) is a grand 17th century home that was first used as a royal residence by King William II and Queen Mary II. It continued to be used as a royal residence by a British monarch through the reign of King George II. Since then it been used as the residence and workplace of “minor royalty”, and is still an active working royal palace.

One of the people most associated with the palace is Queen Victoria although she never lived here as queen. Victoria was born at Kensington Palace and it was here that she learned that she was queen. Fittingly, outside of Kensington Palace is a large marble statue of Queen Victoria, designed by her daughter Princess Louise, that depicts her at the age of 18 in her coronation robes.

In more recent times, it has been the home and workplace of Princess Margaret, Prince Charles, Princess Diana, Prince William, and Prince Henry. It is still the official London residence of Prince William and Prince Henry and their wives, Princess Eugenie, and several other members of the Royal Family.

Despite it being a working royal palace, visitors are able to visit many of the rooms in the palace year round. There is a lot to see here and you can easily spent a few hours wandering around the warren of rooms. I would recommend taking a look at the different self-guided routes that the palace staff recommend and these are color coded and mapped out. The routes are based on different themes (e.g., Queen Victoria, King’s Apartments, Queen Victoria, royal fashion) so you can be sure to see the parts of most interest.

Note, the palace currently has a very popular Princess Diana fashion exhibition (entry is included with the palace ticket but expect additional lines for this exhibition). This has led to increased visitor numbers.

If you don’t have a London Pass I would recommend purchasing your ticket in advance here and if you do have a London Pass, I’d recommend arriving near opening time. I’d also recommend visiting on a weekday rather than a weekend if you can.

There is a  café here serving meals and refreshments, and also a garden worth exploring if you have time and the weather is good.

Kensington Gardens

After visiting the palace, we recommend spending some time exploring the surrounding Kensington Gardens. The gardens are another one of London’s royal parks and covers 265 acres. It’s a beautiful green space and we recommend a little wander if the weather is nice.

Some of the highlights of the park are the two Serpentine Galleries (free contemporary art galleries), an ornamental water garden, the Albert Memorial, the Elphin Oak (carved hollow oak tree), and the Princess Diana Memorial Playground.  Food and drinks are also available at cafés in the park year round.

Probably the most striking memorial in the park is the Albert Memorial, a giant ornate memorial to Prince Albert who died of typhoid in 1861, leaving his wife Queen Victoria grief stricken. From the memorial, you’ll have a good view of the Royal Albert Hall.

Royal Albert Hall

The Royal Albert Hall (fee*) is the top performance venue in London and the hall hosts everything from classical concerts to rock bands to sporting events. The world-class concert hall was the idea of Prince Albert and was first opened in 1871. Everyone from the Beatles to Winston Churchill to Nine Inch Nails have made appearances or performed here, and each year it hosts the BBC Proms .

If you are heading off to Windsor Castle this afternoon, you may not have time go inside and can just admire it from the outside. But if you do have time, visitors can join a guided tour of the hall. Guided tours of the Royal Albert Hall help you understand the history of the concert hall and take you to see the auditorium, gallery, and the private suites of the Royal Family.

If you want to do a guided tour, we recommend booking these online in advance, as they are very popular and do sell out.

If you are looking for an evening entertainment option during your time in London, there is almost always something happening at the Royal Albert Hall. You can book a ticket online or stop by the Ticket Office.

Now we recommend deciding between a visit to Windsor Castle or spending the rest of the afternoon exploring more of Kensington.

Afternoon Option #1:  Windsor Castle 

Windsor Castle  (fee*) is the oldest and largest inhabited castle in the world and still an active royal residence. It was originally built in the 11th century as a defensive motte-and-bailey castle by William the Conquerer and has been a royal residence since the reign of King Henry I. Today the castle is a favorite weekend home to Queen Elizabeth II, a place where state visits are often hosted, and a popular tourist attraction.

During most of the year, parts of Windsor Castle are open to the public. This includes the castle’s  magnificent State Rooms which were mostly designed and built in the 19th century. Other highlights include the Queen Mary’s Dolls’ House, the 15th-century St. George’s Chapel, and the Changing of the Guards ceremony (a much smaller version of the ceremony that takes place in front of Buckingham Palace). 

Most visits are self-guided and there is a good audioguide included with admission. You can also join offered guided tours at the castle, I’d check the website in advance for tour times. Note that the castle can get very busy, especially in the summer months. 

If you want to visit Windsor Castle, the afternoon is currently the recommended time as the castle gets very crowded in the morning. We’d recommend getting on a train to Windsor at least 3 hours before closing time (it varies by season so check the website) to ensure you have enough time to visit. We’d recommend allowing 1 hour to travel to the castle and at least 2 hours for the visit.

To get here you need to take a train out of London (about 1 hour ride each way). You cannot use your Oyster Card to travel to Windsor as it is outside London, so you will need to buy a rail ticket at the station. Paddington Station is a 25 minutes walk (or slightly shorter Tube ride) from either Kensington Palace or Royal Albert Hall.

Afternoon Option #2: Afternoon Tea, V&A Museum, Shopping, & Hyde Park

If you decide to continue to explore Kensington, we recommend considering an afternoon tea break, visiting the V&A Museum (or one of the other free museums in Kensington), doing some shopping, and taking a stroll through Hyde Park. Check our guide for more things to do in Kensington .

Afternoon Tea in Kensington

The tradition of afternoon tea originated in the aristocratic homes of England in the 19th century, and there is no better place to have afternoon tea than in London. You’ll be spoiled for choice in London as there are thousands of places that serve tea from casual cafés where you can get a cuppa and a scone to luxury hotels offering a 3-tiered silver tray fancy afternoon tea experience.

If you are just looking for a casual tea, you’ll be able to find that at many cafés in this area. One suggestion is to break for tea within one of the cafés at the Victoria & Albert Museum , which include both opulent Victorian era rooms as well as casual outdoor courtyard spaces. Once a week, The Victoria & Albert Museum also serves a formal Victorian afternoon tea that recreates the afternoon tea experience of Queen Victoria, and for this one you do need to book in advance.

But if you want a more luxurious experience, you’ll want to make a reservation in advance. Luxury spots to enjoy afternoon tea in the Kensington area include The Berkeley and The Lanesborough . Also a few to consider in nearby Mayfair (west of Hyde Park) are The Ritz , The Dorchester , and Claridge’s .

We have oddly had a lot more afternoon teas in Paris (see our Paris afternoon tea guide ) than London so far. But we can suggest in this area that if you are looking for something a bit different, you might want to check out the fashion-inspired Prêt-à-Portea afternoon tea at The Berkeley. This fun and colorful tea is designed for those who love fashion and the tea menu changes each season along with the fashions on the catwalk.

Victoria & Albert Museum

The Victoria & Albert Museum , often referred to as the V&A, is one of the world’s leading museums of art and design. The museum collection is extensive and items range from Chinese embroidery to John Constable paintings to Baroque furniture to Alexander McQueen gowns. It’s a must visit for anyone interested in art or design.

The museum is also known for hosting a lot of really interesting exhibitions which often attract a large number of visitors. The museum is also known for its current café and restaurant located within the beautiful Morris, Gamble and Poynter Rooms, which is the oldest museum café in the world.

Entry to see the permanent collection at the V&A is free. Some temporary exhibitions are also free but there is generally a fee to enter the major ones. If you have a London Pass, you get free entry into one of the paid exhibitions.

Alternatives: Kensington is home to several other well-known museums, including the   Science Museum  and the Natural History Museum . Both are free (donations appreciated) and both are good alternatives if you aren’t excited by the V&A. The Science Museum in particular is a great family-friendly option.

Harrod’s

Now if you are in the mood for some shopping or just some window shopping, Kensington has some excellent shopping areas. The most concentrated areas are along King’s Road, Kensington High Street, and Sloane Street. You can find everything from more budget friendly international brands like Zara and H&M to high-end luxury department stores like Harrods and Harvey Nichols.

Harrod’s is one of the most famous luxury department stores in the world. It was founded by Charles Harrod in 1835 and grew to be the best known British department store in the world, being patronized by celebrities, politicians, royalty, and the British elite. Although in recent years it has been bought by the state of Qatar and has suffered from some bad press, it is still a luxury store worth checking out for those who enjoy shopping. Other department stores in this area are Harvey Nichols and the more traditional Peter Jones.

If you are more into antiques, you’ll want to head to Church Street where you’ll find a number of antique stores like Andrew Nebbett Antiques and Designs, Alfie’s Antique Market, The FM Gallery, and Church Street Antiques.

Hyde Park is yet another of London’s great Royal Parks, covering 350 acres. It used to also encompass Kensington Gardens, but the two are now divided by the Serpentine Lake and Carriage Drive. The park offers lots of tress, ornamental flower gardens, a large lake, walking and cycling paths, sport facilities, and a playground. 

Attractions with the park include The Serpentine Bridge, Holocaust Memorial, the Diana Memorial Fountain, Speaker’s Corner, and several war memorials. Located at the northwestern and southwestern corners of the park are the Wellington Arch and Marble Arch.

Each Sunday at Speakers’ Corner , located on the northeast edge of Hyde Park (near intersection of Marble Arch and Oxford Street), you can hear people give speeches and hold debates about a variety of topics in the name of free speech. The tradition dates back to the mid-1800’s and anyone can participate.

The park is a great place to get active as you can boat, cycle, play tennis, skate, ride horses, or even swim within the park. In the summer boating is popular and you can rent a rowing or pedal boat to enjoy the Serpentine Lake or you can take a ride on the solar-powered Solarshuttle. There are also a few places to grab coffee or have a meal, including lakeside dining.

Enjoy your final evening!

It is your last night in London so plan something you’ll enjoy and remember. This could be a nice dinner out, a pub crawl, attending a late night museum opening, a sunset River Thames cruise, a creepy Jack the Ripper tour , seeing an event at the Royal Albert Hall, a sporting event, a  classical music performance , or just relaxing after 3 busy days of sightseeing!

Save Money on your 3 Days in London with the London Pass

We wanted to give you an example of the cost savings over 3 days in London if you were using a London Pass. The following calculations are based on the above itinerary although it doesn’t include every single attraction we suggested but includes what we believe is a realistic number for someone planning to actively sightsee based on the above itinerary.

Here is the cost savings for 3 days in London for 2 people using the London Pass.

So in the above example, visitors would have a cost savings of £112.8 per person for a total cost savings of £225.60 for 2 people. This is definitely a considerable savings on entry fees for three days of sightseeing!

Even if you change some of the attractions or take away a couple of them, you would still save money with a London Pass if doing a similar amount of sightseeing. In general, you need to visit an average of 2 to 3 higher priced attractions per day to save money with a 3 day London Pass.

We highly recommend that all visitors check out the London Pass, especially if it is your first visit to London. The pass covers free entry to over 90 attractions and museums, plus a number of discounts on tours, restaurants, souvenirs, and theater tickets. Not only will it save many visitors money, it can also save time as it provides fast track entry into certain busy sites.

You can check the latest prices and purchase the London Pass at the official website for the pass here . We also recommend checking prices on and GetYourGuide here as sometimes one will be better value than the other.

However the London Pass is not a good fit for all travelers, and if you are not sure if it is a good fit or not, read our  full review of the London Pass to help you decide if it is worth it. Our review breaks down the features, ways to purchase, how to calculate your cost savings, and more.

There you have our suggested London itinerary on how to spend 3 days in London!

Planning a trip to London? Pin this article to Pinterest to read later:

How many of these attractions would be on your London itinerary? If you’ve visited London, what were you favorite spots in London? If you have any questions about the itinerary or visiting London, just ask them in the comments below and as always we are happy to help!

Share this Post!

There are 160 comments on this post.

Please scroll to the end to leave a comment

Kai Parker Post author

March 28, 2024 at 2:50 am

London has always been a dream destination for me, and this city itinerary just sealed the deal! I can’t wait to immerse myself in the rich history, stunning architecture, and vibrant culture of this iconic city. Thanks for the inspiration, I’m definitely bookmarking this for my next adventure!

Jessica & Laurence Norah Post author

March 31, 2024 at 6:58 am

Glad you found our London itinerary to be an inspiration for your future trip to UK. Once you start your planning, feel free to ask us any questions about your trip!

Wishing you happy travels! Jessica

Michelle Post author

February 25, 2024 at 1:11 am

Hi There, the map above is AWESOME! Just wondering if there’s a list of the numbered points on the map, rather than having to comb through the information, like a quick reference? Thanks 🙂

February 26, 2024 at 12:46 pm

Hi Michelle,

I am so happy that our London map and 3 day London itinerary have been useful in planning your trip. So I think you are just referring to the image, but if you double click on the image or the link above it (look at the paragraph above it where it says click here) that will take you to the map I created within Google Maps so you can see all the points on the map that are numbered in the picture. Does that help?

But just note that you should definitely consider reading through each day of the itinerary as these are just suggested routes and places to visit and you should modify it per your own time and interests. You may not have time for everything on each day so best to know which places are must-sees for you and which you are OK just seeing from the outside and all that.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Best, Jessica

December 27, 2023 at 6:26 am

I thoroughly enjoyed reading your insightful 3-day London itinerary! Your detailed suggestions and personal experiences really add a genuine touch. I followed your recommendations and had a fantastic time exploring the city. I’d like to share an additional budget-friendly tip: consider staying at Serviced Apartments in London. My recent stay there was both comfortable and affordable, making it an ideal choice for anyone looking to make the most of their London trip without breaking the bank. Thanks again for your fantastic suggestions!

December 28, 2023 at 1:31 pm

So glad that you enjoyed you stay in London!! Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you found our itinerary and advice helpful in spending 3 days in London. And thanks for sharting your tip about having a good stay in a serviced apartment. I hope you get a chance to return to London again soon!

Alan Post author

August 22, 2023 at 3:22 am

just wanted to say a big thank you for all the work you put into this itinerary, we used it to plan our own 3 days in London, got the pass, had a wonderful time! your advice made our time much easier and less stressful!

August 23, 2023 at 12:47 pm

Thanks for taking the time to comment and glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful. Very happy to hear that you had such a wonderful trip to London!

Hapy travels, Jessica & Laurence

Mary Jo Lauscher Post author

July 31, 2023 at 1:15 pm

Hi there, I found your three day itinerary very helpful.

We are going to London at the end of September. My question is about getting advance tickets for any of the sites. If we plan on using the London Pass, how do I order advance tickets, make a reservation, or skip the line ticket, etc? I have not been able to find any information on that. Also with the London Pass can we use the Hop on hop off both days of the 2 day pass? Thanks for all your information, it was very helpful!

August 2, 2023 at 8:04 am

Hi Mary Jo,

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. So if you decide to go with the London Pass, you do not need to make advanced reservations for most attractions. But you do need to book for most walking tours, bus tours, and other types of guided activities. You can find all the details for the attractions and tours that need to be reserved and how to do that on this page .

The hop-on hop-off sightseeing bus ticket included with the London Pass is only valid for 1 day (no matter the length of your pass). This is the same with the Thames boat cruise ticket.

For skip the line access, you can skip the ticket line for most attractions with the pass but you can’t skip the security lines. Your London Pass essentially acts as your ticket for most attractions. I don’t think since COVID that there have been many attractions that have a specific line for pass holders, but generally you get in the same line as those who have prebooked tickets.

For popular attractions not included on the London Pass, such as the London Eye , Churchill War Rooms, UK Parliament tours, Madame Tussauds , etc. then it is best to buy tickets in advance for these. I would check on any must-see attraction if reservations are recommended or required. But if you only have 2 days, I suspect that the London Pass will cover your admission fees for most attractions that you plan to visit.

For any attractions or tours that you want to do in London that recommend or require reservations (with or without the London Pass), I would start booking those soon if you have your dates set for next month.

Hope that helps and let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip!

Katie Post author

July 6, 2023 at 11:32 pm

Hello! Your itinerary is awesome!! I was wondering if you could help me with mine for four days in London in November. Is it doable or too packed? What should I take out or add? Should I buy an Oyster card? What should we actually go in and see? We are most likely staying at the Hoxton Holborn, AMANO hotel, or Wilde Aparthotel. Any dinner recommendations or cocktail/ house music places? 🙂

Day 1: Friday On and off bus tour Buckingham Palace Churchill War room Big Ben Westminster Abbey Dinner dishoom Shoreditch neighborhood for dinner/drinks

Day 2: Saturday St Paul’s Cathedral Borough Market Tower bridge South bank river walk Tower of London Leadenhall Market Soccer game

Day 3 Sunday Walking Notting Hill Kensington Palace Hyde Park Bond Street Regent street/Park Camden Market Abbey Road Hampstead Heath

Bermondsey neighborhood to eat?

Day 4 National Gallery Seven dials market Tennis museum?

July 9, 2023 at 7:05 am

So Day 1, I think all that is doable. Doing HOHO bus, visiting the Churchill War Rooms and Westminster Abbey. Seeing Buckingham Palace and the Parliament/Big Ben from outside. Also lots of other things you can easily see in that area such as St. James Park, Parliament Square, Westminster Bridge, London Eye and National COVID memorial. Dishoom is a great restaurant to try for atypical Indian food, we love it and just be sure to make a reservation as they are often fully booked. Although I’d also recommend trying a typical British curry place at some point too if you want the typical British Indian experience. The closest Dishoom to you (if stay in Holborn area) is the location in Covent Garden as its within walking distance. But if you are wanting to go to Shoreditch that night, then there is a location there as well, just note you’ll be looking at a 30 minute Tube/bus ride each way. Shoreditch might make more sense on the day you plan to visit Tower of London and be in the City of London.

Day 2 – I’d probably start with the Tower of London in the morning as it is normally worse with crowds than St. Pauls Cathedral. So I’d reverse the order and go from the Tower of London then to Tower Bridge and Borough Market before heading over to St. Paul’s. You can have lunch at or near Borough Market. Leadenhall Market is nice but limited options there compared to Borough Market. I think it would be hard to fit in a soccer game today if you want to visit all those places unless there is an evening football game on that day, might be better to try to do on Day 4?

Day 3 – If Kensington Palace is the only place you really want to visit the inside of, I think this is doable. Just note if walking it is about a 1 hour or so walk from Kensington Gardens to Hampstead Heath (so may want to take public transit as well). So if wandering on a more relaxed day today except for the palace, I’d just priortize your day for what you really want to see most and if you don’t make it to everything, you won’t be disappointed. The other thing to note is that Bermondsey is very far from any of the places you are planning to visit this day.

Day 4 – This might be a good day to also include the British Museum, especially if staying nearby. Its free, donation only and you can book time online in advance. Also easy to visit in the same day as the National gallery and Seven Dials Market. For a tennis museum in London, I am guessing you mean Wimbeldon – this is doable but it is well oustide central London and will take you about an hour each way to visit so I would just be sure this is something you really want to see. You could try to do the soccer game this day instead perhaps? Or consider a West End play or musical?

In terms of timing, I would go back through your itinerary and just make sure the timings will work out when you check the opening times/days and how long you expect to spend at each one. So say you expect to spend 2 hours at Tower of London, 1.5 hours at Westminster Abbey, 1 hour Borough Market, etc. plus the amount of time you think it will realistically take you to get from one place to the other. I’d then build in a bit of extra time so you don’t feel rushed. That should help you decide if there is too much on any one day. You want to try to balance seeing all the must-see things on your list without feeling rushed and having a little down time to relax and make unexpected stops.

London has so many restaurants, cafes, cocktail bars – I would just think about where you are going to be/want to be and look for well-rated options nearby. It sounds like you are going to be staying in the Covent Garden area and there are lots of options there that would likely be within walking distance of where you are staying. For a cocktail bar with live house music (and also food), you might check out STEREO. If looking for a historic pub for a typical pub lunch or dinner, you could try Lamb & Flag in Covent Garden or Museum Tavern across from the British Museum. Just note that for meals, especially for dinner you’ll want to be sure to book a table in advance.

In terms of Oyster Card, you can read our Oyster Card review post here . Based on your itinerary, I would say you will be taking public transport quite a few times so you can either get Oyster Cards or use your credit cards if they are PIN & Chip ones. You would also probably save money with the London Pass , and you can order your Visitor Oyster Card with the pass if you want. For a London Pass, I’d probably do a 3-day pass and just be sure to fit anything in that you want to see included on the pass on the first 3 days, and stick to free or not included attractions on Day 4. But that would cover all the big attractions you have listed (Westminster Abbey, London Bridge, St. Paul’s, sightseeing bus, Kensington Palace, etc.) except for Churchill War Rooms which sadly is not currently on the pass.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London.

Wishing you a wonderful trip! Jessica

katie Post author

July 12, 2023 at 6:34 pm

Thank you so much for the info!! What restaurant would you suggest for a traditional curry? Also out of my day 1 and day 2? Which do you think I should visit vs just see? Anything overrated? Are the markets worth it? Anything more local that I should include?

July 13, 2023 at 4:11 am

You’re very welcome, happy to help.

You can find good Indian curry places all over London, Brick Lane is famous for them but I’d just go some place that is convenient. I’d just check reviews or ask a local person of best curry place nearby. Chicken tikka masala is probably one of the most classic British Indian dishes and one of the most popular dishes eaten in the UK (of all foods!), but there are lots of popular curries. Indian curry is one of the most popular takeaway foods in the UK.

For Days 1 and 2, I would recommend visiting all the places you want to see (see my prior comments on each day). The places you listed are some of the most popular places to visit and all are worth visiting. But of course it depends on your specific interests, time, and budget.

Leadenhall Market is OK – it’s a beautiful setting (I think most tourists come here for the Harry Potter connection as it was used a filming location) and there are several places to eat here. But if you are looking for more of an actual fresh food market, then Borough Market has both fresh food/produce stalls as well as prepared food stalls and restaurants. So I would recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall but they are both different. You can walk through either fairly quickly (although Borough Markets gets really busy around lunch time) so if on your way, they are easy enough to visit but if you want to try food or buy food, I’d recommend Borough Market over Leadenhall.

I would just build your itinerary based on what you are most interested in seeing and doing. Just make sure to allow yourself enough time and build in some flexibility.

Hope that helps! Jessica

TF Post author

June 27, 2023 at 4:41 am

Hello there! Just finished reading your article on the “3 Days in London” itinerary, your detailed itinerary and insightful recommendations have truly sparked my wanderlust.

Thank you for putting together such a comprehensive and well-thought-out itinerary. Your passion for travel and your love for London shine through in your writing, making it an enjoyable and informative read. I can’t wait to plan my own trip to London using your recommendations. Keep up the great work, and I’ll be eagerly following your future travel adventures!

June 28, 2023 at 7:58 am

You’re very welcome, glad you enjoyed reading our London itinerary, and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Happy travels, Jessica

Lyn Fields Post author

May 26, 2023 at 6:08 am

LOVE all this info about London. We will be following the three day walking tour. We would like to have high tea/afternoon tea on Day 2. Do you have a recommendation for a location that would be in the vicinity of our Day 2 itinerary?

June 2, 2023 at 4:28 am

So glad that you are finding our London itinerary and info helpful!

So in terms of afternoon tea options in that area, you have a lot of them. Fortnum and Mason at the Royal Exchange would be a good bet in the City of London. Others in that area you might check out are The Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square, The Ned, and the Rosewood Hotel. Another option could be the Helix Restaurant at The Gherkin for a more contemporary setting with a city view. But pretty much any nice hotel in that area serves afternoon tea (although some only on weekends) and you can also find more informal and less pricey afternoon tea options at cafes and such in the area (one is Cafe Rouge near St. Paul’s Cathedral). Just be sure to check dates and times, and make sure location makes sense with your schedule. And be sure to book your time in advance.

Enjoy! Jessica

Henry Cris Post author

February 5, 2023 at 7:05 pm

Amazing tips on London travelling. Hoping to visit here soon. And really liked your article about London. It will help me a lot on visiting here. Thanks for sharing.

February 13, 2023 at 7:24 am

Thanks for taking the time to comment, and so glad to hear our article was helpful to you! Wishing you a great trip to London and just let us know if you have any questions as youplan your visit to London.

Amy Bull Post author

January 7, 2023 at 9:22 pm

Hi J & L, I have read your advice for many cities we visit and it is WONDERFUL! I am actually going this week and we are celebrating a 60th birthday. I wanted to know if you recommended a few restaurants that are note worthy of a memorable birthday dinner for two. Maybe with a view or great environment? I want to make the entire day memorable and his biggest request is to see Stonehenge. Any thoughts would be very helpful! Thank you so much for sharing your experiences! Amy

January 11, 2023 at 1:03 am

So happy to hear that you have found our travel blogs helpful in planning your travels to various cities!

So for London, I don’t have any specific recommendations as it would depend a lot on budget, type of food, part of London, etc. There are just so many restaurants you could choose. Some thoughts might be to go to one of the old historic pubs for a pub lunch or dinner one day. For something fancy, the 5-star hotels (Savoy, Dorchester, Grosvenor Hotel, Claridge’s, Browns’, Ritz, etc.) all have very nice restaurants & bars and some of the top rated ones in the city. In terms of views, that is much harder but you could consider a restaurant near the top of The Shard as there are a few restaurants and bars there with great views over central London, and the nicer ones would make a good potential b-day dinner spot. Another option is the Sky Garden which has a restaurant. Or you might consider a restaurant along Thames with nice view of river. Anyway, hope that gives you some options and ideas to research.

For Stonehenge, it really depends if you are planning to drive yourself, take public transit, or join a guided tour from London? We’ve done all three at one point or another. Laurence has written a guide to visiting Stonehenge that might be helpful. Last visit, once we arrived, we took the free Stonehenge shuttle to the end to walk to the site, and then walked back through the field using the little map there to see some of the other prehistoric remains on walk back through fields. There is also a good visitor centre/museum that is worth spending some time to learn more.

If your husband is specifically interested in stone circles and prehistoric stone sights, Avebury might be a good secondary stop which is nearby and much less crowded (you can walk up and touch stones). There are also lots of other prehistoric sites in the region. Other places that people might combine on a day trip to Stonehenge are Oxford, Salisbury, or Bath. But I would just be careful to not pack in too much, especially if traveling on your own as it can make for a long day. But if doing a day tour, then at least you are not doing the driving. The only drawback to a guided tour is to make sure you will have a enough time in the places you visit for what you want to see/do.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have more questions as you plan your specific bday trip! Jessica

Florence Post author

November 1, 2022 at 8:15 pm

Hi Jessica & Laurence, This is Florence and i am making my 1st trip to the UK soon. May i know what’s the best site that i can look at for booking of train tickets in advance for travelling within UK? Apprecaite any advise. Thank yo.

November 2, 2022 at 7:04 am

Hi Florence,

So I am assuming you are meaning for travel outside of London? As within London itself, you don’t need to book in advance for the public transit Underground trains, buses, etc.

There is National Rail website which is the official UK train website which has info on the trains in England, Wales, and Scotland. But since there is not actual national rail service operator (but several independent operators), there are a number of website operators where you can book trains online in the UK so you can also go directly to the train service website (LNER, ScotRail, Avanti, Lumo, NI Railways etc.). The local operator will depend on where you are going in the country.

One convenient website to compare times and prices you can book on a website like Trainline . This is what we normally use for convenience to book online and they also have a mobile app.

You can also of course buy and book tickets in person at the actual train stations but we recommend booking in advance if you can for any longer journeys. You are often not guaranteed seats if you don’t book in advance on many trains. It depends on the company but tickets are often available to purchase 90 days in advance.

Another good website for figuring out how to get from one place to another and general travel info and connections (also works for buses and such) is the Traveline Info website . It is a very helpful website.

Anyway, hope that helps get you started. If you have any specific questions about booking train tickets in the UK, just let us know.

November 3, 2022 at 2:58 am

Great! Thanks Jessica. I will look into it and will inquire again if I have any other questions with my travel plans. Have a great day!

Bart Post author

October 3, 2022 at 12:53 am

Top tip if you’re visiting Borough Market… don’t venture there on a Saturday. It’s crazy busy, rammed full of people from very Early on! Visiting during the week is a far more pleasant & leisurely affair – you won’t feel like you’re being rushed off of your feet.

October 3, 2022 at 7:09 am

Thanks for sharing your tip for visiting Bourough Market in London – it is definitely busier on the weekends. But it is also the most lively so it can still be interesting to visit on the weekends if that is when you plan to visit, but you do have to expect the crowds and be more patient than on weekdays.

Also on Saturdays is usually opens earlier (8am) so going near opening time is a great way to enjoy the market on Saturday.

Shelley Post author

September 20, 2022 at 11:29 am

Hello! I love your 3-day itinerary and plan to use most all of it. Is there link where I can download it? Maybe I missed it but I am trying to work smarter, not harder and am copying and pasting a ton. Thanks in advance!

September 21, 2022 at 4:16 am

Hi Shelley,

Glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful for your trip. Is there a reason you need to copy it? We’d recommend just using it directly from the website for best functionality.

But you can also print or download it as a PDF file for offline personal use as long as you are a newsletter subscriber (it is free and easy to sign up). Once signed up you can then click on the Printer icon on the sidebar or at the end of the article.

Hope that helps and just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to Lonon!

Bright A Post author

September 15, 2022 at 12:04 pm

Great tips to hear from you for 3 days itinerary. You blog is awesome to read also to explore London within the days. Thanks!

September 16, 2022 at 4:01 am

Hello Bright,

Thanks for letting us know our London itinerary is helpful.

Obviously if planning to visit London in the next few days, things are a bit crazy because of the Queen’s passing and upcoming funeral. So be sure to check opening dates/times and closures. Many businesses and attractions will be closed on Monday for the funeral.

Wishing you a great trip to London! Jessica

Suzie Post author

July 15, 2022 at 1:52 pm

Wow so glad I stumbled across your blog . So informative. I will be visiting London this July and am taking a lot of tips from your blog . For shopping , what would you recommend? Any outlets where I can get a good deal on bags ? Thanks so much

July 18, 2022 at 5:51 am

Glad you are finding our London articles on our travel blogs helpful in planing your upcoming trip.

In terms of shopping in London, Oxford Street is probably the best known shopping street. Also Regents Street, Bond Street, Mayfair area, Knightbridge area (Harrods). So lots of shopping opportunities, but not sure about great outlet stores in the city or where to get a good deal. London is generally an expensive city so we find shopping is often less expensive elsewhere. But you can often get good deals if you shop the sales and pay attention to discounts. It just depends on your budget and the types of stores you are prefer.

Bicester Village is a shopping outlet located near Oxford (about 1.5 hours from London) which has a lot of outlet stores all together and is a popular place for shopping for tourists. So that might be a place for your to consider.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have any other questions as you plan your trip to London!

tuhina roy Post author

June 27, 2022 at 11:56 pm

wow…great info….wud be visiting in Oct’22….might add perfect fit for me at one glance/place…have been asking so many people around for last one month abt London n places to visit n here its given in such a nice n informative way….wonderful:-)….thanx much for collating these kind of info for people like us who r visiting from other countries….thanx again

June 28, 2022 at 10:41 am

You are very welcome, and so glad to hear that you are finding our London itinerary helpful! If you have 3 days in London, this should definitely give you some good ideas of where you might want to visit on your trip.

But if you have any questions as you plan your trip about things to do in London or elsewhere in the UK, just ask us and we are happy to try to give advice.

Rebecca Post author

June 12, 2022 at 5:34 am

Jessica & Laurence, We just returned from an awesome visit to London and we used your recommended 3 day itinerary. Thank you SO MUCH for your work in preparing the itinerary. All of the information you provide from the London Pass, Oyster Card, the description of places to visit and how to get there helped our visit to go smoothly. We didn’t waste too much time looking for things or figuring out how to get there and we were able to fit in everything we wanted to do! Having the London Pass helped us avoid lines, plus everything was already paid. The Oyster Card was also a huge benefit because we didn’t have to keep buying tickets. THANK YOU! Rebecca

June 12, 2022 at 6:11 am

Hi Rebecca,

So happy that you had such a great trip to London! And we are happy that our tips and advice were helpful in planning your trip.

Yes, I think that if you have limited time on a trip, you want to plan ahead and do what you can so that you can spend as much time as possible doing things and visiting places rather than having to plan and figure things out on the go.

Thanks for taking the time to comment and let us know about your trip. We always love hearing that our advice was helpful!

shelly v Post author

April 27, 2022 at 8:12 pm

Hello Jessica, Wow! Thank you for all the valuable info in your planning tips and itineraries. We are traveling to London and Paris this June. It is our first visit and traveling with teenage daughters so are focused on the most iconic sites. Based upon your 3-Day Itinerary for London, we have selected our “Must-See” London List ( most likely the minimum time to tour the area for each site since I’ll be traveling with teenagers). – Explore Westminster: Buckingham Palace w changing of guard; Piccadilly Circus, Trafalgar Square, Westminster Bridge, Westminster Abbey – City of London: Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Borough Market, London Bridge & Tower Bridge, – Windsor Castle & Kensington: Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall, Shopping at Harrod’s

1) Based upon our Must-see list, will the 3-day London Pass cover the attractions we plan to visit? 2) We are staying close to Earl’s Court Station – do you recommend we also purchase the Travelcard? 3) Since we arrive 6/9 midday into London (after overnight flight), what might you recommend for day 1 itinerary?

April 28, 2022 at 9:27 am

Thanks very much!

So based on your itinerary we have the following feedback if you are trying to visit them all in 3 days:

– For Westminister: Make sure you check Westminster Abbey opening dates and hours. It is closed on Sundays to visitors and for certain occasions/holidays so you’d want to make sure to schedule around any closures if you want to visit here. – For City of London sites: I would probably choose to do either the London Bridge OR Tower Bridge experience. I think otherwise you’ll be rushed for time as the Tower of London, in particular, can take a while to visit. But you can of course see both from the outside without paying but as far as doing the full attractions on them, I’d probably do one or the other. – For Windsor & Kensington – Because you will need to travel out to Windsor, this could be a lot to fit into one day, but depends of course on how long you spend at each place. For the Royal Albert Hall, the tours are only given at certain hours so you may want to make sure that will fit in with your day. – Note that it looks like you are planning to visit a few days after the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee (June 5th) so we expect things will be busier than usual during this general period. Although luckily you are arriving after the Jubilee weekend itself when things will be super busy and hard to visit I think. It may make sense to book timed tickets directly for some attractions that have limited capacity such as Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and Royal Albert Hall so you are guaranteed entry within a certain time period.

1 – Yes, the 3-day London Pass will cover all the paid attractions you plan to visit, which are Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, St. Paul’s Cathedral, Tower Bridge Exhibition, London Bridge experience, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, Royal Albert Hall. If you were to pay adult (16+) entry to all those it would cost around £178, whereas a 3-day adult London pass is normally £123. However, as noted above, you may not have time to do everything on your list so keep that in mind. The price saving will also depend on the age of your daughters, if they are under 16, then they can use a child pass so I would do those cost-savings separately. If you plan to take the sightseeing bus at any time during your visit, that would also add to the cost savings.

2 – You are definitely going to use public transport during your time in London, so will need a travel card. Bundling the travel card will save you some time and is convenient, although it costs the same as buying a Visitor Oyster Card separately. It’s really just for convenience, there’s no saving or extra cost to buying it with the London Pass. You can see more about getting around London here.

3 – For your first day, it sounds like you will just have probably a half day once checking in at hotel. I am guessing this is not a day you plan to use the London Pass? If not, I’d recommend maybe the British Museum and/or London Eye, both of which are not included on the pass. You’ll likely be pretty tired so I wouldn’t plan too much that first day.

April 9, 2022 at 5:07 pm

Hi Jessica, The information you provide in the 3 days itinerary is amazing, so detailed and informative! We will be getting off a cruise in London on a Friday and will stay until Monday.

We have reservations at Point A Hotel in Paddington. What would you recommend for transportation from the port to our hotel? We’ve already purchased the 4 day London Pass and Visitor Oyster card. Is our hotel near public transportation? It looked like it when we checked, but would like to verify. What would you recommend for getting to the airport on Tuesday morning? We need to arrive at the airport at 6:00 A.M. Transportation begins at 5:00 A.M. Is it feasible to use the public transportation and arrive to the airport on time? Our Oyster Card will be expired so we’ll need to pay for the transportation to the airport.

On Day 2 you recommend the river cruise right after visiting the Tower of London in the morning. If we do that, will we have time to visit the other sites recommended for that day? Might it be better to take the cruise in the evening? I looked at the times and it looks like it runs later on weekends, but stops in the afternoon during the week. Am I reading that right? Is the Thames River Cruise the same as the Uber Boat by Thames River that’s included in the London Pass?

If I download the London Pass app on my phone prior to the trip, will I use data as I access it while in London?

April 10, 2022 at 6:35 am

First, glad you are finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip! Sounds like you have already got a lot of your trip planned.

Yes, the Point A Hotel (a good budget option) is near a lot of public transit options. You have Underground stations (e.g, Edgware and Paddington), bus stops, a train station (Paddington), and the Heathrow Express service (at Paddington) all under a 10 minute walk from your hotel. So you should not have any issues accessing public transit.

For getting to the airport, probably the best option, if flying out of Heathrow (I assume you are flying out of Heathrow? there are 6 airports around London) would be to do the TfL Rail train from Paddington Station to the airport. It takes about 30-40 minutes. I would just double check the timetable for your specific date to make sure it works for when you need to leave.

You should be able to still use your Oyster Card by just adding some credit to it if you have used up your prepaid credit (you can do it at the machines at the stations) as the Oyster Cards do not expire. Or you can buy tickets at the station or in advance online.

Other options would be to take the Heathrow Express (a bit faster but more expensive) or the Underground/Tube (but you would have to change stations).

Yes, we do mention taking the boat after visiting the Tower of London just because it is very convenient to do so there as there is a boat pier just next to where you exit the Tower of London. But you can of course do it later in the day from elsewhere along its route. It can be a good late afternoon or evening activity as it keeps running after many of the other attractions close. But just make sure that you will be near one of the piers where you can use the London Pass (you can only start a journey from 4 of the piers). And yes, there are a few options for taking Thames River Cruises but the one included with the London Pass is now called the Uber Boat by Thames Clippers. So you want to make sure to get on that one.

I think you may be reading the timetables wrong on the boat schedule as that doesn’t sound correct as I think the boats run until 10pm/11pm all week. Some of the boats don’t run as much on weekends, especially the routes focused on commuters, but the more tourist-oriented routes generally run regularly all week. I would double check the schedule and specifically look at the times for the 4 stations where you could start your journey with the London Pass. The boats are normally about every 20 to 30 minutes. You can choose how long you want to stay on the boat as there are regular stops and you can do hop-on, hop-off if you wish.

In terms of how much you can do, it will just depend on which places you intend to visit and for how long, and which you just plan to stop and see during your day. The Tower of London for instance will likely take up all or most of your morning. I would not plan for more than 3 big visits per day. So you may need to pick and choose and prioritize certain attractions over others. I would write down which places you want to visit, how long you think you’ll spend at each, and the time it takes to get between them to get a good idea of what is feasible. Everyone goes at their own pace. You also want to work in some flexibility and free time so you aren’t too rushed and also leave a little time for getting lost/waiting in lines, etc.

If you download the London Pass app and install it prior to your trip, you should then not need to use any data to access the app on your phone. You just need data to download it and set it up. The only reason it would need data would be if the app needed an update. We also recommend downloading your QR code to a separate local place on your phone so you will have access even if you can’t open the app for any reason. We also recommend printing the QR code and London Pass # so you also have a paper copy you can use to access sites in case your phone battery dies or something.

Anyway, hope all that helps and makes sense! Happy to answer further questions as you plan your trip to London.

April 15, 2022 at 10:53 am

Thank you so much for taking the time to provide thorough answers to all of my questions! You are an amazing wealth of information! Rebecca

April 15, 2022 at 11:20 am

You’re very welcome and just let us know if you have further questions as you plan your trip to London!

April 29, 2022 at 12:13 pm

Hi Jessica, I’m trying to finalize our plans for our trip to London. We’ll be getting off a NCL cruise. What do you suggest is the best transportation option for getting from the port to our hotel, Point A Hotel in Paddington? We’ve purchased the Oyster Card. Thank you, Rebecca

April 30, 2022 at 4:29 am

It depends on where specifically your cruise ends, where is the cruise terminal? You say the cruise goes to London but does it actually end in London itself?

Most cruises end in either Dover or Southhampton, and if that is the case, you would need to catch a train from either to London. For a journey to London from either of these cities, you would need to pay for your train tickets separately (can’t use Oyster Card) since that journey would be well outside of greater London. Then once in London, if you are not arriving into Paddington station, you would probably want to get the Tube to your hotel and you can use your Oyster Card for that. Or you can of course take a taxi if you have a lot of luggage.

May 1, 2022 at 3:30 pm

Trish Post author

April 8, 2022 at 9:40 am

Thank you for your article on visiting London! I’m doing research for a trip I’m planning in early 2023. My question is, are there any of the locations you mention that could be unsafe for an older lady traveling alone? Or any special tips for me related to this?

April 8, 2022 at 10:37 am

London is considered a pretty safe city in general for travelers. I’ve generally felt safe when in London, even in the “less nice” neighborhoods. So I would not worry too much about it when visiting London.

However, as with any large city, there are pickpockets and thieves, and you should always use normal caution (e.g., not carrying large amounts of cash, securing your valuables so difficult to pickpocket, being aware of your surroundings, trust your gut). Most crimes against tourists are opportunity ones where a theif will steal someone’s wallet, smartphone, or purse. Thefts and muggings tend to take place in London’s busiest tourists areas, including Westminister, Camden, and Kensington.

And of course, more serious things do happen (we were in London during the 2017 London Bridge incident for instance) but these are unusual. Violent crimes against tourists are pretty rare in London (and the UK in general).

The only thing I would say other than regular safety advice would be to be more cautious if walking around the city at night after dark, such as after dinner or after leaving an evening West End play or something. But it is generally pretty easy to stay in well-lit main streets and around other people. If you need to go a longer distance, you can always take a taxi/minicab/Uber or get a bus instead of walking. Also a good idea to have your route and transport planned out in advance before leaving the attraction/restaurant/hotel.

If it’s late at night (after 10pm), particularly on Friday and Saturday evenings, I tend to avoid the Tube. It’s not necessarily unsafe but a lot of drunk people tend to be riding on these evenings and it can be more unpleasant.

In terms of planning your time, our suggested London itinerary is pretty geared to someone trying to do a lot each day. But if you like to go at a slower pace, I’d just recommend planning a bit less each day so you have plenty of time to enjoy each attraction and get from one place to the other.

Hope that helps, and feel free to reach out if you have further questions as you plan your London trip!

tatiana Post author

March 2, 2022 at 12:21 pm

HI. I saw the London Pass includes a walking tour, any reviews on this tour?

March 3, 2022 at 2:49 am

Hi Tatiana,

Yes, the two general London walking tours: 3 hour Palaces and Parliament Tour and then the 5-hour 30+ London Sights Tour are newer additions to the London Pass. We haven’t done either of those tours or taken any tours yet with the company that runs those two tours but the company has a 5-star rating on Google. The tours are pretty similar to ones we have taken in London with other companies and seem like they would both be good intro tours to London.

Just note that the tours don’t include entry into any attractions. If choosing one of them, I would choose the 3-hour tour as 5 hours is pretty long without visiting any attractions. But both of them have very good reviews online.

If you decide to take any of the walking/bus/bike tours with the London Pass, just be sure to make your reservation in advance once you have your Pass. I believe that all the guided tours required advanced bookings.

Marina Teramond Post author

February 11, 2022 at 3:09 am

I can subscribe to everything mentioned about London because it is truly an incredible place with its unique atmosphere and I think that if you have an opportunity, this city should be in your list of places which you plan to visit. It is so cool that you devoted your article to a detailed plan for implementing a trip to London. I really like this idea to cover London for three days because if you plan it in a smart and thoughtful way, you will be able to spend this time eventfully and it will be enough for you to observe wonderful landscapes there. Your plan seems so elaborate and convenient in all respects because it provides you with a great deal of opportunities. I think that it is important to put exploring Westminster first because it is a real calling card of this city and it has its own individuality at the same time, being truly unique. I also want to visit Trafalgar Square because I think that it perfectly conveys the vibe of London.

February 11, 2022 at 9:35 pm

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning your trip. You will want to tailor it to your interests, pace, mobility, time, etc. but this should be a good starting point for what you might want to see on a first time visit with 3 days to visit London. Just let us know if you have any specific questions as you plan your trip!

Kitkat Post author

February 5, 2022 at 1:42 pm

So glad I found this article! I live in UK and my family is visiting soon but was having a hard time planning on what to see in London. This is perfect! Although I would like to ask, roughly how long or how many hours does the daily itinerary last? As I have to factor in touring with a child and a 60 year old. 🙂

February 6, 2022 at 5:28 am

Glad you are finding our 3 day London itinerary helpful in planning things to do with visiting family. For each day, we list a lot of potential places you could see and things to do; however, you would want to pick and choose what is of the most interest. We give some of the main sights as well as alternatives. The itineraries are definitely designed with those packing in a lot for a full day from after breakfast in morning to about dinner time, but you can adjust to suit your own pace and interests.

I would say visiting 3 major sights per day is going to be plenty with children but you could also see additional things along the way (without taking the time to go inside and visit). I’d try to estimate amount of time you’d want to spend at each and plan day accordingly with plenty of time for breaks and plenty of time to get in between each place, depending on how far away. Most of the places we list each day are within a reasonable walking distance from one another, but it will depend on everyone’s physical mobility.

Since you have a child visiting, I’d maybe pick at least one place that would be particularly fun for him or her. Depending on age and interests, this could be a place like the London Dungeon (not for young children), Sea Life, London Eye, Shrek’s Adventure, Tower of London, London Zoo, Science Museum, etc.

Some places you could easily spend a few hours (such as the Tower of London or National Gallery) whereas another place you may only be interested in a brief visit. If you have London Passes , this can save you a lot of money if visiting several places. We used them when we had family visiting over the summer and they were great. Note that a few places in London (including free museums) require reservations due to COVID-19 precautions so be sure to check in advance if reservations or time slots are needed to visit.

Our 6 day London itinerary may also be helpful as it includes a couple more areas of London you may want to explore in addition or instead, depending on how long your family is staying.

Hope that helps, and just let me know if you have further questions. Wishing your family a fun visit to London!

elena gilbert Post author

December 28, 2021 at 9:22 pm

Amazing blog on visiting London, really interesting I loved reading it.

December 29, 2021 at 8:12 am

Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hope you found it helpful. Do let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

Vicki Copeland Post author

October 2, 2021 at 5:08 pm

Hi Cats- This is a fantastic travel site! Thank you so much. There are 2 of us headed to London for 3 days and your itinerary is perfect! I think we should definitely get the London Pass. Being that we are going in October, do you think there will be fewer people already booked for the places that are currently selling tickets for specific times? I’m guessing that even if we have a pass, if the time we arrive is booked we will have to wait? We are so looking forward to some pints and Shepard’s pie!

Laurence Post author

October 3, 2021 at 1:55 am

London is a busy city year round but there should be fewer visitors in October. A lot of tourist attractions have not been very busy this year due to Covid and travel restrictions. We last used the London Pass in late August and never had any long waits when we visited (including Tower of London & Westminister Abbey) but it does just depend as some have security checks. So just be sure to book those places that require it and you should be OK. But I would leave a little extra time in your itinerary just in case.

Note that most of London’s free museums currently also require pre-booking a time slot due to COVID to ensure entry so be sure to check in advance.

Wishing you safe & happy travels to London! Laurence

Elena Post author

September 24, 2021 at 4:18 am

Amazing blog about London, really interesting and very informative!

September 26, 2021 at 6:03 am

Glad you enjoyed our suggested 3 day London itinerary! Just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London.

vertoe Post author

August 26, 2021 at 4:21 am

Thank you for this amazing itinerary on 3 days to spend in London. London is a beautiful place to visit .

August 29, 2021 at 3:58 am

Thanks Vertoe, glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and had a good visit to the city! We were just back in London ourselves just yesterday and spent 3 days there – so much do there!

Johani Ponce Post author

August 19, 2021 at 6:49 am

I am planning to go to London next year. Very good guide

August 20, 2021 at 4:55 am

Thanks for taking the time to let us know that you enjoyed our London itinerary. Just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London for next year!

Vertoe Post author

March 25, 2021 at 5:52 am

Wow what an amazing London itinerary and list of things to do! Thanks for sharing this valuebale information.

March 25, 2021 at 8:44 am

Thanks very much, and just let us know if you have any questions if you are planning a trip to London!

GG Post author

January 19, 2021 at 4:00 am

This was so useful in planning my first trip to London! Thank you so much.

January 23, 2021 at 8:31 am

You’re welcome GG, just let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London!

Raleigh Truitt Post author

September 17, 2020 at 9:12 am

Will you publish a fold-up plasticized (rain-proof) version of your 3-day London guide? I could use one.

September 20, 2020 at 5:34 am

Hi Raleigh,

Glad you like our 3 day London itinerary. We do not have any published guides (waterproof or otherwise) of our itineraries but you are welcome to print (and laminate!) it. Just let me know if you have any questions as you plan your trip to London.

Vernon Post author

April 15, 2020 at 10:22 pm

Great blog, very helpful! If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a 3 days to spare this blog get you covered it contains all the information.

April 16, 2020 at 5:24 am

Glad you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful and wishing you safe and happy travels!

Lia Post author

February 26, 2020 at 2:30 pm

Hello, Me and my mom are going to travel to London next week, we arrive on the 4th at about 3pm and we leave on the 7th at about the same time, so that means we have 2 full days and 2 half days…we have a lot things we want to do but we are kinda short on time and we need to stay with a budget…This time, I’m really lost and it has been really difficult to plan this trip….Do you have any tips or suggestions for our trip? Thank you ^-^

February 27, 2020 at 5:13 am

It really depends on what you want to do, your budget, and where you are staying in London. But I would recommend considering getting a London Pass or London Explorer Pass if many of the places you want to visit are included on those passes. They can help save you money and also help you organize your time – the London Pass also includes a sightseeing bus and boat tour you can do.

I’d make a list of the places you really want to see and can realistically see in the time you have and then group them together by where they are in London. The half-days are going to make it harder to plan around, especially if you are arriving into London via the airport as most places will be closing by the time you get in so I’d focus on the evening only activities that night (London Eye, theatre shoes, late night museum openings) so you don’t feel rushed.

I would also focus on some of the many free and low-cost attractions in London – many of London’s best museums have free entry (donation only) and there are of course the parks, gardens, and you can do your own walking tours of neighborhoods of interest.

If dining out is not a must-do, you can definitely save money in London on food and drink by picking up sandwiches, salads, snacks, etc. on the go rather than dining in. Grocery stores, Marks & Spencer, Greggs, Pret a Manger, fast food, etc. Museum cafeterias can also be great places to stop and eat that are normally good value without taking up too much time (if you are there already). It can also save you time, especially in the day, if you are trying to see a lot in one day.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip! Jessica

Karen Gilbert Post author

February 8, 2020 at 8:23 pm

Good Morning My friend and i will be in London (first time) on 14th April departing 18th April from Gatwick to South Australia. I have looked at so many things and have got myself very confused. We woud like to see Buckingham Palace, Changing of the Guard, the Mews, Kensington Palce, Tower of London, Windsor Castle, Westminster Abbey, Parliment Houses, Harrods and Portobella Markets and a cruise on the Thames. Is this realistic??We have a hop on hop off bus ticket for the 15th only. Is it worth getting the London Pass or would it be better to pay as we go in case our wants exceed our endurance. We are both in our 60’s. We dont want to do too much walking (ie a complete walking tour)but we can manage some walking. Should we get an oyster Card? we are staying at Hyde Park Executive Apartments which is close to a train station and bus line i understand. Any help you can give 2 older ladies would be appreciated very much.

February 9, 2020 at 5:38 am

I would look at how much time you have from arrival to when you need to depart London for Gatwick airport. Do you have 4 full days for instance? 3.5 days?

Then I’d break down the places you want to see by day and think about how much time you wan to spend at each. For instance do you plan to tour Westminster Abbey or do you just want to see the outside of it? Most things are not time specific except for things like the Changing of the Guard so you will want to take that into account when planning our your days.

For the busiest places, like Tower of London you’ll want to try to get there first thing in the morning to make the most of your visit.

Given the number of places you want to see, I would suggest that you’d probably save money with a 3 day London Pass. The London Pass allows you to be flexible as it sounds like you don’t want to pre-purchase your tickets for attractions in advance? So then the pass would be ideal if you plan to visit several places on it.

The Oyster Card can also make transport easier for you if you plan to use the public transit and you can also use it to get to and from the airport.

The apartments it looks like you are staying are near some metro and bus stops. The Paddington train station is about a 15 minute walk away. However, if you are flying into Gatwick Airport, you might be better off staying near Victoria Station in London as the bus and train connections to and from Gatwick are better to Victoria train station. But you can of course just transfer and change trains to get there as well.

Veronica Webster Post author

January 28, 2020 at 11:17 am

Hi Jessica, I love your blog!! My husband and I are travelling in March to London-Paris-Amsterdam and your blog has been very useful. Very well organized, the information is fantastic. Here gomy questions. Based on your 3 days itinerary we have planned the London part. My “problem” seems to be fitting Saint Paul’s Cathedral in a more efficient way, on day 2, as we also plan to take the river cruise that day. I’m breaking down the draft so maybe you have some suggestions

Day 1, we arrive 10:50 am in London, we are giving ourselves like 2-2:30 hours to arrive to hour hotel (customs, picking up Oyster card, London pass, etc), our hotel is very close to Saint Pancras station (5 minutes walk, on Argyle square). As it will be the afternoon, we’re trying things not included in the London Pass. If we make it to he museum well, if not we will just take time to walk around and enjoy the evening by Picadelly Circus.

Day 1 Arrival Hotel British Museum Picadelly Circus

Day 2 (we start the London Pass) HopOnOff (we actually use it as transportation to Westminster) Parliament Square Westminster Abbey Big Ben ( I know it’s under renovation, just watch) Churchill War Rooms Trafalgar Square Buckingham palace

Day 3 Tower of London Tower Bridge/London Bridge (we walk to St Paul’s and views of bridges) St Paul’s Cathedral (here we would use the tube to go back to almost where we started to take the cruise) Cruise Tower of London-Westminster Westminster Bridge to London Eye London Eye

Day 4 Kensington Palace Hyde Park Harrods

Thank you very much!! Veronica

January 29, 2020 at 6:34 am

Hi Veronica,

Yes, I would probably leave yourself 3 hours for everything just to be on the safe side for everything as it is hard to predict time it takes for security etc. and you don’t want to feel rushed on your first day.

Day 1 – The British Museum is a great place to visit and entry is by donation only and there is so much to see that you could spend most of the day here if you wanted. From there you could also wander around the Covent Garden area and go to Picadilly Circus. If you don’t get to Picadilly Circus your first night, it is very close to Trafalgar Square on your second day so easy to fit in there between Trafalgar and Buckingham Palace. Day 2 – Looks good, yes, I think they’ve uncovered Big Ben finally (it was under wraps for a while) but it is still under construction. But you will see it from as soon as you step off the bus into Parliament Square. You’ll also see it from Westminster Bridge which you cross to get to London Eye on Day 3 which is our favorite view of the Houses of Parliament. I am guessing you are going by Buckingham Palace just for the view, correct? The palace is not open to the public in March but you can visit the next door Queen’s Gallery (royal art gallery) and the Royal Mews (royal carriages). Both are included with your London Pass if you have extra time that day. Day 3 – I think St. Paul’s is fine as you have it and it is only about a 30 minute walk between the two sites if you go along the river and it is a nice walk along the Thames (provided weather isn’t too bad!). Just note that the London Eye is not included as part of the London Pass so you’ll want to buy tickets for that separately. Day 4 – Looks good. If you are staying near St. Pancreas train station, you are a fairly short walk away from the Eurostar station if you are taking the train from London to Paris.

If you are still planning your Paris part, this suggested 3 day itinerary may be helpful.

Hope that helps and wishing you a great trip to London, Paris, & Amsterdam!

Leslie Post author

December 1, 2019 at 5:25 am

Thank you so much for your 3 day itinerary! I visited London for the first time in October and only had 3 days; I followed your itinerary almost exactly (with just a few slight variations). London seemed a little overwhelming as I was planning my trip and your itinerary made it so easy to figure out how to organize and spend my time. I was able to see all of the highlights I wanted to without feeling rushed. It turned out to be one of the best trips I’ve ever taken!

December 1, 2019 at 6:28 am

Hi Leslie, So happy to hear that you had a great trip to London and that our 3 day London itinerary was helpful in planning your trip. Thanks for letting us know! Feel free to share any highlights from your own trip or tips for future readers visiting London as I know a lot of other visitors only have a few days to explore. Best, Jessica

December 2, 2019 at 2:30 pm

I think the highlight of my trip was the morning spent in Kensington; walking through Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens, touring Kensington Palace, then walking by Royal Albert Hall and on to the History Museum. One thing I did that was not on your itinerary was take the Thames Clipper (you can use your Oyster card) from the Tower of London to Greenwich. I enjoyed walking around Greenwich, visiting the market and a pub there, and of course see the Royal Observatory and standing on the Prime Meridian!

December 3, 2019 at 9:38 am

So glad you enjoyed Kensington so much. Yes, it is nice a nice area of London to wander around and there is a lot to do and see while still being fairly relaxing with lots of green spaces and free museums.

We enjoy Greenwich too, especially the historical sites and market! We have it as part of our 6 day London itinerary but not on our 3 day one. But yes for those wanting to take a Thames river cruise, to any destination, the Tower of London is a great place to do it as the boat stops just a short walk from the Tower.

So glad you had a great trip and thanks so much for sharing some of your favorite places and tips!!

Trevor Hall Post author

September 25, 2019 at 7:10 am

I’m glad London has great transportation that I can take all around the city. My wife and I are taking our kids to the UK soon to make some fun memories. I’ll try to incorporate public transportation into our plans.

September 26, 2019 at 12:55 pm

Yes, it is very easy to get around London using public transportation and you can check out this guide to London public transit for some more information and tips. You can explore just about all of London using a combination of public transportation and walking. Best, Jessica

Sanjay Kadam Post author

September 7, 2019 at 8:17 pm

Dear Team, Excellent information provided for visiting London. I am sure with such descriptive and in-depth study of spending 3 days in London anyone as per his/her budget can explore London . it will be much more easier and convenient to a first time traveler. Thanks and keep up the good work.

September 8, 2019 at 2:24 am

Hi Sanjay, Thanks for taking the time to comment, and glad it was useful to you. Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Taryn Hristova Post author

August 27, 2019 at 5:55 am

Thanks for this awesome article! My daughter and I just spent three days in London earlier this month and your itinerary was a lifesaver! We used it as ours. We did a ton of walking and feel like we packed so much in. Thank you so much for all of your research and advice 🙂

August 27, 2019 at 6:10 am

So glad you had a great visit to London and thanks for letting us know that our itinerary was helpful in planning your visit!

John William Post author

August 26, 2019 at 9:49 am

nice article, thanks for sharing.

August 26, 2019 at 11:33 am

Hi John, Thanks for letting us know you enjoyed it! Wishing you a great trip to London, Jessica

Tiffany Bui Post author

August 12, 2019 at 10:46 am

My friend and I are going to London Sept 14-18. We’ll arrive at Heathrow airport noon the 14th and travel to Paris morning the 18th from St Pancras station. We already got 3 days London Pass (mobile). Which London transportation pass do you recommend for our stay?

August 12, 2019 at 11:34 am

Hi Tiffany,

For your time in London, I’d recommend the Oyster Card if you are looking for a transport card. You can read our Oyster Card guide for more info – you can purchase it in advance (the Visitor Oyster Card which can be purchased here ) or get one once in London.

For tips on using the public transit in London, you can read this London public transport guide .

For your trip to Paris, you’ll want to book your EuroStar tickets in advance for the train if you haven’t done so already.

Hope that helps, and wishing you a great trip to London & Paris!

Tiffy B Post author

August 12, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Thank you so much for the prompt response and all the helpful tips. I really appreciate your work. May you and Laurence be blessed in everything that you do!

Have a wonderful week!

August 9, 2019 at 3:58 pm

Great itinerary, thank you so much for your recommendation. I’m going to buy 3 days pass and how should I best fit Hop on hop off bus and the river cruise to this itinerary?

August 10, 2019 at 2:47 am

Glad you are planning to use our London itinerary. You can modify the itinerary as you wish but we would suggust maybe doing the sightseeing bus on the first day you arrive to get an overview of the city (rather than so much to get from place to place) by taking one of the routes. This can be a nice way to get an overview of a part of the city. But you can take a look at the routes and see what will make the most sense for you as it could work on other days as well.

We recommend doing the Thames River cruise on Day 2, perhaps after a morning visit to the Tower of London. There is a stop located near the Tower. You can also check out Day 2 suggestions as part of our 6 day itinerary as we have the Thames cruise included as part of it.

Simone Post author

August 6, 2019 at 5:38 am

Hey Laurence and Jessica, Thanks for the content, it has helped me a lot to craft the best route for my short-visiting.

August 7, 2019 at 5:44 am

Hi Simone, You’re very welcome and wishing you a great trip to London. Best, Jessica & Laurence

Claudel P Post author

June 11, 2019 at 8:57 am

Great post! We will be heading to London for 5 full days during Thanksgiving this year.. so I am loving reading on your 3 and 6 day posts! Will there be christmas decorations or christmas markets during this time (november 27-december 2). if so, do you know where and what we should hit? We love Christmas! Have you seen either plays: Harry potter & cursed child, wicked, or matilda? which would you recommend?

Thank you so so much! I’m sure I’ll have more questions once I continue reading 🙂

June 11, 2019 at 10:14 am

Hi Claudel,

Glad you are finding our London posts helpful in planning your trip.

Some Christmas decorations should be up by the beginning of December, especially in the stores. Some of the larger Christmas markets also start around this time. One of the biggest is the Winter Wonderland in Hyde Park and it is expected to begin in late November so you should be able to catch that which has Christmas market, decorations, ice skating, rides, circus shows, etc, but it is a bit early for exact dates for most of these so I’d check a bit closer to your trip. You can see the official website for the Winter Wonderland here .

I have personally seen Wicked and enjoyed it but not the other two, but all have really good reviews. I doubt you’d be disappointed with any of them and I would go for the one that is of most interest to you. Or if you are on a bit of a budget, you can see if you can get discount tickets for any of the shows once in London. If you are getting a London Pass, then Wicked is currently one of the shows that pass users are eligible for discounted tickets, you can see more about this here .

Note that the Harry Potter & Cursed Child is a long two-part show (either both shows on same day or 2 over 2 days) and tickets often sell out well in advance, and you are very unlikely to get a discount for that show. So if that one is your fave, I’d book it in advance to guarantee a seat.

If you enjoy Harry Potter, Laurence has a Harry Potter filming location in London guide that you might enjoy, as well as a guide to the Warner Brothers Harry Potter Studio Tour .

Olga castillo Post author

May 29, 2019 at 12:49 pm

Great tips and great 3 day pass information.

On the London pass does that include theater tickets? Any recommendations for a nice pub for lunch and for a good place for fish n chips. Also if you can help me out or give me some suggestions. I purchased London eye tickets for the wrong date, now it seems that I can’t change therefore will lose my money what can I do please help. Also can we wear shorts and go into the churches and the museums? Please advice if all possible. O. Castillo Miami Fl

May 29, 2019 at 2:23 pm

Glad you finding our London itinerary helpful in planning your upcoming trip. Sure happy to try to answer your question.

– The London Pass does not include free theater tickets, but it gives you up to 50% off on certain shows so you can purchase theater tickets at a discounted rates through their concierge service with your Pass. For example, there is usually 4-5 shows discounted (e.g., Aladdin, Thriller Live) and the discounts are usually between 20 to 50% off the normal ticket price. You can see more about this here . -BTW, I assumed above you were referring to West End performance theater, not movie theaters / cinemas as the London Pass does allow free entry to see films in a few area Curzon movie theaters right now. You can see those listed under the included attractions.

-There are LOTS of good pubs in London and many also serve fish and chips so you can get both at the same place in many cases. I’m not an expert on good fish n chips, but I would just do a search online depending on where you are and you’ll find lots of recommendations. The Clarence in Whitehill (Westminster) is a long-standing central pub where many Prime Minsters have had a pint including Winston Churchill. One popular spot for fish n chips is Ben’s Traditional Fish & Chips. But as I said, there are lots and lots of pubs, you’ll run into them everywhere as you walk around.

-For London Eye tickets, I can’t really help with that. You will need to call or email the London Eye or ticket seller where you purchased the tickets to see if they can change the date for you. Where did you purchase them?

-Appropriate shorts (e.g., not too short) should be OK in London. Most of the churches in London are active places of worship and so you should dress respectfully and act as you would in churches in your own country. You are asked to dress respectfully and modestly (e.g., avoid wearing things like skimpy tank tops, midriff baring tops, really short shorts/skirts) and for men to remove hat upon entry, etc.

-Note that if you are from Miami you might find London a bit chilly depending on the weather when you visit, as it can be cool and rainy even in the summer at times (or it can be pretty hot). So be sure to check the weather before your trip and make sure you bring some clothes for layering.

Stanley Post author

May 18, 2019 at 8:58 pm

Hi Jessica,

We, a party of 4 adults and 6 teenagers, will be in London this December. First arrival on the 18th, then off to Europe the next day, and back to London for a few days from the 31st to the 2nd

My questions are:

1. Would moving around London (mainly using tube, HIHO, and walking) during New Year’s eve and New Year’s day itself be congested, meaning we may have to scale down on the number of places that we plan to visit?

2. Will the attractions be open on New Year’s day?

3. For the above reasons, and to avoid the crowd, we are actually considering the option of taking a day trip to Bicester Village on New Year’s eve for some shopping. But, can you advise if we would have problems returning to London due to overcrowding on the trains and tube?

May 19, 2019 at 3:42 am

Hi Stanley,

Sounds like a fun family trip to Europe.

1. Yes, things will likely be congested on New Year’s Eve, especially towards evening as many people will be heading off to eat, celebrate, and party. So expect it to be busy and the Tube may not be the best place to be later in the evening (e.g., plenty of loud drunk people). But New Year’s Day shouldn’t be too bad as most people in the UK are off work and sleeping in as it’s a public holiday.

2. Some attractions will be closed on New Year’s Eve and/or New Year’s Day so I would be sure to double check the ones you plan to visit to be sure they are open. Some may just have reduced hours. But you should still find plenty to do in London on these days as many attractions stay open.

3. Bicester Village is definitely an option and I think it only closes on Christmas. You can get there by train or you can book one of the dedicated shuttle buses that goes back and forth from central London to Bicester Village if worried about the trains/Tube. It is a very popular destination with the Chinese and other international tourists so it will likely still be busy but not more busy than usual. Other non-shopping options is to book a day tour to some place like Stonehenge, Stratford-upon-Avon, Kent, Cambridge, the Cotswolds, etc. Since you have such a large group, a private tour is likely to be less expensive than joining a group tour and most private tours will pick you up and drop you off at your hotel so you don’t need to worry about transportation.

May 19, 2019 at 9:15 pm

Many thanks for the speedy response and useful tips, much appreciated.

Warmest Regards,

Vicki Baker Post author

May 17, 2019 at 6:51 am

So informative. Thanks so much. I have planned our UK trip from your suggestions. What SIM card for my cell phone do you recommend for the UK. We are coming from Canada.

May 17, 2019 at 7:33 am

Hi Vicki, Glad you are finding our London itinerary and other UK content helpful. For a SIM card, perhaps the easiest is going to be the Three SIM card , which you can pick up at the airports in booths or once in London. Then you can just add data to it as required, and they come with unlimited texts and minutes. Three is our provider here in the UK.

Another to consider is the SIMS and SiM stickers by KnowRoaming which is a Canadian company and you could get one before your trip. We’ve used them as well before.

But you can read more about these and other options for getting online and staying in touch internationally in this article .

May 17, 2019 at 7:56 am

Thank you Jessica for the quick response. Will look up the article you suggested. Great help. Keep up the good work!

May 17, 2019 at 9:03 am

Hi Vicki, Glad it was helpful and just leave Laurence (my husband who wrote the article about SIM cards, hotspots, etc.) a comment if you have further questions as he is more of an expert on UK SIMs 🙂 Wishing you a wonderful time in the UK. Jessica

Tim Riley Post author

April 5, 2019 at 10:10 am

Wonderful web site. We are going to be in London 2 days prior to a Princess Cruise around the British isles. There are 8 of us, ranging in age form 62-82. We arrive Heathrow, June 4 @ 6:45am and will be staying 2 nights 6/4 & 6/5) at the Grange Tower Bridge Hotel. Boarding the ship on Thursday, June 6. Would like your suggestion of how best to make the most of 2 these days.

Thanks for your time.

April 5, 2019 at 1:04 pm

Your hotel is well suited for exploring the central highlights of London. I would recommend doing Day 1 and Day 2 of this itinerary. And then I’d recommend taking a few things out and slowing it down since you’ll be traveling in a bigger group. Getting a 2 day London Pass can help as it will allow you to bypass ticket lines at many attractions.

I’d also recommend asking everyone for 1 or 2 must-see things to do or see in London and see if you can incorporate at least one thing everyone really wants to do. Hopefully most will fall within the main highlights (Tower of London, Buckingham Place, etc.) of the itinerary, but may also include changing the itinerary a bit to visit the British Museum, going to a particular shop, or making sure to stop for a fish and chips pub lunch or going to a West End performance.

It may also make sense for a group of this size to split into 2 if there are differences in interests (e.g., one wants to spend the day in museums and one wants to go shopping).

If you have any specific questions about how to modify the itinerary, let me know!

Ken Post author

March 25, 2019 at 10:09 pm

Hi Jessica, we are planning 4 and half days in London and then 3 days and nights starting in Bath and Cotswold. Any suggestions on a mid range hotel/ bed and breakfasts . We are taking a train to Bath and I’m asking for help on the transportation to the Cotswolds area, places to stay for 3 nights,tours and rentals car to get around. Thanks in advance, Ken

March 26, 2019 at 11:29 am

I’d book your train ticket in advance to Bath to save money and also ensure a seat reservation. You can see schedule here .

For exploring the Cotswolds, you can either explore on your own by car or you can take a half day or full day tour from Bath. So if you stay within walking distance of central historic Bath (e.g. Roman baths) you could probably do it without a car if you wanted and rely on public buses and day tours. Or you can rent a car in Bath but you don’t really need a car to explore Bath itself as the highlights are located within walking distance of each other.

If you rent a car, there are a few agencies in Bath including Europcar and Enterprise, we normally use Enterprise, you can check prices here . Just note you need to take a short bus or taxi ride from central Bath to many of the car rental agencies, including Enterprise, as most are a little outside the city center.

For activities and day trips from Bath, I’d check out this list . Some good day trips might be Stonehenge, Cotswolds, Oxford, Bristol, Cheddar Gorge, but I’d recommend spending one day just exploring Bath itself.

We haven’t personally stayed in Bath overnight so I don’t have any personal recs, but there are a number of mid-range hotel and B&B options, I’d just pick something near the city center. Some to check out might be Annabelle’s Guest House , Henrietta House , or The Rising Sun Inn .

Menaka Post author

March 18, 2019 at 5:06 pm

hi Jessica This is super awesome…all your blogs have helped me tremendously in planning my itinerary. Would greatly appreciate your inputs on a few of my questions below: 1- as part of the London pass, I believe we get one day of HOHO bus and River Thames cruise option. Assuming the 24 hour clock for HOHO starts the moment we take the bus but do we also have to take the River Thames cruise within that 24 hours or can we do it any time within the 3 days of London Pass validity? 2- how did use the HOHO option with the 3 day pass itinerary? 3- we want to do the stonehenge, bath and windsor day trip as a part of a tour so I’m assuming the admission fee to Windsor would be a waste for us? 4- we are a party of 6, 2 kids (5 and 9) and 4 adults (2 over 60)- how family friendly would you consider the 3 day itinerary, also considering, we will be jet lagging first couple of days. We are staying a total of 6 days in London and 3 in Edinburgh- London 4 days, Edinburgh 3 days and London 2 days.

Your thoughts are much appreciated.

thanks Menaka

March 18, 2019 at 6:05 pm

1. The HOHO bus ticket is good for 1 full day, so not for 24 hours. Just for one full operating day of the sightseeing bus to whenever the bus service begins to when it ends. The HOHO River Thames cruise is good for 24 hours, and I would probably do this a different day than you are using the bus ticket. 2. You can use the HOHO bus anytime/day you want, but I’d probably do it the first day so you can listen to the commentary and learn more about the city and sightsee from the bus before you start visiting a lot of places. If you are feeling tired the first day from jet lag, this can also be a nice break from walking. Since our itinerary is designed for walking, you don’t really need the bus or public transit too much to get around so you can also use it more to just sightsee than to get from place to place, but it is up to you. 3. For the day trip, yes, the price of the entry fee for Windsor is probably included in your tour cost. I’d try to do the day tour on a day when you don’t have the London Pass if you have days when the pass is not going to be valid. 4. With 2 younger kids and a group of 6 people, it is going to take you longer and you’ll need more breaks. So I’d cut out a little bit from each day or just take it at a relaxed pace and do what you can each day, without trying to rush too much. Maybe just set priorities to make sure that everyone in the group gets to visit their top attraction. I’d get some info from everyone what their must-see thing to do in London is so you know it ahead of time and can make sure you can fit it in.

Elaine Post author

February 24, 2019 at 8:54 am

Hi Jessica and Laurence, My friend and I are traveling to London and Paris from 4/19 (land at 9am) – 4/26 (leave at 6:40 pm) . My son is studying abroad in Bologna and will be meeting us in London for the weekend. We are in London from 4/19-4/23 but are going on a day trip to Highclere Castle on 4/22. What days’ itinerary would you suggest for Friday, Saturday and Sunday. Sunday is Easter so hope that doesn’t impact our stay too much. We were planning on attending Mass(Covent Garden) around 9ish that morning then continuing on from there. We are staying at the Doubletree Hilton – Victoria. Thank you, Elaine

February 24, 2019 at 10:15 am

I think our suggested 3 Day itinerary will work for you since you essentially have 3 full days with one day going to Highclere Castle. I’d just check on the opening dates for each attractions you want to visit. Some may be closed (or have reduced hours) for Easter Sunday. Many attractions are closed certain days (Westminster Abbey closes on Sunday) so I would just plan as you would any other trip. If you plan to follow our itinerary (at least loosely), I’d recommend considering the London Pass.

Covent Garden is a good area as you are within walking distance (or short ride) from several good attractions including St. Paul’s Cathedral, London Transport Museum, The National Gallery, and the West End theatres.

At Highclere Castle be sure to take time to stroll the gardens and visit the museum – the focus of the visit here has become on Downton Abbey but I think the true life story of the family is more interesting.

I would expect that London will be busier than usual that weekend as many people, locals and tourists, will be enjoying a long weekend in the city. But it should not be as busy as summertime.

For Paris, it looks like you may have at least 2 full days there. Here is a suggested 2 day Paris itinerary that may be helpful.

Hope that helps, and let us know if you have any specific questions as you continue planning your trip to London!

Cindy Post author

January 13, 2019 at 1:05 pm

I am researching my first trip to London. I think that our flight will come in around 11:00 am. Is this too late to start with the day 1 itinerary? Is there something else that you would recommend for this day?

January 13, 2019 at 3:22 pm

Hi Cindy, If your flights lands around 11am and then you go through security, baggage claim, travel into London, and check into your hotel to leave your luggage, you’ll probably have about half the day left. So you could probably fit in part of the day’s itinerary, but you won’t be able to do it all.

I would suggest just picking one big attraction that you want to visit and head there after you get into London and drop off your luggage, perhaps in Westminster. Then after your visit you can see how much time you have left. I’d do some walking around and visit one or two of the attractions that are open later hours, such as the London Eye and the the Shard or you can do a tour such as the Jack the Ripper tour or get tickets for a West End show. Some of the museums also are open late one night of the week (Fridays is a popular day) so you can check that as well.

Hope that helps, Jessica

Cindy Dunlap Post author

May 6, 2019 at 3:01 pm

Hi Jessica, I think this was my post to you from January. Now that I have solidified my itinerary a little more, it raises more questions. You were so good with your last reply I am reaching out to you again. We land at Heathrow at 10:10am on May 12th, with transportation to our hotel in Bloomsberry already covered. Should we purchase our Oyster Pass at the airport? We will be in London May 12th, 13th, 14th, then Paris on the 15th for a one day visit. (Already have tickets for EuroStar) Back in London 16th with a 1:15 Harry Potter Tour and 17th with an afternoon tour of Stonehenge. We fly back home at noon on Saturday the 18th. We are planning to get a two day London Pass since my understanding is they have to be used on consecutive days. Should we pick up the pass at their Center? We love your 3 day itinerary but how can we tweak it to fit our schedule, any suggestions? Also, we want to do the London Eye, any idea as to when would be best time to squeeze it into our time in London? So much to see so little time???? Any help you can give would be greatly appreciated. Thank you in advance, Cindy

May 7, 2019 at 1:11 pm

Hi Cindy, Yes, I think getting the Oyster Card at the airport make sense and then you can start using it right away. Otherwise you can purchase the Oyster Card at just about any Underground station (the standard one, not the Visitor one).

Yes, the London Pass has to be used during consecutive days so it does sound like you would want the 2 day London Pass. I would then to try to visit all the main attractions you want to visit covered by the London Pass on those 2 days. You can often save money by purchasing the London Pass online and then you could pick it up in central London. Otherwise, you can purchase it at the Heathrow airport Information Center, but the lines here can sometimes be a bit long.

If you like the itinerary and you only have 2 days, I would just do Day 1 and Day 2 of the itinerary as that covers most of the central highlights of London. The London Eye is already included as a suggestion for something to do in the evening of Day 1. Since the London Eye is not included on the London Pass, it is good to do in evening when other attractions are closed. It is also nice for sunset views and is open late.

Grace lee Post author

October 17, 2018 at 5:46 pm

Wow! I can’t believe how helpful this site is! You’re amazing. We will be in london in June for about 5 full days and will follow your 3 day itinerary. We want to explore Cotswolds area. Is there a way to do it without a tour guide? Sounds like it’s not an easy area to visit on your own? We will rely on public transportation. Any suggestions please? Thank you! Sincerely, Grace from Chicago

October 18, 2018 at 12:19 pm

Public transport is generally very good in the UK, particularly England, but it is not the best in the Cotswolds area. You can take a train to get there but a train will not get you around efficiently. There are several bus companies that operate within the area but you can spend a lot of time waiting and changing buses to see the main towns with tourist appeal unless you only want to stop in one or two of them. It is doable though to see the area by bus, and best if you have 2 days from London to explore just so you have adequate time to really explore. If you decide to do public transit, I’d recommend taking a train to Oxford and then taking buses from there.

But probably the two best ways to explore the area, especially as a day trip or overnight trip from London, are by renting a car or taking a guided bus tour (or private tour). If you are only doing a day trip, it is probably not worth renting a car unless you have a bit more time. Taking an escorted tour of the Cotswolds is very time efficient as you don’t have to worry about driving or parking, can visit several villages in one day, and they will take you to some of the most scenic and popular spots.

Check out our article on visiting Blenheim Palace and the Cotswolds , as it goes over the various options in how to get to Oxford and the Cotswolds from London (car, train, bus, guided tour, self drive). It can also help you decide what villages and attractions you may want to visit on a day trip.

Hopefully that helps, and just let us know if you have any further questions as you plan your trip to London!

Julie Post author

October 17, 2018 at 12:00 am

Hello I will be arriving at Gatwick airport next month. It is my first trip to London and I am very excited! Can I know where can I buy the London oyster card and London pass in Gatwick airport? Will the shop be opened? Also how much to rent a wifi router there? My arrival time is 5am. I will need the card to go to St Pancras station. Thanks in advance!

October 17, 2018 at 1:23 pm

Sounds like an exciting trip to London!

You can buy the London Pass at Gatwick Airport at the travel concierge and reservations desks. I don’t know for certain their hours, but it says here that there are 2 and both open at 4:00am. I would call in advance just to double check their times and what they have available if you need to purchase something there and you can find all the phone details here: https://www.gatwickairport.com/at-the-airport/shopping-eating/shops/airport-concierge/

But I would actually recommend buying the London Pass online in advance if you can. It is currently on sale so it will save you a little money – you can then have it delivered to your home (for a shipping fee) or pick it up once in London (for free).

If you are planning to get a Visitor Oyster Card , you need to purchase it in advance. You can purchase it alone or in combination with the London Pass.

The regular Oyster Card can be purchased at the concierge desks in Gatwick North Terminal or Gatwick South Terminal or at the Gatwick Airport train station (or most Underground stations once in London).

I am not sure about mobile WiFi hotspots, but you can certainly rent them if you need to. If you can’t rent one in the airport (or they seem too pricey), you can certainly rent them once you get into London. Here is a guide to getting online while traveling that might be helpful. But you might also look into options before your trip. Prices generally range from about $7 to $12 per day depending on the company.

Hope this helps and do let us know if you have more questions as you plan your trip to London!

October 19, 2018 at 10:35 pm

Hi Jessica, thank you for your quick reply. 🙂 Could you let me know if our itinerary (first week of Nov) is feasible? We do not want to wear ourselves out, yet do not wish to miss out on any interesting sights.

DAY 1 (5pm onwards) – Watch a musical. Which do you recommend? And any tips on getting a cheaper tic? I have watched The Wicked, Lion King, Phantom of the Opera and the Les Miserables at my hometown. Would love to watch one that I have not seen before in London itself!!

DAY 2 – 1) Free & easy day trip to Stonehenge. Love to see the magnificent wonders of nature! Is it the most convenient way to go by the tube? Can I just use the Oyster card?

2) Leicester Square to see the Christmas lights (heard it will be up already?)

DAY 3 – 1) Sky Garden, 2) Imperial War Museum, 3) Westminister Abbey, 4) Churchill War Rooms, 5) Thames River Boat Cruise @Westminister Pier, 6) London Eye.

DAY 4 – 1) St. Paul’s Cathedral, 2) Tower of London, 3) Tower Bridge, 4) Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, 5) Borough Market, 6) View From The Shard.

DAY 5 – 1) Kensington Palace, 2) Windsor Castle.

DAY 6 (Need to leave for Gatwick around 6 – 7pm) – 1) British Museum, 2) London Zoo.

I am thinking to get a 3 days London Pass to use from Days 2 ~ 4. Is the free transport to Windsor Castle still valid on Day 5, after the 3 days?

We are also keen in the following: Is it possible to squeeze into the above?

1. Mudchute City Farm (If we go for this, should we skip London Zoo?) 2. Chinatown 3. Museum of Brands, Packaging & Advertising 4. Brick Lane visit 5. Big Ben (Is it under renovation?) 6. B Bakery Afternoon Tea Bus Tour

We are also on a tight budget as have spent most on the airfare and accommodation. It would be great if you can recommend any affordable and nice places to eat, shop (for souvenirs, snacks, etc) or apps that can use to get discounts? Is UK Groupon good for tourists? Our budget is around 20 pounds/pax for lunch and dinner.

Thank you in advance!

October 21, 2018 at 9:33 am

There are a lot of musicals (and plays) always playing in London – you’ve seen some good ones, some other popular ones include Kinky Boots, Book of Mormon, Aladdin, Matilda, Mamma Mia, Thriller, Hamilton, and School of Rock.

If you are flexible about the performance you see, a good way to save money is to check in at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square which offers half-price and discounted theatre tickets or you can go directly to a theatre’s box office on the day for cheap standby tickets and returns. But you can also save money often by booking online (just be sure to book with a reputable ticket seller). You can also get discounted theater tickets with the London Pass (performances change but currently includes Thriller, Kinky Boots, and Aladdin) as well and you can see more about that here .

If you want to go to Stonehenge, you will need to book train tickets (and then take a shuttle) or book a bus trip. Stonehenge is far from London so you cannot use your Oyster Card or take the Tube. You can read all about that in our Stonehenge day trip post. I’d recommend booking a day tour for the most convenient option.

Day 3 – This will be a busy day and a bit spread out. I’d start early and perhaps consider starting at either Westminster Abbey or Churchill War Rooms as those are the busiest 2 attractions. Or start really early at Sky Garden (breakfast or coffee) so you can get to one of the others by opening time.

Day 4 – Tower of London gets very busy, so you may want to go there first. St. Paul’s is also busy but absorbs crowds a bit better. Just a thought.

The London Pass will definitely save you money on your time in London if you do all the above. I’d consider the 6 Day London Pass (especially since it is currently on sale) as I think it will be worth it as you’ll save money on entrances to Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace, and the travel to Windsor and back. Otherwise you will need to pay for these entrances and the travel.

I would probably not try to squeeze much more into your itinerary as it is already pretty full. If you find yourself with extra time, it is always good to know what else is around you but I would maybe not try to do too much more. Having some time to relax and enjoy just wandering around and enjoying a pub lunch is always nice 😉 Big Ben is under renovation and is not expected to reopen to the public for tours until 2021.

Some budget tips: London Pass will save you money on attractions and theatre tickets. Grab sandwiches and snacks from places like Boots or Marks & Spencers during the day – most UK grocery stores and convenience stores offer grab-and-go meals deals around £10 which include sandwich or pasta, side or snack, and drink. Compare menus for sit-down meals before you sit down – traditional pub meals usually offer a good value in London as well as ethnic food spots like Indian, Thai, and Pakistani. London has great Indian food! I have not used Groupon in the UK but it is here.

October 24, 2018 at 12:21 am

Noted on your tips.

If I buy a 3 days London Pass, do I have to activate the HOHO bus and transport to/from Windsor Castle during the same 3 days? Or can they be used outside of the 3 days?

Also what is the current theatre 1 for 1 promotion on the Visitor Oyster card? I read up online and it seems that the train play (can’t remember the name) has finished? Does it offer discount for Aladdin and the other plays that you mentioned?

If not, would it better if I just buy a standard Oyster Card at Gatwick airport’s concierge counter upon arrival? Is it for sale there? I emailed them but no response.

Where are the places that I can get affordable souvenirs and snacks?

October 25, 2018 at 12:51 pm

Yes, you do need to get and use the HOHO ticket while your London Pass is valid, you use your London Pass to get a same-day ticket to get on the bus. It is the same for Windsor Castle as if the person checks your London Pass date and it is expired they won’t let you though the gates (they are manned by a staff member). So for your itinerary, I’d recommend the 6 day pass as it will probably be a better value than the 4 for what you want to do.

For the discounts with the Visitor Oyster Card, you can see them here . They change regularly so not sure which theater tickets are currently on offer. For the London Pass, you can see the discounted tickets on offer here (currently includes Aladdin).

The Oyster Cards are essentially the same but the Visitor Oyster Card provides discounts so it is normally the pick for most visitors. But if you don’t plan to use any of the discounts, then either will work exactly the same. Just remember the Visitor Oyster Card would need to be purchased before your arrival to London.

As noted before, there are several locations you can purchase the regular Oyster Card at Gatwick. If you need to get a hold of the airport concierge counter, I’d recommend calling them rather than email them. The phone number to both desks is on the page I sent earlier.

For discounts on passes and cards, you won’t find them in person, only online. So if the London Pass is on sale, I’d definitely recommend buying it online. The London Pass has fairly regular sales online. As far as I know there are not sales on the Oyster Card as it is a transport pass.

A good area for budget souvenirs is actually where you pick up the London Pass (if you buy it online, and don’t have it mailed) around Leicester Square as there are several shops there. But it depends on what you are looking for as you’ll see souvenir places all around as you travel in London. Snacks can be found all over – grocery stores like Boots, Sainsburys, Aldi, Tesco, etc. all have affordable snacks.

Wishing you a great trip to London!

Sulastri Gunawan Post author

October 14, 2018 at 7:33 am

We’re interested to follow your 3 days itinerary and buy a London Pass for 4 people. Please advise which 3 stars hotel should I stay which is close to the HOHO bus so we can save transport cost.

Many thanks and best regards, Lastri

October 14, 2018 at 2:37 pm

Hi Sulastri,

Glad you found our 3 days in London post helpful in planning your trip itinerary 😉 In terms of hotels in the 3 star range a few to check out are Premier Inn (located near the Borough Market and London Bridge), Hilton Tower Bridge (within walking distance of Tower Bridge, London Bridge, and Borough Market) and Nadler Victoria Hotel (a 4-star near Buckingham Palace). All are centrally located and within a 10 minute walk of a HOHO bus stop – all work well with the itinerary and will minimize the amount of public transport (or taxis) you’ll need to take.

Those should give you some good places to start, but you have loads of lodging options in London near bus stops as the buses stop near almost all of the major centrally located tourist attractions.

sergio Post author

October 10, 2018 at 10:58 pm

This itinerary is amazing. The best one I’ve seen while researching my London trip next week. Is there a way to get this in a PDF or hard copy so I can keep it with me while on the road? Or should I just print it from my web browser. I feel like it may get too cluttered that way. Thanks!

October 12, 2018 at 7:28 pm

Hi Sergio, So happy you found our 3 day London itinerary so helpful in planning your trip! We don’t have a great way to get a PDF of our content at this time, but since a lot of people have asked over the past year, we are trying to come up with a solution soon.

But can definitely print it if you wish and the best way to do that might be to scroll to the bottom of the post and then find the “Share this Post” social icons. If you then click on the “More” button, you’ll find a print option.

Wishing you a wonderful trip to London! Jessica

Karen Post author

October 10, 2018 at 9:50 am

Hi, We will be visiting London October 25-28. I am having a hard time deciding on how to plan out our days. We arrive October 25th at 10:00 am from Los Angeles. I would like to do some sightseeing that afternoon. What would you recommend doing that day? Th next day we will try to see a lot!! Then on the 27th I would like to go to Windsor and if you have other recommendations I would greatly appreciate it. Do you think we should book any tours? Sorry for all the questions. It’s difficult to cram so much in a short time. I appreciate your help. I love your site!! Its been very helpful.

October 10, 2018 at 10:53 am

I would recommend following the Day 1 suggested itinerary on your first afternoon in London. Since you will have a later start, you won’t be able to go inside too many places, so prioritize any of the sites you want to visit the interiors, but there is lots to see by just following the walking tour. Then on Day 2, I’d start at Tower of London if you want to visit there. On Day 2, you can also go back and visit anything on Day 1 that you missed and prioritize the places you really want to see/visit. Then Day 3 you can follow the Day 3 itinerary as it includes Windsor.

Since it sounds like you have about 3 full days, I’d just modify the 3 day London itinerary into how it fits your time in London and interests. The more you plan ahead, the more you’ll be able to see. Just make sure to leave in some flexibility so you are not too rushed and have some time to explore and enjoy!

Let me know if you have questions as you put together your itinerary.

Anais Hernandez Post author

October 1, 2018 at 5:42 pm

My brother and I will be spending 3 full days in London in November. After sooooo many reading of London itinerary, this one is the most complex. I feel it covers everything and most importantly at my pace. Love it! Well done!

October 3, 2018 at 8:31 pm

Hi Anais, Thank you so much for taking the time to leave us a comment and thanks so much for the kind words. We are so happy that you found our 3 day London itinerary helpful for planning your trip to London. We wish you and your brother a wonderful 3 days in London. Please let us know if you have any questions as you plan your trip – we will be back in London in November ourselves for a week 😉 Best, Jessica

Hugh Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:49 am

Hi Jessica & Laurence,

Simply wow….!!! Your efforts are really appreciable, this is an amazing itinerary for spending 3 days in London. I love all the images that you have shared. Thanks for sharing this!

August 25, 2018 at 5:45 am

Thanks Hugh, thanks for taking the time to comment and wishing you a great trip to London! ~ Jessica

Rio Post author

August 25, 2018 at 4:00 am

This is a great itinerary. As a native Brit I only visited the Tower of London last year and still have yet to visit The Churchill War Rooms (it was closed the last time I was there). I used to visit London several times a year as I had family living there at the time and we would rarely do any tourist attractions. It’s only in the last few years that I’ve actually managed to properly explore our Capital.

August 25, 2018 at 5:43 am

Hi Rio, Glad you enjoyed our London itinerary and hopefully you get a chance to visit some more attractions on your next trip. It is so true that we often don’t properly explore our own home. My husband lived in central London for a few years, and only went to a few of the major tourist attractions while he was there. Now, with me, he’s been to just about all the highlights over the past few years 😉 Best, Jessica

Rob+Ann Post author

August 21, 2018 at 8:55 pm

We’ll definitely be using both this itinerary and the London Pass on our next visit. Sadly, we have yet to actually dedicate a trip to explore the city properly! Fixing that is high on our list. Thanks for all of the ideas and details – pinning this one for later! Only thing is, so much to see we’ll have to repeat several times. At least, that’s our plan! 🙂

August 23, 2018 at 5:40 am

Hi Rob & Ann, Hope you get a chance to visit soon and the London Pass is definitely a great way to explore the city. Yes, there is so much to do in London that it can take a few visits to do all the things you might want to do. We visit at least once a year and always leave with things we want to see next time 😉 Best, Jessica

Seana Turner Post author

August 20, 2018 at 6:10 am

The last time we were in London I was surprised at how crowded it was. It had been awhile since I’d been there, and I found it pretty packed. If I were to go back, I’d love the side trips. I’ve never done any of them. I would love seeing Highclere Castle and the Harry Potter world. I wonder what I would think of Stonehenge, but hey, why not? I love the detail of all of your posts.

August 20, 2018 at 6:29 am

Hi Seana, Yes, London is just one of those cities that is busy and popular year round – it can particularly be busy in the summer months. We tend to visit in the autumn, winter, or Spring although you can get some amazing weather in summer. Day trips are pretty easy to take from London and we’ve done all three of those ones and really enjoyed them – I am not even a huge Harry Potter fan but the Harry Potter Studio is still really interesting and well done. Best, Jessica

Anna Post author

August 19, 2018 at 7:43 am

London is such an awesome city and what a great itineary! I´ve spent a month there for my masters thesis 6 years ago and really wanted to go back to do more of the sightseeing ever since! Especially the day trips like Stonehenge or Oxford!

August 19, 2018 at 11:11 am

Hi Anna, Thanks, and hope you get a chance to return to London to do some of the day trips and explore more of the country. Stonehenge and Oxford are both great places to visit in England – we particularly really love Oxford. Best, Jessica

Michael Post author

August 19, 2018 at 3:26 am

Wow what an extensive list of things to do! WE live in London and are meant to be planning 3 days here for our friends later this year. I think I might just send them the link to this and then spend my afternoon in the pub!? Thanks for sharing!

August 19, 2018 at 4:59 am

Hi Michael, So you can just print the 3 day London itinerary, have them buy a London Pass, and meet up with them after their sightseeing in the evening for drinks and dinners – all sorted 😉 It can be hard to show people around a popular destination, I used to live near San Francisco and we now are in Edinburgh (Laurence used to live in London as well) and most people want to go do/see many of the same things but how many times do you really want to ride the cable cars or visit Edinburgh Castle. Enjoy your friends’ visit to London and hope this helps you a bit in your planning! Best, Jessica

Wendy Maes Post author

August 18, 2018 at 7:00 am

It’s been 16 yers since I was in London, but next month I am finally going back with my BFF. This itinerary is perfect! I am going to pin it to use it next month.

August 18, 2018 at 7:59 am

Hi Wendy, Thanks for pinning and so happy to hear you are getting a chance to visit London again next month. I hope you have a wonderful time and glad our London itinerary came at such a great time – enjoy your vacation in London! Best, Jessica

California Globetrotter Post author

August 17, 2018 at 7:20 pm

We thoroughly enjoyed using the London Pass and would highly recommend it again! And probably get it again on a future return to do more! So convenient, and it’s so nice to be able to visit as many locations as you wish without any limits, unlike Nashville.

August 18, 2018 at 7:47 am

Hi Lolo, Yes, the London Pass is one of our favorite city discount passes and we’ve used it a few times now. It would definitely save you money (and time) if spending three days in London and visiting many of the places on this itinerary. It along with the Paris Museum Pass are our two favorite city passes we’ve used.

There is a limit with the London Pass (there is a maximum purse value) but it is pretty high so very few travelers would be able to visit enough places to max is out, and we’ve never heard from anyone about this being an issue. Best, Jessica

Cynthia Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:41 pm

This is a great itinerary! I was in London for 5 days a few years ago. My favorites were the National Gallery, the British Museum, and the Tate Modern. Also went to a couple other museums can’t remember names of! One had pre-Raphaelite art. Wonderful collections. The Tower of London and other iconic sights were faves as well. I liked seeing the sparkly jewels. 😉

August 18, 2018 at 7:41 am

Hi Cynthia,

Thanks, yes, London has some amazing museums and art galleries and you could easily spend 3 full days just visiting them! Sounds like you visited a number of great ones. Umm, for the pre-Raphaelite art, it may have been The Tate (not the Tate Modern) but it could have been one of several museums. Yes, the Tower of London and the Crown Jewels is always a popular favorite 😉 Best, Jessica

Anda Post author

August 17, 2018 at 6:15 pm

London is one of my favorite travel destinations. We’ve spent a week there a few years ago, but my sweet memories started to fade. I think it’s time for another trip. Your 3-day itinerary gave me the idea to add London to our trip to Italy this fall.

August 18, 2018 at 7:36 am

Hi Anda, Ours too! Although I didn’t have a very good impression of London on my first day there, it was raining, windy, and there was tons of some sort of debris in the air that kept blowing into our faces. One of our first stops was also visa related which didn’t add to the appeal. But I’ve come to really love the city and there is just so much to do there, which is a good thing since is it one of the places we visit the most 😉 Hope you get a chance to stop in London in the fall. Best, Jessica

Katherine Post author

August 17, 2018 at 2:35 pm

I lived in London for a few years, and the best thing about it is that you’re never done seeing everything there. There’s always something new and different to check out, and your London itinerary is an awesome first taste! I miss it so much 🙂

August 18, 2018 at 7:34 am

Hi Katherine, I hope you get a chance to get back to London soon 😉 Laurence also used to live in London but saw very few tourist attractions while in London so he enjoys returning with me and seeing all the museums, historical attractions, etc. We’re excited to head back for a week in November! Jessica

Anisa Post author

August 17, 2018 at 1:46 pm

I have spent a fair amount of time in London but I still have so many things I want to see! I need to go to the Churchill War Rooms and do the tour of the Houses of Parliament. I still need to go to the Sky Garden too, but I never plan enough in advance.

August 18, 2018 at 7:31 am

Hi Anisa, Both the Houses of Parliament and Churchill War Rooms are great sites in London and both are easy to visit on the same day as they are a short walk from one another, but you do need to plan ahead for the Parliament. There are also some similar threads between them that make them good stops for the same day. We’ve visited the War Rooms twice, once with a guide and once without and found it interesting both times. Best, Jessica

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Notify me of replies to my comment (just replies to your comment, no other e-mails, we promise!)

Subscribe to our monthly Newsletter where we share our latest travel news and tips

We only ask for your e-mail so we can verify you are human and if requested notify you of a reply. To do this, we store the data as outlined in our privacy policy . Your e-mail will not be published or used for any other reason other than those outlined above.

The PERFECT 3 Days in London Itinerary [2024 Guide]

• Last Updated: February 5, 2024

If you’re planning a trip to the United Kingdom, this post is chock full of the best things to add to your 3 days in London itinerary.

Welcome to one of the world’s most important and influential cities.

At the height of the British Empire, 25% of the world was controlled by London.

Decisions made in the British capital have shaped history and created the world we know today.

For many London is the world’s most cosmopolitan city (sorry NYC ). It’s history a centre of economics, politics and the arts give the city a dollop of history and culture to which few other cities can even come close.

Founded as the Roman city of Londinium in AD 43, it was the Great Fire of London the gave us the city we see now.

And in more recent history, as the British Empire grew so did London’s power and prestige.

London’s rich history is present everywhere. From the city’s many excellent museums to the stories and tales that have been handed down from generation to generation.

Between museums, the arts, sporting events, parks, great food and plenty of pubs there is more than enough to keep you busy for 3 days.

In truth, you could be here for much longer as London is packed full of stuff to do.

However, our 3 days in London itinerary will give you all the best bits to see, do and eat in the UK’s cosmopolitan capital.

Table of Contents

Westminster Bridge 

Houses of parliament and big ben , westminster abbey , 10 downing street , horse guards and the household cavalry , the mall and st james’s park , buckingham palace, green park , fortnum and mason, piccadilly circus , trafalgar square and the national gallery, take a load off in leicester square and covent garden, take an early morning trip to tower bridge , admire one of the world’s most impressive historical collections at the british museum, the victoria and albert museum (v and a) and the natural history museum , enjoy a spot of afternoon tea , take a wander along the southbank, finish up in a proper british pub , st pauls cathedral , explore the guildhall, take a jack the ripper walking tour , get some shopping done at spitalfields market , take in some street art around shoreditch and brick lane, get a feel for music around camden, best budget accommodation in london – wombats city hostel, best mid-range accommodation in london – best western wembley , best luxury accommodation in london – blackbird, getting around london, fish and chips , markets/gourmet produce , pie and mash, how to spend a perfect 3 days in london itinerary.

Our 3 days in London itinerary is going to take you to many of the city’s most well-known sites and areas.

Charge your cameras and get your most comfortable shoes ready because it’s going to be a jam-packed 3 days!

Day 1 – London Must-See Buildings and Architecture

Our first day starts out at Westminster station and finishes at either Leicester Square, Holborn or Covent Garden tube stations.

This depends on which station is best for you to head back to your accommodation as they are all in the same area. 

You can think of this first day as one long walking tour.

Take as much or as little time as you want at each point of interest, but this a great introduction to London as a political and cultural centre.  

Head out of Westminster Station and take a short walk to Westminster Bridge for some lovely views along the Thames.

These will necessarily include some excellent views of the Houses of Parliament. 

Get here early though. From about 10 am the bridge becomes jam-packed with tourists, hawkers and people trying to commute. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster 

As of 2019 Big Ben is undergoing a rather major refit, so sadly you won’t get to see the famous clock in all its glory. 

The Houses of Parliament , on the other hand, is construction free at present.

The best views are from either Westminster Bridge or from Parliament Square. 

• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster

This huge cathedral is just off Parliament. It became most famous as the location of Prince William and Kate Middleton’s marriage back in 2011.

Built-in 929 AD, this stunning piece of architecture is a reminder of the importance of Christianity in England. 

Make sure you buy your pass for entrance into the Abbey .

• Address : 20 Deans Yd, Westminster, London SW1P 3PA
• Opening Hours : 9:30 am – 3:30 pm Mon, Tues, Thurs, Fri and Sat. 9:30 – 6:00 pm on Weds. Closed on Sundays.
• Cost : 16 GBP. However, at 5 pm, you can go to the evensong for free.

From Westminster Abbey pull a bit of u-turn to walk past 10 Downing Street, the home of the British Prime Minister.

The architecture in this part of London is particularly lovely. But do remember that you cannot go right up the house for obvious reasons. 

• Address : 10 Downing Street, London
• Opening Hours : 24 hours, however, you will only be able to see the street entrance.
• Cost : Free

Beyond 10 Downing Street, you will find the home of the Household Cavalry.

Cue the mandatory photos with a member of the Household Cavalry at their post. 

But do not get in their way. Although they perform mainly ceremonial duties, they are members of the British army.

Those that cross the line will be politely reminded of that fact. 

If you get here at the right time, you will be able to see the changing of the guard, which is well worth checking out.

If you are lucky enough you can catch the changing of the guard ceremony.

This ceremony begins here and then goes all the way up to Buckingham Palace , the sight of one of London’s most famous demonstrations of pomp and tradition. 

Book a tour with a guide to make sure you don’t miss it.

• Address : Whitehall, London, SW1A 2AX
• Opening Hours : You can walk through at any time, however times for the changing of the guard can be found through the link above.
• Nearest Tube Station : Westminster or St James’s Park.

Passing through the Horse Guards brings you out into the gorgeous St James’s Park.

If you’re lucky enough you will spot a pelican on the pond as you head towards the Mall , the finish of the London marathon.

This straight road leads directly to Buckingham Palace. 

The entrance of the Mall from just North of the Horse Guards offers some stunning architecture, which is well worth checking out!

• Opening Hours: 5 am – 12 am
• Nearest Tube Station: St James’s Park.

Any itinerary for 3 days in London will include a visit to Buckingham Palance.

One of the most famous sights in the United Kingdom is the Queen’s main place of residence.

To be fair, Queen Elizabeth II has a fair few other palaces, castles and stately homes dotted across the land. But this is the most famous. 

The highlight of any visit to Buckingham Palace is the changing of the guard .

As the procession moves from the Horse Guards to Buckingham Palace you will see the crowds getting ever larger.

Plan on getting to Buckingham Palace at least 30 minutes before the changing of the guard ceremony if you want the best views.

As a warning, it can be rather busy! 

If you’re not to fussed with pomp and ceremony then you can skip the changing of the guard.

Next to Buckingham Palace, you can find the Queen’s gallery which is home to some fantastic permanent exhibits with regular special exhibits throughout the year.

• Address : Buckingham Palace London SW1A 1AA
• Opening Hours: 24 hours to view from the outside. Changing of the guard usually takes place at 11 am.
• Nearest Tube Station : Green Park

Over the road from Buckingham Palace, you will find Green Park.

This park was originally an extension of St James’s Park and a rather unusual story surrounding its name.

Supposedly Queen Catherine, the wife of Charles II, caught her husband picking flowers in Green Park for his mistress.

Enraged at his betrayal she ordered all of the flowers in the park to be removed.

Before that, it was also apparently used as a burial ground for lepers. 

History aside this is one of London’s most popular parks during the summer months.

At lunch and dinnertime, the park swells with picnickers. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am – 12 am

Any 3 days in London itinerary usually includes a trip to Harrods, London’s most famous and ludicrously expensive department store.

A short walk from Green Park is the less well known (but certainly no less fancy) Fortnum and Mason .

The surrounding area is full of swanky shops so feel free to explore if this tickles your fancy. 

• Address : 181 Piccadilly London W1A 1ER
• Opening Hours : Monday to Saturday – 10 am – 9 pm. Sunday 12 pm – 6pm

Keep walking east from Fortnum and Mason and you will walk straight into Piccadilly Circus.

Whilst certainly not have the glitz, glamour or size of New York’s Time Square, this is one of London’s most iconic locations. 

There are plenty of pubs, restaurants and swanky shops in the vicinity with the close proximity of Bond Street, Oxford Circus, Leicester Squar e, and Covent Garden .

Get ready to get lost in the winding alleys and streets as you find your own little piece of London.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Restaurants and shops in the surrounding area
• Nearest Tube Station : Picadilly Circus

Take a slight detour here and head down towards another iconic London location – Trafalgar Square.

For many years this stunning square was mainly famous for its pigeons.

Tourists delighted in feeding them, whereas the feelings amongst the locals were far less exuberant. 

Just behind Trafalgar Square is the National Gallery .

Like with many of London’s best museums and galleries it’s free to enter.

So take the opportunity to check off some of history’s most stunning pieces of artwork.

Alternatively, you can head before going to St James’ Park and Buckingham Palace as it’s right next to the Household Cavalry.

• Address : The National Gallery Trafalgar Square London WC2N 5DN
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 6 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 9 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Charing Cross

After a long day of sightseeing and walking through central London it’s time to put your feet up with a beer or two in the Leicester Square/Convent Garden area.

Those areas sort of roll into one. The Tube advises travellers to get off at Leicester Square, as opposed to Covent Garden, as the latter can get so crowded. 

But both areas are chock full of pubs, clubs and restaurants. So let your hair down in this rather happening area of London. 

The area also has lots of theatres. So if you fancy catching a show in the west end then this is the place to do it.

Incidentally, there are a number of ticket offices on the edge of Leicester that sometimes have some amazingly cheap deals on offer. 

• Opening Hours : This is a 24-hour area, with restaurants, bars, live music venues, and comedy clubs jam-packed into this happening area.
• Cost : As much or as little as you want.
• Nearest Tube Station : Leicester Square, Convent Garden and Holborn.

Day 2 – Museums and Parks

Our second day will be a bit more of a relaxed affair as we check out some of London’s incredible museums.

One of the best things about London’s museums is that they are free – which is a welcome relief for anyone who has ever visited museums in New York. 

We can start the day off with a visit to Tower Bridge. This is one of London’s most iconic sights, so it can be a little busy sometimes.

However, getting there early in the morning will give you some great photo opportunities of both Tower Bridge and the Tower of London (one of the few museums in London that isn’t free).

In addition, there will be some great views of the City of London’s more modern architectural wonders including the gherkin, the walkie talkie and the cheese grater . 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket for the Tower of London here.

• Opening Hours : 24 hours.
• Cost : Free unless you want to go up into the towers.
• Nearest Tube Station : Tower Hill.

Welcome to what many believe is the best museum in London.

The sheer size of the British museum is mind-boggling. You could be here for days and not see everything.

There is something for everyone here, so get stuck into this incredible museum.

• Address : Great Russell St, Bloomsbury, London WC1B 3DG
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:30 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 8:30 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : Russell Square

If the British Museum doesn’t tickle your fancy then head down to South Kensington and check out either the Victoria and Albert Museum (affectionately known as the V and A) or the National History Museum. 

Both museums offer extensive collections with the Natural History Museum being the more family-friendly option.

If you’re into architecture then make sure you at least check out the Natural History Museum. It is a particularly lovely building. 

Incidentally, if you are in London on the last Friday of the month they hold a phenomenal silent disco which is a must! 

• Address : Victoria and Albert Museum, Cromwell Road, London SW7 2RL
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 5:45 pm daily, with the exception of Friday when it’s open until 10:00 pm.
• Nearest Tube Station : South Kensington

READ MORE: Plan a road trip around Ireland .

Hyde Park is probably London’s most famous park. This huge expanse of land is a world away from the chaos of central London.

At its centre is the Serpentine , a large body of water where rowboats can be rented to enjoy a summer afternoon.

Visit the iconic speaker’s corner, a site for speeches and debates since the 1800s when protests and demonstrations took place in Hyde Park. 

On Sunday mornings speakers come to share their views and follow in the footsteps of Karl Marx, George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin. 

• Opening Hours : 5 am -12:00 am daily.
• Nearest Tube Station : Hyde Park Corner

London in 3 days is certainly a squeeze. However, be sure to make time to enjoy afternoon tea at one of the many establishments offering such a service in London.

The most famous is The Ritz , very close to Green Park tube station.

However you will need to book in advance, and you will need to be smartly dressed. Jeans, trainers and t-shirts are a no go! 

The central piece of afternoon tea is scones with clotted cream and jam.

However, the debate about the order is rife.

Devon and Cornwall, two counties in the south-west of the United Kingdom are central to this debate.

In Devon, the clotted cream is spread first followed by a dollop of jam on top, whereas it’s the other way round in Cornwall.

I personally prefer the Devon way. 

This lovely section of the Thames stretching east from Waterloo offers some stunning evening views of London.

Weekend daytimes are filled with people selling books and paintings, locals going for a jog and some very talented skateboarders. 

You can follow this path all the way to the Tate Modern , which is also free!

• Opening Hours : 24 hours
• Nearest Tube Station : Waterloo

Sipping an ale in a pub is a quintessentially British activity that can be enjoyed from the moment the pub opens its doors.

Pubs start serving alcohol from 11:00 am and will usually finish up between 11:00 pm and 12:00 am. 

With 3 days in London you should have enough to check into a couple of pubs for a uniquely British experience.

There are a number of excellent old pubs in London that are well worth checking out.

The Mayflower near Rotherhithe overground station, the Cittie of York next to Chancery Lane tube station and the Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese near Blackfriars tube station are 3 of the best, and oldest pubs in London.

The Mayflower sits right on the edge of the Thames and offers great food and some lovely sunset views.

Day 3 – London City Centre

Today we will head into the City of London.

Also known as the “Square Mile,” this is the financial heart of the United Kingdom. And, for a couple of hundred years, it was the world’s financial centre until New York City knocked London off top spot after World War I. 

The City of London also has a rather more gruesome history. It is here where Jack the Ripper operated uneducated in 1888.

There a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walking tours operating in this part of London. 

After the Great Fire of London in 1666 London lay in ruins. The renowned architect Sir Christopher Wren was charged with the re-building of the city.

Central to this was St Pauls Cathedral. 

This stunning Cathedral is truly breathtaking, and amazingly escaped severe damage from German bombs during World War II.

However, one of the clocks was destroyed and never replaced as a reminder of the horrors suffered. 

For amazing views of St Pauls and the surrounding area head to the shopping mall behind the cathedral and go to the top floor.

This will bring out onto an open-air platform where you can snap away to your heart’s content. 

Book your ‘ Skip the Line’ ticket online here .

• Address : St. Paul’s Churchyard, London EC4M 8AD
• Opening Hours : 8:30 am – 4:30 pm from Monday to Saturday. The cathedral is open for worship on Sundays.
• Cost : 20 GBP per adult
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls

This is an undiscovered gem in London. This stunning piece of architecture is a stone’s throw from St Pauls and is home to the ruins of a Roman amphitheatre.

Yes, you read that right a Roman amphitheatre in the heart of London!

Head inside and head downstairs and you will see it in all it’s glory. 

The Guildhall itself is home to a lovely museum and is well worth checking out if you have the time.  

• Address : Basinghall St, London EC2V 7HH
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 4:30 pm daily
• Nearest Tube Station : St Pauls, Moorgate or Bank

Jack the Ripper was an infamous and unidentified serial killer who terrorized London in the late 1800s.

Due to the fact the killer was never identified and captured, legend and lore have grown over the years.

There are a number of excellent Jack the Ripper walks on offer in this part of London well worth checking out.

Sharing some of London’s most interesting stories these walks an awesome addition to 3 perfect days in London.

This huge market is home to almost everything and anything it seems.

It sits alongside Petticoat Lane , which is home to one of London’s largest clothing markets.

There is plenty to keep you occupied around here with a number of great food outlets inside Spitalfields Market itself. 

• Address : 56 Brushfield St, Spitalfields, London E1 6AA
• Opening Hours : 10 am – 8 pm from Monday to Friday. 10 am – 5 pm on Saturdays and 10 am to 4 pm on Sundays.
• Nearest Tube Station : Liverpool Street

READ MORE: Plan the perfect 3 days in New York City

One of London’s most famous streets is the graffiti-laden area that is Brick Lane.

Expect to find plenty of other visitors embarking on walking tours and snapping photos of some of the funky artwork. 

The street is famous for curries, and amazingly every single one seems to be the best curry on Brick Lane, according to TripAdvisor. To be honest the curry here is average at best.

Your best off heading to the amazing bagel shop at the end of the street for one of the best bargains in London. 

• Opening Hours : 24 hours. Sundays market can be especially busy
• Nearest Tube Station : Shoreditch High Street (Overground)

If you still have the energy after a jam-packed three days then head on up the hedonistic area of Camden.

Expect the pubs to be packed and the music to be loud. 

There are some great live music venues around here offering up the latest unsigned wonders.

If you’re around Camden Locks on the weekend it is especially busy, but it’s a great atmosphere. 

Personally, I recommend booking into a pub crawl of Camden .

• Opening Hours : Another 24-hour area where the party goes on well into the early hours
• Cost : As much or as little as you want
• Nearest Tube Station : Camden Town

London Travel Guide

Now that you know what to do for your 3 days in London itinerary, we want to help you make your other plans as well by sharing the best accommodations and places to eat in the city.

Accommodation in London

Accommodation in London is certainly not at the budget end of the scale.

However, there are some bargains to be found and with London’s excellent transport network as long as your close to a tube station you have easy access to all of London’s best bits. 

London is divided into concentric zones, ranging from zones 1 to 9 with zone 1 at the centre.

Zones 1, 2, 3 will be the most convenient areas for transport.

Naturally, zone 1 is often the most expensive. 

This awesome hostel is located a short walk from Tower Hill tube station, the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.

With a plethora of awesome stuff to do right on your doorstep, it’s understandable why so many travellers rave about this place. 

Dorms are very reasonably priced however the private rooms are certainly not in that category.

In addition, it’s only a short walk from the north bank of the Thames, a great location for an evening stroll.

It’s close proximity to the city centre, affordable dorms and excellent service make this a winner! 

In London, many of the best mid-range options are like this one, a major hotel chain.

Based up in North London it’s a little further away from things than the other two hotels listed.

However central London is still just a short tube ride away. 

Being up in North London gives you easy access to Camden and the chance to check out Highgate Cemetery.  

This luxury offering based in South Kensington , one of London’s swankiest districts, has all the pomp and ceremony you would expect from a top London hotel. 

It’s full English breakfast gets rave reviews and it’s a hop skip and a jump over to South Kensington’s highlights including the V and A, Natural History Museum, Kensington Gardens, and Hyde Park.

It’s also a short walk to both Earls Court, Gloucester Road, and South Kensington Tube stations, facilitating excellent transport links all over the city. 

London’s transport network is exceptional.

Pick up an oyster card at tube and rail stations which can be used to swipe on and swipe off the tube, overground, DLR and buses.

Best of all, there is a cap on the maximum you can pay.

• Zones 1-4: 10.10 GBP
• Zones 1-5: 12.00 GBP
• Zones 1-6: 12.80 GBP

Everything in our itinerary is within Zones 1-4. 

But the tube can be quite confusing.

Download Citymapper to help you plan your trip appropriately.

Citymapper also provides live updates as to the current status of London’s underground lines, this can be an absolute lifesaver.

Fortunately, you do not have to deal with local and express services as you do in New York and Tokyo, for example.

However, sometimes trains will not go to the end of the line so just pay attention to their final destination. 

Get your 1-day unlimited travel card today on Get Your Guide .

Finally, stand on the right and walk on the left on all escalators.

Failure to follow this will lead to some very angry commuters who will not be shy about making their feelings known. 

Although London is a huge city it is a very walkable city within Zone 1, the very centre of the city.

Half the pleasure of any visit to London is getting lost exploring the many hidden gems the city has to offer. 

Alternatively, ride the famous hop-on-hop-off bus around the city .

Best Places to Eat in London

London is chock full of great eateries from the eye wateringly expensive to the pleasantly affordable.

Here are a few of my personal favourites that will hopefully tick a few boxes! 

Do not get a curry on Brick Lane unless you want overpriced, average Indian food. Incredibly every single restaurant claims to be the number 1 on trip advisor. 

Head up to Ravi Shankars on Drummond Street close to Warren Street Tube Station for some no-frills but awesome south Indian cuisine. 

The Bull Steak Expert on Red Lion street serves up amazing Argentinian steaks at a hefty price. But it is absolutely worth it. 

Good old pub grub is a hallmark of any visit to London. Your accommodation will probably be able to recommend a local one close by.

However, my favourite pub grub in London is served up at the Mayflower in Rotherhithe.

One of the oldest pubs in London it was from this location the Mayflower set sail for the New World in 1620, hence it’s named. 

The quintessential British dish. Any 3 days in London itinerary must include fish and chips somewhere.

The excellent Poppies near Shoreditch gets rave reviews. However this location is certainly not a secret, so be prepared for a wait. 

Head to the awesome Borough Market close to Tower Bridge for all manner of awesome options.

As with Poppies, you should expect it to be rather busy. 

Alternatively, if you’re in town on Saturday head Maltby Street market .

You will need to take a bus to get here. But it’s very rarely visited by tourists, much to the happiness of the locals.

Maureen’s Pie and Mash , up in Poplar is a huge hit.

If you’re not sure, this is pretty much exactly what it says on the tin, meat pies and mashed potato. A perfect winter warmer.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Richard Barnes

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

The Ultimate Guide to the Best Campervan Batteries [2024]

The best campervan solar panels for rv and van life [2024], we rate the 6 best campervan inverters [2024 rv guide], related posts, jacis lodges review – a luxury safari in madikwe, south africa, leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

3 Days in London: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visitors)

How to spend 3 days in london: the best itinerary + where to stay.

You want to visit London in 3 days and you’re looking for the best places to visit?

You’re at the right place!

In order to help you plan your stay , I have prepared for you this 3-day itinerary in London. It’s perfectly optimized to allow you to discover the must-see attractions of the city .

In addition to the best things to do and activities for each stage of your itinerary, I will also give you all my best tips and accommodation suggestions depending on your budget.

So, what are the best places to visit in London in 3 days? Where to stay?

1. The London Pass

3 days in london: must-see attractions:, one last tip for a perfect 3-day stay in london, b. westminster abbey, c. buckingham palace, d. trafalgar square/the national gallery, e. london eye, f. tate britain and/or tate modern, a. camden town, b. regent’s park, c. the british museum, d. the tower of london, e. tower bridge, f. the shard, a. notting hill, b. the natural history museum, c. hyde park, d. oxford street, f. piccadilly circus, g. covent garden, where to stay in london, london in 3 days with kids, more things to do during your 3 days in london, map of your 3-day itinerary in london, spending 3 days in london: flight prices, you’re traveling to england these articles will help you , how to avoid waiting in line (and save a lot of time) at london’s tourist attractions.

London , one of the most touristic cities in the world, attracts tens of thousands of visitors every day.

As many tourists come to explore the city’s iconic landmarks , you imagine that you sometime need to queue for hours before entering the must-see attractions such as Buckingham Palace, the Tower of London or the Palace of Westminster.

Hopefully, I am going to teach you 2 ways to beat the queue and make the most out of your three days in London.

The first solution to save a lot of time and money during your 3 days in London is to buy the London Pass.

Most big cities offer City Passes these days. They are a great way to avoid queuing and get immediate access to the most famous attractions. And London is no exception to the rule!

The London Pass is valid for between 1 and 10 days (depending on what you choose when booking). As it’s a digital pass, you can download it on your smartphone and present it at the entrance of each attractions.

The London Pass grants you tourist credits that are deducted whenever you enter a site.

For example, the 3-day London Pass comes with 430 credits, which corresponds to 430€ in entrance fees even though the pass costs only 114€ to buy!!

That’s really the best city pass if you’re spending 3 days in London.

With the London Pass, you will get:

• Entry to more than 80 of the best attractions in London: Westminster Abbey, Tower of London, Tower Bridge (you will visit them all in my itinerary!)
• You can also use your credits to take a trip on the hop-on hop-off tourist bus and see London without tiring yourself out
• Discounts in certain souvenir shops
• A tourist guide to the city with opening times and details of how to get to the attractions during your 3 days in London.

To buy your London City Pass, it’s very simple: you just have to click on the button below

As an alternative, there’s also the London Go City Explorer Pass that works a bit differently. You will need to purchase a version of this pass depending on the number of attractions you want to see. So you can buy a pass for 2, 3, 4, 5 or 7 attractions.

You can book it by clicking here.

2. Fast track tickets for London tourist attractions

Your second option to save time at the major attractions is to buy your fast track tickets individually depending on what you want to visit.

Skip the line tickets are available for the main monuments, tourist attractions and activities you will do in London during these 3 days.

I’ve listed some of them below, and for your convenience I will also mention them throughout the article.

Simply need to click on the names or on the buttons within the guide to book your skip the line tickets:

• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace
• Tower Bridge + Tower of London VIP Visit
• The Tower of London
• Cruise on the Thames
• See a musical
• Madame Tussauds
• St Paul’s Cathedral
• Harry Potter-themed guided tour – A must-do if you like Harry Potter universe!
• The hop-on hop-off double-decker bus

If you already know your travel dates (or as soon as you will have them!) , you should really book your accommodation.

As London is one of the most touristic cities in the world , the hotels offering the best value for money are often fully booked months in advance.

As a seasoned traveler, I can assure you that it’s always by planning as far in advance as possible that I’ve found the best hotels or apartments deals.

You agree that it would be a shame to somewhat ruin your stay in London by ending up in a not-so-great hotel that costed you a fortune, right? 😅

So your best bet is to take 5 minutes now to have a look at  traveler’s favorite hotels in London.

And if you like one of the hotels you find, book it!

It’s fast, it’s easy and most accommodation offer free cancellation. That’s the best way to protect yourself from the inconvenience of finding nothing but mediocre rooms at exorbitant prices.

To check the best hotels deals in London , simply click on the green button below:

After securing your dream stay, it’s time to continue reading this guide!

3 days in London: the ultimate itinerary

It’s now time to plan your 3-day itinerary in London!

For this itinerary, I assume that you’ll be spending 3 full days in London and purchased the London Pass or fast track tickets in advance. That’s the best way to save time and money during your stay!

And if after reading this guide, you still need help to plan your trip, don’t hesitate to ask me in the comments section located at the end of the article.

So, what should you see and do during your 3 days in London?

London itinerary: Day 1 – the historic centre

Day 1 visits:

A. Big Ben B. Westminster Abbey C. Buckingham Palace D. Trafalgar Square E. London Eye F. Tate Britain and/or Tate Modern

You should start your 3-day trip to London by going to see the famous Big Ben.

Situated in the historic centre of the city on the banks of the Thames, you can’t miss the most iconic building of the British capital.

In fact, Big Ben is the name of the huge bell inside the tower. The tower itself, adorned on each face with 4 clocks each measuring 7 metres in diameter is called the Elizabeth Tower .

The Elizabeth Tower (106 metres height) was built in 1858 and is part of the Palace of Westminster, perhaps better known as the Houses of Parliament.

If you want to go to the top of Big Ben, you need to submit an official request months in advance and be a UK resident. So you’ll probably have to only admire it from the outside, which is already great!

Right next to the famous clock tower, you’ll find Westminster Abbey.

The Abbey is of great historical importance : many kings and queens of England were crowned here, including Queen Elizabeth II.

Westminster Abbey also features several royal tombs , including that of Mary, Queen of Scots. In the Poets’ Corner, you will also find tombs of several famous authors such as Charles Dickens and Thomas Hardy.

For your visit, you should definitely get the audio guide. It’s the best way to learn more about the history of this site.

To visit the Abbey, you can opt for one of the proposed itineraries. There is for example a quick 30 minutes visit , the 1h standard version or even a “fun version” for the kids!

As I mentioned, you absolutely need to get a fast track ticket for Westminster Abbey if you don’t want to queue for hours.

If you’ve bought the London Pass , entrance is included. Otherwise, you’ll need to buy a fast track ticket by clicking here:

You can also book a 2-hour guided tour by clicking here!

Voyage Tips - Advice Given your itinerary for the day, you should get to the abbey at the opening (9:30 a.m. on weekdays, 9 a.m. on Saturday, closed on Sunday).

Let’s continue your 3-day itinerary in London and head to another unmissable visit: Buckingham Palace!

The royal palace is just 300 metres from Big Ben and Westminster Abbey . To get there, simply take Birdcage Walk , the street that runs alongside St James’s Park .

You should get there in the morning to watch the Changing of the Guard, a must-see experience that will immerse you in the world of the British Monarchy for a moment.

At 11.00 am every Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday, dozens of royal guards leave Wellington Barracks for the forecourt of Buckingham Palace to relieve their colleagues in a grand ceremony that follows the rhythm of the band.

The Changing of the Guard takes around 40 minutes and attracts thousands of tourists. So if you want to get a good spot, you should really be there around 10.30 am.

The Changing of the Guard ceremony doesn’t take place if it’s raining. You can check the online calendar to check whether it’s taking place.

You can only visit the interior of Buckingham Palace during 2 months of the year, generally in August and September. As long as you book well in advance, you’ve got 3 options (simply click on the orange links to book):

• Ticket for the State Rooms , so you can see the main reception chambers
• Entrance to the Queen’s Gallery and its large collection of works of art
• Entrance to the Royal Mews (stables) where the Royal Family’s carriages are kept.

After the changing of the guard, you should head to Trafalgar Square.

To get there, you should pass by St James’s Park, opposite the Palace. Take one of the walkways that goes through this beautiful public garden featuring lovely flowerbeds, a lake and lots of ducks and squirrels.

It will take you around 20 minutes to arrive at Trafalgar Square , a world-famous square guarded by 4 big black lions. It’s a very lively spot where you will probably see a few street performers.

Ready for a culture break?

You can then go to the National Gallery museum overlooking the square. It’s one of the most beautiful museums in London, and the entrance is free of charge, so it really would be a shame to pass it by!

Founded in 1824, the National Gallery houses one of the richest collections of works of art in Western Europe, including Van Gogh’s famous Sunflowers.

There, you can also see works by Monet, Cézanne, Leonardo da Vinci, Michelangelo, Picasso and Rembrandt . It’s a real paradise for art-lovers!

And if you want to learn more about the museum and the works of art on display, you can grab an audio guide and follow one of the proposed itineraries, including a 1-hour tour designed with children in mind.

Opening times can be found on the official website.

Leaving the museum, it’s now time for a ride on the biggest Ferris wheel in Europe, the London Eye, located only 15 minutes away from Trafalgar Square.

To reach the London Eye, you will need to go on the other side of the Thames , opposite to Big Ben.

Your ride will allow you to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view over London from over 130 metres high! Each capsule on the wheel has a capacity of 25 people and the complete ride takes 30 minutes.

The view from the top is truly exceptional and it’s an experience that will captivate young and old alike.

You absolutely have to book your seats in advance if you want to experience the London Eye (it’s not included in the London Pass). You need to book your ticket for the London Eye by clicking on the button below:

To save money, you can also get this combined ticket: London Eye + Thames Cruise + Hop-on Hop-off Bus.

To end your first day in London, you can visit 2 more renowned museums: the Tate Britain and the Tate Modern.

The Tate Britain is located on the north bank, in Westminster district. It’s dedicated to classical British art and houses works of art by numerous artists, including Turner, Hogarth, Francis Bacon and William Blake.

From the London Eye, it will take you about 30 minutes to get there on foot. If you don’t want to walk, your other option is to take a river bus from the London Eye.

The Tate Modern is a bit further away on the south bank, but a river bus connects the two museums every 30 minutes.

This means that if you have time, you can easily visit both museums at the end your first day. As its name suggests, the Tate Modern focuses more on modern art.

The opening hours can be found on the official website.

If you want to see London by night, you can easily switch the Tate museums with the London Eye, and do the Ferris wheel at the end of the day.

Once you leave the National Gallery , head for the Thames and Embankment Pier. Take the river bus to Millbank Pier which will drop you at the entrance to the Tate Britain. For the Tate Modern , alight at Bankside Pier.

Second day in London: Things to see and do

Day 2 visits:

A. Camden Town B. Regent’s Park C. The British Museum D. The Tower of London E. Tower Bridge F. The Shard

You should start the second day of your 3-day itinerary in London by going to Camden Town district.

To get there, simply take the metro and get off at Camden Town station.

Located in the north of the city, Camden Town is one of London’s trendiest areas. Mixing the world of punks, goths and alter-globalists , it’s an area packed with offbeat boutiques, piercing/tattoo parlours and second-hand shops… all in a welcoming and friendly atmosphere!

The impressive shop facades are adorned with huge figurines in crazy colours.

The district is especially famous for Camden Lock Market, which opens every day from 10.00 am to 6.00 pm. This flea market is clearly a must-see attraction in London!

You can browse through vintage treasures, unusual gadgets, and unique pieces of clothing, taste street food from around the globe , or simply take a walk along Regent’s Canal while listening to the live music.

Next, you should head to Regent’s Park, a public park located just 10 minutes on foot from Camden Town.

This large 166-hectare green space, one of the most beautiful in the city, is open every day from 5.00 am to 6.00 pm. It’s surrounded by beautiful neo-classical houses built in the 19h century.

In the springtime, Regent’s Park is full of flowers and a really wonderful place to take a stroll. This park is the favourite meeting place of sports lovers who come here to jog or play football, rugby or hockey.

There’s also a lake where you can rent rowing boats and pedalos, an open-air theatre (in Queen Mary’s Gardens), children’s playgrounds, cafés and restaurants.

It’s the perfect place for a romantic or family stroll in London!

Leaving the park , take the A501 and then the A400 to get to the British Museum, a 25-minute walk away.

With a collection of over 7 million objects tracing human history and culture, it’s one of the most visited museum in Great Britain.

The museum opened to the public in 1759, and began as the personal collection of Dr Hans Sloane. It has expanded over time to become one of the most prestigious museums in the world.

My favorite part of the museum was for sure the archaeology section, featuring many relics and mummies as well as the famous Rosetta Stone!

The building that houses the museum is a masterpiece of architecture . The entrance, known as The Great Court, is built under a glass and steel roof with a magnificent central rotunda.

The museum is so full of wonders that you could spend a whole day there and still not have seen everything!

But since you only have 3 days to visit London, you should devote 1 to 2 hours of your time seeing the sections you’re most interested in . That will give you enough time to fit in the other things on today’s itinerary.

Like all public museum in London, the British Museum is free of charge. It’s open every day from 10.00 am to 5.30 pm.

You want discover the best of the main exhibits in under 2 hours?

Then you should book a guided visit!

You need to book your guided tour by clicking on the button below:

After your visit to the British Museum, you can head to the famous Tower of London , located on the banks of the Thames.

This fortress dating back to 1066 has served as a royal residence but also as a prison and place of execution . The site is designated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site.

Today, the tower has been converted into a museum of medieval history. Here, you’ll discover the macabre side of London’s history, through the many stories of executions that took place in the tower.

Several rooms of the castle have been designed for visitors, including the torture chamber with all the horrific equipment used at the time. You can also see the Crown Jewels here (one of the main attractions of the castle). The gardens outside the tower are also well worth a look.

Despite the theme, the visit isn’t too dark and is totally suitable for kids . Most of them actually love the place!

Free guided tours led by Yeomen Warders (Beefeaters) leave from the main entrance every 30 minutes.

There’s always a queue to get into the Tower of London, so you really should buy your tickets in advance to avoid wasting time.

Entry is included in the London Pass or you can also buy your entrance tickets separately by clicking on the green button below:

To get from the British Museum to the Tower of London , it’s best to take the metro (or if you’re really feeling up to it, it’s a 50-minute walk).

Right next to the Tower of London , you can’t miss the impressive Tower Bridge , another of the city’s iconic landmarks.

With its two immense Gothic towers and sky blue ironwork, you will immediately recognize it. It’s even more impressive at night when it’s illuminated!

This bridge was built across the Thames in the 19th century, and has connected the north and south banks of London since then. At the time it was built, it was the most sophisticated bascule bridge in the world.

If you’re lucky, you may even get the chance to see it open to let a tall boat through.

You can admire the Tower Bridge from the banks of the Thames, walk across it, and even visit the old engine rooms inside one of the towers.

From the highest level , you can also walk on a glass walkway that makes you feel like you’re floating above the Thames. It’s quite impressive!

Entry to Tower Bridge is included in the London Pass.

To end the second day of your 3 days in London in style, head to the top of The Shard to enjoy a fantastic panoramic view.

From the Tower Bridge, it’s just a 10-minute walk to get there.

On the 72nd floor of the tower, you will find the highest viewing platform in Western Europe. Needless to say, the view across London is spectacular!

Ascent of The Shard is included in the London Pass. If you don’t have the pass, you need to book your tickets in advance by clicking on the button below:

Third day in London: where to go?

Day 3 visits:

A. Notting Hill B. The Natural History Museum C. Hyde Park D. Oxford Street E. Soho F. Piccadilly Circus G. Covent Garden

For the third day of your 72 hour stay in London, you will start by discovering Notting Hill district.

You can get there by metro, alighting at Notting Hill Gate station.

This fashionable district of the British capital gained global fame thanks to the film “Notting Hill” starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant. If you’re a fan, you can go in search of the film’s locations!

Compared to central London, Notting Hill is more like a quiet little village, and its elegant pastel-coloured homes lend it great charm.

The flea market at Portobello Road (held every morning) is one of the main tourist attractions in this upmarket district. You can expect to see lots of stalls selling second-hand clothes, vintage items, accessories, antiques and culinary specialities to eat on the go.

The other major event that happens in this part of London is the annual carnival that takes place on the last weekend of August. It’s a parade of over 5 km to the sound of Caribbean music. If you happen to be there at the right time, it’s a show you shouldn’t miss.

And if you want to make the most of your visit to Notting Hill, you should book this guided tour:

Now, walk through Kensington district and to reach the Natural History Museum (25-minute walk).

London’s Natural History Museum is the most visited natural history museum in Europe, attracting 5 million visitors each year.

This huge museum housed in a magnificent building is extremely comprehensive, with thousands of things to admire and discover. And of course, it’s free of charge!

Zoology, botany, volcanology, archaeology, dinosaurs, anthropology, mineralogy … the museum boasts several rich and varied galleries. There are also lots of fun activities to do with children.

You could easily spend a whole day there, but to make sure you have time for the other things on your day’s itinerary, you should keep it to 2 to 2.5 hours maximum.

Seeing London in 3 days on foot also gives you time to discover the city’s most beautiful parks. And Hyde Park is conveniently just 10 minutes from the museum.

Hyde Park is the largest green space in the centre of the city. Like Central Park in New-York and the Mount Royal Park in Montreal , it’s one of the most beautiful city parks in the world.

If you’re following the suggested itinerary, you should get there around lunchtime. You’ll find a wide choice of snack bars and restaurants around and within the park.

If the weather’s good, it’s a great spot for a picnic on the vast expanse of green grass, or lunch on the terrace beside the water.

At the north-east corner of the park , you might come across one of London’s oddities: every Sunday, anonymous speakers come to express their opinions, very often with a touch of humour. It’s known as the “Speakers’ Corner”.

At Christmas time , there’s a huge Christmas Market in Hyde Park, accompanied by the Winter Wonderland fair and the biggest outdoor skating rink in the United Kingdom.

And if you’re in London in the summer, you’ll have the chance to enjoy concerts and festivals.

How about a bit of shopping next?

Oxford Street , the London equivalent of the Champs-Élysées in Paris, is located around 15 minutes form the park exit.

If you’re enjoying a short stay in the English capital, it’s nice to take a walk there to do some shopping or simply to admire the shop windows.

Stretching for more than 2.5 km, this street is home to over 600 stores selling fashion, interior design items, cosmetics, high-tech and more. The prices are quite reasonable, and the best-known English chains are all there, including Marks & Spencer, TopShop, The Body Shop, Primark and Urban Outfitters among others.

The next stop on your 3 days in London is Soho, the most vibrant district of London! It’s right next to Oxford Street.

It may be very small, but it’s home to an impressive concentration of pubs, theatres, restaurants, cinemas and clubs . Basically, it’s where all the Londoners go to party!

It’s always packed and there’s a really great vibe whatever day of the week.

And it’s in Soho that you can watch the best musicals in London, but tickets are in big demand so don’t forget to book your tickets in advance.

If you want to see the famous musical “Les Misérables” at the Sondheim Theatre in London, make sure you buy your tickets in advance here.

If you’d prefer to see the no less famous “Phantom of the Opera”, you can book there!

If you’re looking for an original experience in Soho, you really should opt for a Harry Potter-themed guided tour .

Departing from Soho, your guide takes you to the cult locations from the films including Diagon Alley, Gringotts, platform 9 3/4, Knockturn Alley and much more besides. It’s a really good tour and the guide is amazing!

To book your Harry Potter guided tour , simply click on the button below:

From Soho, you can go to Piccadilly Circus to admire the lights and enjoy the festive atmosphere of this famous square with its giant advertising screens.

You should end your 3-day London itinerary with Covent Garden , the former site of London’s covered market.

The market was relocated in the 1970s but fortunately retained its very beautiful glass roof which today houses several shops, restaurants, artisan studios and the London Transport Museum.

It’s a very popular area for tourists, with several shopping streets, street performances and a crafts market every Saturday morning.

Now all you have to do is enjoy your last evening before flying home the next day.

And there you have it, London holds no more secrets for you! Now, the only thing left is to find an amazing place to stay. Let’s talk about it just below!

So now you know what to do in London in 3 days but there’s still one questions that remain unanswered: where to stay?

I won’t lie, it’s not easy to find affordable accommodation in London . As you’d expect in a major tourist city, the prices charged by hotels in central London are pretty high.

You really do need to book in advance to get the best rates. If you already know your travel dates, book your accommodation now!

• The Chamberlain: Close to Tower Bridge, the Tower of London and the banks of the Thames. This British-style hotel offers cosy, comfortable double rooms from 120€ per night, breakfast 12€. Strong points: a smartphone is made available, excellent locations, the welcoming staff and the comfortable bed linen. It’s my favourite for its excellent value for money!
• Hotel Indigo London – Kensington: This hotel is in the borough of Kensington and Chelsea, and very close to a tube station. Well-equipped, quiet and warm double room from 200€, breakfast from 19€. Strong points: the quiet area, cosy ambience cosy, the smiling and efficient staff.
• Haymarket Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: 5* hotel close to London’s “theatreland”, minutes on foot from St James Park and 15 minutes from Buckingham Palace. Really comfortable, spacious and quiet double room from 390€ per night, breakfast 20€. Strong points: perfect location, charming staff and excellent bed linen. The best choice for a romantic stay in London!
• The Soho Hotel, Firmdale Hotels: A luxury hotel right in the heart of London, 5 minutes from Oxford Street and Soho, and just 10 minutes from Piccadilly Circus. Really spacious designer and magnificently decorated double room from 500€ per night, breakfast 29€. Strong points: the perfect geographical location, magnificent bedrooms, the sumptuous breakfast. The best hotel in London for a luxury stay!

If you’d prefer a London hotel that isn’t too expensive, you should check out the “Z Hotel” chain. You can find them in lots of different areas of London, and prices start of 60€ per night. They’re the best bet for budget accommodation in London.

• The Z Hotel Shoreditch
• The Z Hotel Gloucester Place
• The Z Hotel City
• The Z Hotel Victoria
• The Z Hotel Piccadilly
• The Z Hotel Soho

Visiting London with your children for 3 days is a great idea!

However, depending on the age of your kids, you might want to make a few slight changes to this itinerary . They’ll love most of places to visit and activities mentioned, but you may need to spend a bit less time in the museums, as it might not be the most interesting for them.

That said, most of London’s museums offer fun tours and workshops especially for children, and they don’t generally last more than 1 hour.

From my experience, the activities in London that kids enjoy the most are:

• The Changing of the Guard on the forecourt of Buckingham Palace
• The London Eye
• The Natural History Museum

The musicals showing in the theatres of Soho are also a big hit with kids. Seeing a show together makes for an excellent family night out .

In terms of getting around , all the attractions on the first day are close to each other, so you should follow the itinerary on foot on day 1, and it’s also a more interesting way to get a first impression of the city.

If your kids are tired, or too young to walk, can opt to get around by bus. They will for sure love travelling on the red double-decker buses, preferably upstairs and right at the front!

You can book the double-decker hop-on hop-off bus tour by clicking here.

You can also take them on a cruise on the Thames, so that everyone can enjoy the main sites without getting tired:

If you’ve enjoyed my 3-day itinerary in London and still have some time left, you should read my full tourist guide. It’s packed with ideas for more things to do and see to bring your 3-day holiday in London to a wonderful end.

You can read it here: The 20 Best Things to do in London

It might even make you want to stay longer in London! Why not spend 4 or 5 days in the city?

To help you visualize your daily itineraries during your 3 days in London, I have created this map with all the places to visit day by day . You can view the legend of the map by clicking on the top left button, the one with a little arrow.

You can thus see the suggested itineraries for each day.

As always, you should book your plane tickets as early as possible to get the best prices.

To check the rates and schedules for flights to London, you can use our flight comparator, in partnership with Skyscanner:

Need help planning your 3-day itinerary in London? You can ask me your questions in the comment section located at the end of this article. I’d be happy to help you organize your stay in London!

Discover all my articles about London : All my articles to help you plan your trip to England are listed there.

• London: Top 20 best things to do
• 2 days in London – The perfect itinerary for 48h!
• 3 Days in London – The best 72h itinerary
• 4 Days in London – The defitinive guide to plan your trip
• 5 Days in London – How to plan your itinerary + My best tips!
• One week in London – The perfect 7-day itinerary
• Where to stay in London? My guide of the best places to stay for all budgets

You’re using Pinterest? Here is the picture to pin!

Creator of the Voyage Tips blog, travel and photography lover. I give you all my best tips to plan your next trip.

Related Stories

3 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

2 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

4 Days in Athens: The Perfect Itinerary (First Time Visit)

Discussion 7 comments.

Hi Vincent, Found your site very informative – thank you! Just a question…….we are travelling to the UK mid July 2024, wondering when we should purchase the “London Pass” and also ……..should we purchase an “Oyster Card” online or wait till we arrive in London?

Thank you! I’m glad my 3-day London itinerary is helping you plan your visits.

You can buy your London Pass 1 or 2 months before your trip to London. For the Oyster Card, you can buy it directly on arrival, at the airport or in a metro station.

Enjoy your (future) stay in London!

Your London itinerary for 3 days with children is excellent. Where would be best to stay ideally no more than £60 per night. Is there a convenient centre-to-the-tour suggestion? What about Air B&B type accommodation? Would welcome any suggestions – it’s for probably 3 adults and 2 children.

Thanks a lot! I’m glad that my 3-day itinerary in London is helping you to plan your stay.

For £60 per night, there is the “Z hotel” chain I’m talking about which offers rooms at that rate at certain times of the year, but these are rooms for 2 people.

Unfortunately, you won’t find accommodation for 5 people at £60 a night in London, the rates are usually much higher. You can check Booking or Airbnb for your travel dates and that will give you an idea of the rates at this time of the year!

Moving away from London city center will help to find cheaper accommodation, however you would also need to add the cost of public transportation for 5 people.

Enjoy your trip to London!

Hi, Your 3 days itinerary is very helpful for our planning. We are going to travel internationally with 3 days -4 nights stopover in London. We are thinking to stay near Heathrow airport as we have a good no of bags for family of 4. How much will be time travelling to Central London to visit attractions? Also, what kind of public transportation is available from airport?

Thanks, Nad

Thanks! I’m glad my 3-day itinerary in London helps you to plan your trip.

From Heathrow airport you have:

– The Heathrow Express, the train that links the airport to Paddington station in just 15 minutes. Paddington is just north of Hyde Park. From here you can walk or take the tube to attractions. You can book your journey directly online by clicking on the following link: Heathrow Express .

– The Underground runs from the airport directly into central London. It’s cheaper than the train but takes longer (about 1 hour).

– The bus to Victoria bus station, which is just 1 km from Buckingham Palace (journey time between 45 min and 1 hour).

Enjoy your 3-day trip to London!

Thank you for quick response. This will certainly help us.

Leave A Reply Cancel Reply

Your Name (required)

Your Email (required)

Your Website (optional)

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

• Middle East
• North America
• Cheap car rentals: my best advice
• Back to Homepage

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar
• Skip to footer

The Mindful Traveller

Eco Travel Blog & Photography

3 Perfect Days in London: Complete Itinerary

4 August 2023 · In: City Guide , London , UK

Welcome to London, the  buzzing capital of England . From the iconic Buckingham Palace to the captivating National Museum and the stunning London Bridge, this 3-day itinerary is  perfect for first-time visitors  or a  long weekend getaway  with friends. It will show you all the  unique things to do  and walk you through everything you need to know to make the most of your English city break.

Whether you are into  royal history and art  or looking for a fun time with a stop at some of the  best shops and pubs , London is the place for you! 

Home to  many attractions and historic landmarks , the capital is a perfect blend of traditional and modern and the ideal place for a deeper insight into  British culture .

Walk in the footsteps of royalty at  Kensington Palace , enjoy a 360-degree panorama over the capital from the London Eye , watch the  Change of the Guard  at Buckingham Palace and stop by  Covent Garden  for a shopping spree. There is so much to do!

Are you excited? Keep reading this  city guide  to discover the  perfect 3-day itinerary  covering the top things to do and enjoy your vacation stress-free – and without rushing. You will also find  practical eco-friendly tips  for  responsible travel  at the end. Enjoy!

Disclosure : Some of the links below are affiliate links, meaning that at no additional cost to you, we will receive a commission if you click through and make a purchase. For more information,  read our full affiliate disclosure .

7- London Eye

7- the shard, 7- the british museum, overview: how to see london in 3 days, day 1 – westminster.

• Palace of Westminster
• Westminster Abbey
• St James’s Park
• Buckingham Palace
• Piccadilly Circus
• Trafalgar Square

Day 2 – The City of London

• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Tate Modern
• Shakespeare’s Globe
• Borough Market

Day 3 – Kensington

• Kensington Palace
• Natural History Museum
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Oxford Street
• Covent Garden
• The British Museum

London 3-day itinerary – Map

Click on the top left of the map to display the list of stops and locations.

Detailed itinerary: 3 days in London

This London guide covers all the best things to do and see in 3 days and is perfect for travelling with family, friends or as a couple, whether it is your first time in the city or you have been there before.

On the other hand, remember that this itinerary is only a guide with recommendations . You can spend more days in the English capital or add other stops to your trip.

READ MORE: 10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in London

1- Palace of Westminster & Big Ben

Your 3-day London getaway begins with the  Palace of Westminster  and the   well-known  Big Ben , the most famous clock in the world and an iconic tourist attraction you should not miss! 

Also known as the Houses of Parliament, you will find the Palace of Westminster on the north bank of the River Thames in the City of Westminster. It is the perfect place for a  first insight into British culture and history . 

Start by  walking over Westminster Bridge  and the banks of the Thames for fantastic views of the clock and buildings, and do not forget your camera. 

You can then  join a guided or private tour  to visit the Palace of Westminster (including the House of Commons and the House of Lords) for a  better overview of British democracy . With the help of your local guide, you will learn about the history of the building (and the country) and walk in the footsteps of  historical figures  such as Winston Churchill.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR TOUR

2- Westminster Abbey

Not far from the Palace of Westminster, you will find another  emblematic and unmissable landmark : Westminster Abbey. This  Royal church  offers daily services for all and is a  UNESCO World Heritage Site  home to the most significant collection of giant sculptures in Britain.

Since 1066, this stunning Abbey has  hosted the coronations  of every British Monarch, including Queen Victoria and Elizabeth II. It is also the  resting place  of many great monarchs, artists, scientists and politicians.

Whether or not you are a history buff or a fan of British royal heritage, this iconic church is  worth the visit . 

Step through its doors to explore over a  thousand years of history , marvel at the breathtaking  Gothic architecture  and discover the  Coronation Chair , the oldest piece of furniture in the country still in use for its original purpose. 

How long does a visit to Westminster Abbey take? Visiting Westminster Abbey takes around 2 to 3 hours as there is so much history and heritage to discover. Of course, you can spend less time there if you wish.

Can I go to a service? Yes, Westminster Abbey is an active place of worship where all are welcome to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

3- St. James’s Park

You continue your discovery of London with a  peaceful stroll through St. James’s Park , the  oldest Royal Park  at the heart of the capital offering 57 acres of green space and home to  The Mall  and  Horse Guards Parade .

Lined with renowned landmarks such as  Buckingham Palace  and  Clarence House , the park provides a quiet space amidst the hustle and bustle of the city. 

Enjoy fantastic views over the lake from the  Blue Bridge , admire the beautiful  Tiffany Fountain  and stop at  St James’s Café  for a well-deserved break. 

Once rejuvenated,  walk towards Buckingham Palace along The Mall , a processional route that witnessed many historic parades over the years.

4- Buckingham Palace

It is time to discover the  most iconic attraction in Britain  (and arguably in the world): Buckingham Palace. The  official royal residence  and administrative headquarters of the Monarch is a must-see for any traveller visiting London. 

Spend time  admiring this stunning monument  and  join a guided tour  to get a deeper insight into the life of the Royal Family and learn more about the history of the palace and its traditions.

Once inside, you will have the chance to  explore the 19 State Rooms  and discover sumptuous apartments and splendid ornaments. You will also uncover some of the most  outstanding jewels of the Royal Collection , including paintings by Rembrandt, Rubens and Canaletto. 

In addition, do not miss the  Changing of the Gard , a popular free event taking place outside Buckingham Palace on specific days from 10:45, lasting around 45 minutes. So make sure to plan your visit accordingly and arrive early to secure a good spot! 

How long does it take to tour Buckingham Palace? A tour of Buckingham Palace takes between 2h and 2h30. Of course, guided tour times may be different, so check beforehand with your provider.

UNFORGETTABLE TOURS I RECOMMEND

5- piccadilly circus.

It is time to head to Piccadilly Circus, a  famous   road junction and public space  built in 1819, where many locals and tourists choose to meet due to its privileged  central location  close to important  leisure and shopping areas .

This square is one of the  liveliest areas  in London and one of the main places to  go out partying  with many bars and clubs – perfect for any traveller enjoying the nightlife.

In addition, Piccadilly Circus offers a variety of  cinemas, theatres, shops and restaurants , including famous traditional English pubs.

And, of course, do not forget to sit by the notable  statue of Eros  and take photos in front of the  iconic advertising screens !

6- Trafalgar Square & The National Gallery

Continue your walk toward the east to arrive at Trafalgar Square, a  public square showcasing some of the top attractions  in London, from renowned galleries and historic buildings to statues and monuments.

Once in the square, admire  Nelson’s Column , take a photo with one of the famous  lion statues , relax by the two stunning  fountains , find the four  pedestals  in the corners of the square and do not miss the  police box .

And, of course, one of the must-do activities in Trafalgar Square is the  National Gallery , an art museum housing a remarkable collection of over 2,300 paintings from the Middle Ages to the 20th century.

The best way to explore this fascinating museum is by  joining a guided tour  to uncover famous artworks and learn more about the European art world.

You end your first day in London with the London Eye, the  tallest Ferris wheel in Europe  and one of the most  popular tourist attractions  in the UK, offering  panoramic views  from 135 meters above the Thames.

Hop in one of its  glass pods  and enjoy a stunning  360-degree panorama  where you can spot the  most iconic landmarks  and top highlights, including Big Ben, Buckingham Palace and St Paul’s Cathedral. 

The wheel offers an ideal opportunity to  slow down  and watch life unfolding beneath you. It is also a perfect place to  watch a beautiful sunset  over the capital and admire the twinkling lights after dark. 

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR ENTRANCE

How long does it take to go around the London Eye? A rotation in one of its capsules takes around 30 minutes and gives you a unique perspective of London. If you are in a hurry or do not want to wait, buy a fast-track entry ticket to skip the queues.

1- Tower Bridge

You start your second day in London with one of the  most famous and recognisable landmarks  in the capital: Tower Bridge.

This  spectacular bridge  is a must-visit on your 3-day itinerary, especially if you love taking photos, and a unique attraction with plenty to do, including  walking over the glass walkway  and exploring the  Victorian Engine Rooms .

Enjoy  scenic city views  from the glass floors and high-level walkways 42 metres above the River Thames. You can also try to plan your visit with the  Bridge Lift  to see the roadway rise beneath your feet.

Another highlight of the site is the  Victorian Engine Rooms,  where you can learn more about the lives of people who operated the bridge, with a  permanent exhibition  showcasing their stories.

How long is the visit to the Tower Bridge? Visiting the Tower Bridge takes approximately 1 hour, giving you plenty of time to explore the Bridge’s Towers, Walkways and Engine Rooms.

2- Tower of London

Just next to Tower Bridge, you will find the timeless Tower of London, a  historic castle  and  famous fortress  on the north bank of the River Thames filled with culture and heritage.

Plan your visit to this iconic  UNESCO World Heritage site  to discover unique tales and stories and uncover over 1,000 years of its history as a  royal palace, armoury and prison . 

You will also have the chance to meet the  Yeoman Warders  (also known as Beefeaters), spot one of the  ravens  (guardians of the Tower) and marvel at the  Crown Jewels , a priceless symbol of the British Monarchy containing the most significant collection of crown jewels.

You guessed it, the Tower of London is a fantastic place to  learn more about British history . 

3- St. Paul’s Cathedral

Take time to wander along the River Thames and stop at St. Paul’s Cathedral on your journey, a  17th-century Anglican cathedral  with its  iconic dome , one of the largest in the world.

The cathedral is still an  active place of worship  today and is also one of the top sightseeing attractions in London, as an  architectural masterpiece . 

So, if you have time, join a guided tour to learn more about the cathedral and its  art, history and religious significance .

You will step inside its doors to explore its floor filled with  paintings and mosaics , venture into the  Crypt  to view the tombs and memorials of world-famous figures and climb its  three galleries  to enjoy  panoramic views  from the top of the dome.

Can I go to a service? Yes, St. Paul’s Cathedral welcomes all to attend the daily services for free. There are also a few particular services throughout the year, but you might need to book your tickets in advance.

4- Tate Modern

Head south and cross the River Thames to explore the Tate Modern, a  free art gallery  home to the national collection of  international modern and contemporary art .

This  inspiring art museum  is housed in the former  Bankside Power Station  on the banks of the Thames, where Turbine Hall runs the length of the entire building. 

And since the museum is free, why not add it to your bucket list? You will uncover  paintings, sculptures and more  made by famous artists from all over the world. Plus, it is a  great thing to do on a rainy day ! 

Plan a visit by yourself or join a guided tour and take the time to admire  fascinating artworks by renowned artists  such as Cézanne, Matisse, Picasso, Dali and Warhol.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR GUIDED TOUR

5- Shakespeare’s Globe

Not far from the Tate Modern, on the south bank of the River Thames, you will find the Shakespeare’s Globe, a  world-renowned performing art venue  and a  reconstruction of the Globe Theatre , an Elizabethan playhouse for which  William Shakespeare  wrote his plays.

Join a  guided tour  of the Globe Theatre auditorium to  step back into 400 years of history , where your guide will bring tales to life and illustrate how the site remains a significant venue today.

The tour runs  each day and throughout the year  – but check out the  website  beforehand to make sure it is not closed for rehearsals and performances. I also recommend you  book your ticket online . 

6- Borough Market

You continue your stroll along the Thames to arrive at the  Borough Market , a  historic market hall  and one of the largest and  oldest food markets in London , dating back to at least the 12th century.

This buzzing market is a haven for  foodie lovers ! It features  high-quality food  and  sustainable products  and is the perfect place to connect with locals. 

From  British specialities  to  international delights  such as artisanal chocolate truffles, Indian street food and raclette, there is something for every tastebud.

And if the Borough Market is a fantastic place to buy sustainably, it is also an ideal place to eat responsibly! You will find  plenty of delicious restaurants , from fresh pasta to Middle Eastern cuisine and cosy Sunday lunch.

FOOD TOURS I RECOMMEND

Here you are, your last stop of the day! Cross the road to access  the Shard , an  impressive skyscraper  designed by the Italian architect Renzo Piano and a must-do activity for its  incredible views ! 

The  View from The Shard  allows you to reach the viewing platforms at levels 68 and 69 and experience a unique  360-degree panorama  over London. 

If you feel adventurous, you can also head up to the  Skydeck  on level 72, an  open-air platform  providing breathtaking views.

From the top of this iconic vertical building, you will be able to spot some of the  top landmarks , such as Tower Bridge, Big Ben, Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and St Paul’s Cathedral.

And for a memorable experience, try to  visit the viewing platform at sunset . It is a great thing to do if you are a couple looking for a romantic evening – that is what I did with my partner. We also had a glass of champagne with our ticket. 

1- Kensington Palace

You begin your last day in London with Kensington Palace, a  working Royal residence  with  great historical importance , shaped by generations of royal women from Queen Mary to Victoria and Diana, Princess of Wales.

Join a guided tour to  explore the birthplace of Queen Victoria  and the home to young royals for over 300 years, and walk in the footsteps of royalty as you discover the  sumptuous state apartments  such as the King’s State Apartments and Queen’s State Apartments, which will shine a light on the lives of its royal residents.

And if you are more of an art lover, enjoy the  stunning work of architect and painter William Kent  in the Cupola Room and King’s Grand Staircase, and admire the dazzling  examples of 18th-century court dresses and artworks  from the Royal Collection.

2- The Natural History Museum

A 3-day London itinerary could not be complete without its Natural History Museum, a  fascinating museum  exhibiting a vast range of specimens from various segments of natural history, with over  80 million objects spanning 4.5 billion years . 

No better place to delve into the history and past of our beautiful planet Earth! And a  must-do attraction for families with children , as you will find inside many activities and interactive exhibits. 

Some of the  best things to see  in the Natural History Museum are the giant blue whale skeleton in Hintze Hall, the fossils in the famous Dinosaurs gallery and meteorites from outer space.

And since the museum is home to  over 20 galleries and 4 areas , it might be best to plan your visit in advance and choose one zone to focus on based on your preferences and interests.

Is the Natural History Museum free? Yes, the Natural History Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance. It might also be best to book your ticket online to skip the queue, especially in busy seasons.

3- Victoria and Albert Museum

Right next to the Natural History Museum, you will come across the Victoria and Albert Museum, the  largest museum of applied arts, decorative arts and design , housing a permanent collection of over 2.27 million objects.

Founded in 1852 and named after Queen Victoria and Prince Albert, the V&A is a fascinating place to explore, where you will find worldwide examples of  architecture, painting, sculpture, fashion, textiles, ceramics and jewellery .

The museum also hosts many  exhibitions  and  shows about fashion designers and cultural trends , including displays celebrating Christian Dior, Tim Walker and Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PRIVATE TOUR

Is the Victoria and Albert Museum free? Yes, the Victoria and Albert Museum is free to visit, but some temporary exhibitions and events might require an admission fee, so check out the website in advance.

4- Hyde Park

Head north to reach the renowned  Hyde Park , a  historic Royal park  with a  350-acre stretch of green land  home to a large lake, cafés and sports facilities.

The park is a fantastic place to  wander, relax or enjoy a picnic  surrounded by nature, away from the noise of the city! 

On your journey through the park, take time to admire the  Diana Memorial Fountain  and stop by the  Speakers’ Corner , a historic site of public protest, speeches and debates.

And throughout the year, Hyde Park also hosts many  significant festivals and events , including  Winter Wonderland , a large annual Christmas event featuring a buzzing market, ice rink and giant observation wheel.

5- Oxford Street

Shopping enthusiasts,  Oxford Street  is the place for you! On your way to Covent Garden, walk through this iconic road, the  busiest shopping street in Europe,  and stop by your favourite boutiques. 

With  over 90 stores , from fashion and beauty to technology and homewares, it offers 1.5 miles of non-stop shopping, making it the  ultimate shopper paradise .

No matter your style and budget,  you will find something for you  – or your family! 

And if you are more of a foodie lover, enjoy a selection of  over 500 restaurants  all within walking distance, whatever the time of day. 

6- Covent Garden

It is time to discover one of my favourite areas in London,  Covent Garden , a  shopping and entertainment hub  based on an elegant and car-free square renowned for its  luxury fashion, beauty stores and award-winning restaurants and theatres .

This  lively and must-see destination  will appeal to all travellers, whether you are into shopping, nightlife, art, history or culture. Stop by the  Royal Opera House , watch street performers outside the 17th-century  St. Paul’s Church  or visit the  London Transport Museum  home vintage vehicles.

Here are some  top things to do & see  in Covent Garden:

• Wander through the iconic Apple Market
• Uncover the little Neal’s Yard gem
• See a show at the Royal Opera House
• Visit the London Transport Museum 
• Eat at some of the best restaurants
• Walk around Jubilee Market 

Your 3-day London itinerary ends at the British Museum, a  famous public museum dedicated to human history, art and culture , where you can travel from Ancient Greece and Egypt to Africa and China through  over 60 free galleries.

Home to a collection covering  2 million years of history , this fascinating museum documents the  story of human culture  from its beginnings to the present day.

Step inside the  largest and oldest museums  in the UK and explore its  cultural treasures , ancient and modern, including relics from Ancient Egypt, Ancient Greece and Ancient Rome, such as  Egyptian mummies , the  Rosetta Stone  and  Parthenon Sculptures .

And alongside the extensive permanent collection, you will find  frequent exhibits  focusing on people, places and stories from the past and critical themes of the present and future. Check out the  website  before you visit to see what is on! 

If you have more time…

If you have more time or would like to personalise your 3-day itinerary, here are some other places and landmarks I recommend :

• Notting Hill
• Camden Town
• Windsor Castle
• Regent’s Park
• Tate Britain

Top day trips from London

How to get to london.

The best way to get to London will depend on where you come from and your budget, but there are many options to reach the capital. 

One of the quickest ways to get to London is by plane . London has multiple international airports connected to the main cities in the world. Please, try to prioritise direct flights to reduce your carbon footprint – if flying is the only option. Once at the airport, you can easily take the bus, subway or taxi to reach the city centre. 

One of the most eco-friendly ways to get to London is by train . London benefits from an extensive railway hub linking to the major European cities, including the Eurostar, connecting you to Paris in no time. 

Finally,  the most affordable option is to take the coach . It is a great way to get to London if you are exploring Europe on a budget, but it can take longer. You will also find different types of coaches depending on how they cross the sea – by ferry or Eurotunnel. 

How to get around London

Once in London, you will find many options for getting around the capital. 

The best way (eco-friendly too) to travel around London is on foot . The city is vast, so I suggest you focus on one area each day to have the main attractions within walking distance of each other. 

That is what I tried to do for this 3-day guide, so you can easily explore the capital on foot, even on a short day trip or weekend getaway. Plus, it is the perfect way to see the best sights whilst exercising!

Walking will allow you to soak up the wonderful local atmosphere and find hidden gems you might otherwise miss. 

The second best option to get around London is by public transport . The English capital has a reliable and efficient transportation network that will take you anywhere in no time. It is one of the quickest ways to travel around the city, but it can get quite expensive, so check out the passes available beforehand if you plan to use the subway and bus a lot.

The last and fun option is to travel around London by bike . It is a fantastic way to get around the city whilst reducing your carbon footprint! However, I recommend being careful of the cars and traffic if you are exploring the capital with children.

And, of course,  London taxis  are also an option if you would like a private ride to a specific location or from/to the airport – but not the most cost-efficient way to get around + do not forget to carry cash.

Shop the printable travel itinerary

Create your dream city break & live a unique experience in London!

Where to stay in London

Are you looking for the best place to stay in London for 3 days? Here is an overview of the top neighbourhoods in the English capital:

• Covent Garden : the best neighbourhood  for first-timers  due to its central location and access to the main attractions and landmarks, including Trafalgar Square, Big Ben and Buckingham Palace.
• South Bank : the best area to stay in London  for families  due to its excellent location near the city centre and all the child-friendly activities it offers, from London Eye to SEA LIFE.
• Camden : the best place to stay in London to soak up the   bohemian and  local vibes , known for its famous market and live music scene. It is also a great area to stay in  for budget travellers ! 
• Soho : the best district  for   nightlife , vibrant atmosphere and trendy shops. This energetic hub is perfect for living the best of the English capital and connecting with locals.
• Notting Hill : with its charming atmosphere and pastel buildings, it is the best area to stay in London  for couples  looking for a romantic getaway. The neighbourhood is also great  for food lovers . 

Best time to visit London

The best time to visit London is in  late   spring (May-June)  and  early   autumn (September-October)  when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

Summer and Christmas are the busiest seasons  for tourists and the most expensive times to visit London, so keep that in mind. 

If you are travelling  on a budget , January and February would be the best options, but be ready for the cold and rain. 

London Pass: what you need to know

The London Pass is a  package of digital sightseeing credits  giving you access to  over 90 attractions, tours and museums .

Thanks to the pass, you will save money whilst enjoying the  top things to do and see  in the capital. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

You will be able to access a selection of the  best highlights and landmarks , including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, Kensington Palace and more.

👉🏻 BOOK YOUR PASS

Tips for reducing your eco-impact in London

Sustainable travel  means exploring the world whilst being aware of your surroundings and having a positive social, environmental and economic impact on the places you visit.

Being a responsible traveller in London is possible! Here are some  eco-friendly travel tips  for reducing your carbon footprint:

• Use the train to reach the English capital . London is incredibly well-connected by train to the rest of the world, so prioritise travelling this way to lower your carbon impact.
• If you need to take the plane, book direct flights  (which require less fuel than indirect flights)  and  offset your carbon footprint . But, do not use carbon offsetting as a complete solution. Combine it with other sustainable practices, like avoiding single-use plastic on the plane and mindfully packing your suitcase for your green city break. 
• Select an eco-friendly accommodation . It is not always easy to determine whether a hotel has eco-conscious practices, but try to look on their website for green credentials and ask questions. You can also use  Bookdifferent  or  Ecobnb  to help you decide.
• Once there, use public transport . London has an efficient public transport network that can take you anywhere easily and fast. Another way to get around sustainably is on foot. But if walking is too tiring, use the bike! The capital is ideal for cycling around at your own pace.
• Eat at local restaurants  that use produce from the area and emphasise organic and sustainability. It will contribute to the local economy and reduce your carbon footprint by supporting restaurants where food does not come from long distances.
• Always respect the local heritage . Treat people and their surroundings with respect. Sustainable travel is not only about the environment but also about the local communities. So, always be respectful, smile and talk to the locals.

More inspiration for your green vacation:

• Best Travel Apps for Exploring Sustainably
• 15 Travel Books to Inspire Your Next Eco-Adventure
• Best Ecotourism Activities Around the World

Eco-friendly gear you might love:

• 10 Best Sustainable Backpacks for Travel & Hiking
• 10 Best Reusable & Eco-Friendly Travel Mugs
• 8 Best Filtered Water Bottles for Travel & Hiking

Check out  this page  for more inspiration on eco-friendly products & gear.

London travel planning guide

🚑 Should I buy travel insurance to travel to London? Yes, buying insurance is always valuable when travelling abroad. Enjoy your city break in London stress-free with one of my favourite providers,  Nomad Insurance .

💧 Can you drink the water in London? Yes, tap water is safe to drink all over London. However, I also recommend travelling with the  UltraPress Purifier Bottle , a lightweight filtered water bottle perfect for reducing plastic and staying hydrated.

🚗 Is it easy to rent a car in London? Yes, renting a car in London is easy and is a great way to explore the English countryside freely. I recommend booking yours with  Rentalcars.com  – they offer a variety of operators for all budgets.

🏨 How to book accommodation in London? The best way to book your accommodation in London is with  Booking.com  – my favourite platform to compare and reserve places to stay each night, from affordable guesthouses to luxury hotels.

✈️ What is the best site to buy a flight to London? I recommend booking your plane with  Skyscanner . It has been my favourite platform for years, as it allows me to book the cheapest flights whilst lowering my carbon emissions.

3 days in London – FAQ

Yes, 3 days are enough to discover London and enjoy its top sights and attractions. It will allow you to explore its fascinating landmarks and museums and soak up the local culture. However, I also recommend spending more time in the capital if possible, as there is so much to do and see.

Yes, London is quite expensive, so plan your trip in advance and budget accordingly. If you want to save money, explore the capital on foot, eat at local markets and use the London Pass to save on its attractions. Thankfully, most museums and galleries are free, so take advantage!

The London Pass is a package of digital sightseeing credits giving you access to over 90 attractions, tours and museums. Choose the duration, download it to your phone and scan it at the entrance to each attraction.

The best months to visit London are in late spring (May-June) and early autumn (September-October) when the weather is nice and sunny, but the city is not overcrowded, perfect for sightseeing.

And you, have you ever visited London or would you like to go one day?  Let me know in the comments below!

With love ♡ Lucie

• Share on Twitter Share on Twitter
• Share on Facebook Share on Facebook
• Share on Pinterest Share on Pinterest

You will also love

STAY INSPIRED

Join our community today to receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories that will inspire your next adventures, directly to your inbox. Can't wait to see you inside ♡

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

10 Eco-Friendly & Fun Things to Do in Paris

Follow the journey.

On the Blog

• Privacy Policy

Become an insider!

And receive exclusive travel tips & behind-the-scene stories ♡

Copyright Lucie Charpentier © 2024 · Theme by 17th Avenue

How to Spend Three Days in London: An Efficient, Fun-Filled Itinerary!

Last Updated: October 31, 2023

*FYI - this post may contain affiliate links, which means we earn a commission at no extra cost to you if you purchase from them. Also, as an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases. Check out our Privacy Policy and Disclosure. for more info.

Whether you’re deliberating how to allocate your calories or your hours, deciding how to spend three days in London is a stressful first world problem that I’m all too familiar with.

After all, this is London – a city with so many museums, you could spend 6 months visiting a new one every day… a city with more restaurants than some countries have people… a city where 8 million residents speak over 300 languages, and there’s so many trees that by UN definition, it is a literal forest.

The point is: (Greater) London is so vast and so dense with things to see that even a lifetime wouldn’t be enough.

But hey, some London is better that Lond-none, and for those with only three days, I’ve created this unique 3 Day London itinerary to help you maximize your time.

This labour of love (based on over a dozen trips to England’s annoyingly handsome capital) uses a flexible format with sights organized by neighbourhood, and multiple options for activities, ensuring you have time to do what you actually like.

After all, London is a city with something for everyone, so why waste time staring at paintings of men in powdered wigs when you’d rather be eating vampire-themed pizza or playing Japanese Bingo?

… I told you, London really has everything.

So, keep scrolling for my fun-filled itinerary for spending three days in London. From touristy musts to more offbeat picks, it’ll help ensure you’ve Lon- done the city justice.

Save this 3 Day London Itinerary for later!

You’ll be very glad you did.

Getting Around During Your Three Days in London

If you’ve read my article on what not to do in London , you’ll know that my recommended way to get around is combining public transport and walking.

That’s why for this itinerary, I’d recommend taking the Tube to get between neighbourhoods, and exploring on foot from there. A few tips for London’s public transport:

• Download the CityMapper app – it’s much more accurate than Google Maps in terms of routes/real-time updates
• Download offline maps/routes if you need to – odds are you will not get service of any kind while on the Tube
• Grab an Oyster Card for public transport from any of the machines at transport stations, rather than just using your contactless credit card. This will save you quite a bit of money!

There is zero need to rent a car, but the occasional taxi for getting between neighbourhoods might be a worthwhile splurge if it’s not a traffic-heavy time. Don’t skip out on walking though – you see way more and your toned calves will be thanking you.

Now that you know how to get around, it’s time to get started with the day to day breakdown of our 3 Days in London itinerary.

Day 1: Central London – the Classics

For the first day of our 3 Day London Itinerary, we’ll be tackling some of London’s most iconic sights, immortalized by pop culture and generic IKEA wall art across the world.

From devouring your first ‘fry-up’ to pillaging the City of Westminster for landmarks, this is an action-packed day that ends with enjoying London’s #1 entertainment district: Soho. Get excited!

MONEY SAVING TIP: If you plan on doing a lot of ticketed tourist attractions while in London, it may be worth your while to purchase a London Pass. Using one smartly can save you hundreds of GBP, which sounds like a lot of sausage rolls if you ask me.

Breakfast: Inhale a Full English

Let’s kickstart your visit to London properly by indulging in the what is possibly the most stunning culinary innovation pioneered by the English: the full English, an indulgent breakfast consisting of thick slabs of bacon, eggs, juicy sausage, baked beans, a tomato and mushroom for health, and plenty of toast (or fried bread) drenched in butter to soak up every last bit of your tasty heart attack.

Some places even add a patty of fried blood (AKA black pudding) for good measure. Yum!

A good fry-up is practically religion at this point in England, with entire Facebook groups dedicated to posting and rating each other’s full English breakfasts.

As such, fry-ups are just as easy to find in London as confused tourists and souvenir shops selling Queen corgi merch. 

I’d recommend you start your day off by finding a tasty fry-up near your accommodation, but here are some well-known spots for it close to our next stop, Buckingham Palace: 

• Regency Cafe : Very well-known, affordable spot that’s super popular with tourists – been around since 1946, so they’re clearly doing something right.
• Any Wetherspoons pub : Cheap, no-frills chain of pubs that’s a “go to” for many Brits across the UK – main draw is their scarily quick service and bottomless coffee/hot drinks for less than £2. Their full English is pretty standard, but good, and most importantly: cheap.

10:30am (or earlier): Buckingham Palace

Alright, now that you’re fed and the hanger has been pushed aside for just a little bit, it’s time to brave one of the most touristic experiences in your London three day itinerary: the Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace, a tradition that dates back over 500 years.

This is of course the formal ceremony during which the iconic red decked soldiers of Buckingham Palace switch out shifts, swapping a ‘New Guard’ in for an ‘Old Guard’. While it’s really just a shift swap like you’d have at any other place of work, this place of work happens to be Buckingham Palace, so there’s plenty more pomp and excitement to it than your standard tag-out.

There’s choreography, there’s music, and it’s overall a grand ol’ time, especially when they whip out unexpected hits like the Game of Thrones theme song.

NOTE: Contrary to popular belief, the Changing of the Guards does NOT take place every day, so be sure to check the schedule here to confirm that it’s happening.

Do I think the Changing of the Guards is a must-do in London? Truth be told, it took me 6 trips to London before I ever saw the full thing. On one hand, it’s good fun and does feel like a quintessentially ‘London’ experience that belongs on a London itinerary, but on the other hand, it’s very crowded, very busy, and you could probably just watch the whole thing on YouTube.

But hey, if the Changing of the Guards is something you wanted to do, then it’s good to tackle it first, when excitement is still high and you’re not yet done with sweating amidst your fellow tourist brethren.

And if this experience doesn’t sound like your jam, no sweat (heh). There is plenty more to do in the area. Here it is on YouTube.

Morning: Explore Westminster

Bordering Buckingham Palace, you’ll find the next stop of our 3 Day London Itinerary: Westminster.

When it comes to “touristy London”, this area is like an all you can gram buffet. 

While synonymous with government affairs (PM residence 10 Downing St and the Houses of Parliament can both be found here), Westminster is also dense with iconic London sights, immortalized over the years by news and popular media.

In this scenic sliver of London, tourists like you and I can feast their eyes on a royal wedding venue (Westminster Abbey), the world’s most famous clock tower (Elizabeth Tower, often erroneously called Big Ben), the largest Catholic Church in the UK (Westminster Cathedral), and a number of famous attractions and sights like Churchill’s War Rooms, Whitehall, and St James Park. The London Eye and Trafalgar Square are both also within close proximity.

So, for this portion of your itinerary, it’s time to explore Westminster and all its touristic delights.

One of the most efficient ways to do this is by booking a tour.

I did a walking tour on my very first trip to London and didn’t regret it one bit! The route we followed was very similar to the one offered by this company, and it was THE best introduction to Westminster.

If you want to get a bit more mileage in, then a bike tour like this one would also be a great idea.

If you’re feeling like a strong independent tourist who don’t need no guide , then you can DIY your own tour on foot. Here are some sights to make sure you don’t miss:

• Westminster Cathedral
• Buckingham Palace
• St James’s Palace + St James’s Park
• Trafalgar Square
• Westminster Abbey
• The Houses of Parliament
• Elizabeth Tower (and Big Ben!)

Lunch: Grab a Meal Deal

After feeding your phone with photos and filling your eyes with sights, it’s your stomach’s turn.  

You have a packed itinerary today, so a quick lunch on-the-go is most ideal. If you’re starting to feel hungry, now is the time to indulge in yet another English culinary institution: the most miraculous and venerable Meal Deal.

Meal Deals are set ‘combos’ you can get at a variety UK chains like Boots and Tesco’s. The premise is this: for a small set price (usually less than £5), you can get a main, a drink, and a snack.

Compared to the eye gouging prices found elsewhere in London, this is practically free. Little wonder why it’s so popular among the office lunch crowd, and yes, in case you’re wondering, they have Facebook groups for rating these too.

I’d recommend grabbing a Meal Deal and sitting down somewhere scenic (with plenty of people watching) to enjoy and refuel. Not only is it cheap, it’s a cultural experience in and of itself.

For inspo, here’s a quick peek at some of my proudest Meal Deals over the years:

Afternoon: Shamelessly Touristy Activity 

Alright, after inhaling your lunch, for your first afternoon in London, I’d recommend continuing your tourist streak with one or two main attractions that pique your interest.

As for which ones exactly, you’ll find some ideas below.

From Westminster, you’re within a stone’s throw of many of London’s most beloved tourist attractions. Now is the time to pick one you like and sightsee your heart out.

Some free options in the vicinity of Westminster include:

• The National Gallery : Western European Paintings galore housed in an iconic building on Trafalgar Square
• The National Portrait Gallery (yes, they’re different!) : The world’s first and most extensive gallery dedicated solely to portraits of important people
• Tate Britain : Famous art museum specializing in British art (one of four “Tates” in England)

Some paid options in/around Westminster include:

• Buckingham Palace State Rooms | Buy Tickets (Summer Only): A rare chance to take a peek at the interior of Buckingham Palace, famed swanky digs of the Queen.
• Houses of Parliament Tour | Buy Tickets : A private tour that lets you see the inside of London’s Houses of Parliament, site of many a hot political debate and scandal.
• Westminster Abbey | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A stunning Gothic church that has been the site of many coronations and royal weddings over its many centuries of existence.
• Churchill War Rooms | Buy Tickets : A set of museums that allow you to explore the underground complex where the British government had their command centre during WWII, plus a museum dedicated to the life of famous British Prime Minister, Winston Churchill.
• Thames River Cruise | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A scenic cruise along the River Thames that lets you experience London from a new perspective.
• London Dungeon | Buy Tickets : A 90 minute walkthrough attraction that showcases Medieval London in all its gruesome glory.
• London Transport Museum | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A unique museum that showcases the relationship between public transport and the growth of London as we know it today.

Or, if you’d be into a fun experience rather than paying for an attraction, some neat experiences you could book include: 

• Afternoon Tea on a Double Decker Bus | Book in Advance
• Afternoon Tea on a Thames River Cruise | Book in Advance

Optional Sunset Stop: London Eye (or along the Thames)

Buy Tickets 

If by now, you’re not crawling around the streets of London, waving a white fanny pack in surrender, then it sounds like you might have energy yet for another touristy London classic: the London Eye!

If it fits with your schedule, I’d recommend timing the London Eye for sunset because this city becomes impossibly beautiful during golden hour.

If not, then feel free to perch along the Thames for a free view, or have a rest before moving onto your next stop.

Evening: Soho 

Soho is a neighbourhood best explored after the sun has gone down, with an exciting vibrancy thanks to its status as the entertainment hub of London.

It seems only fitting that Soho is a gift brought to the world by infamous King of excess: Henry VIII, who developed the area out of farmland way back in the 16th century. A lot has changed in the centuries since, with Soho wearing multiple hats over the years, from park and aristocratic neighbourhood to seedy red light district and now today: an exciting hub of food, culture, and entertainment.

There’s a million and one possible ways to spend an evening in Soho. If you’re into theatre, catching a show on the West End is a must, but there’s many more options than that.

So here are some suggestions for things to do during your evening in Soho:

• Explore Covent Garden, a vibrant shopping and entertainment area with tons of restaurants, shops, buskers, and of course the beautiful & historic Apple Market. Don’t miss the colourful Neal’s Yard while you’re there!
• Check Leicester Square/Picadilly Circus off your tourist bucket list with a quick look, but no need to spend too much time here – it’s mainly tourist traps and souvenir shops
• Stroll down Carnaby Street, a pedestrianized shopping area famous for being the centre of London fashion scene in the 60s – these days there’s tons of shops, but most importantly, it’s beautifully lit at night
• Check out Chinatown (which is gorgeous at night with its many lanterns) and get some food or dessert
• Nab a bite at Kingly Court, then grab a drink at Cahoots , a vintage train themed cocktail bar 
• Enjoy cocktails at a speakeasy ( Disrepute is a popular choice)
• Do some outrageous mini golf at Swingers , where there’s an unlimited booze option

Of course, while you’re here, it’d be rude not to have some dinner.

In Soho, you’ll find the answer to every craving, whether it’s a luxuriously opulent spot where every table has a button for champagne (Bob Bob Ricard), a glamorous restaurant where you pee in egg-shaped pods (Sketch) or something shamelessly commercial like a good old fashioned Cinnabon.

Here are some unique dining experiences in and around Soho:

• Circolo Popolare : A stunning Italian restaurant decorated with thousands of bottles serving classic Italian trattoria fare
• Ave Mario : Another gorgeous Italian spot (sister restaurant to Circolo Popolare) with a classic Italian menu
• Inamo Covent Garden : Pan-Asian restaurant where there are interactive tables that you can order and draw on while playing games
• Bob Bob Ricard : British-Russian cuisine served in a striking and opulent space with a (rather famous) button at every table you press to bring you champagne. Unnecessary lavishness at its finest!
• Sketch :  Famous space in Mayfair with 5 eateries known for its eye-catching interiors and inventive ‘New French’ cuisine

Or, if you’re just looking for a tasty bite and not necessarily anything fancy, Tonkotsu (and Kanada-Ya close ish by) do great ramen, and Island Poké is nice for a quick poké bowl.

After your evening shenanigans in Soho, it’s time to head back for a good night’s rest. Not to be dramatic, but your three day London adventure is only just getting started.

Day 2: City of London + Side Quest

Did you know that the official ‘City of London’ is only about one square mile? On Day 2 of our itinerary, we’ll be tackling this central district, along with the myriad of famous sights in its vicinity (including lunch at the oh so delicious Borough Market).

Sprinkled with some afternoon/evening adventures in London’s cool kid neighbourhoods of Camden and Shoreditch, and you have just about the perfect London day. Grab some caffeine – you’ll need it.

Breakfast: Get a view 

Good morning, starshine. The earth says hello!

What better way to kick off Day 2 of this 3 Day London itinerary than with a great view?

London is a city of incredible viewpoints, and while I would happily spend my entire three days in London drooling from the top of very high buildings, I realize that’s not a reasonable ask for someone with only 72 hours to work with in one of the most incredible cities in the world.

So let’s compromise by doing at least one.

Why do I recommend hitting up a nice viewpoint in the morning? First, it’s just a nice way to start the day and get your bearings over this gorgeous city you’re exploring. Second, viewpoints tend to be less busy in the morning. Tend to. 

Where should you go in the City of London to get amazing views? 

• Sky Garden | Book Tickets : Book a sunrise ticket which includes a hot drink + pastry for only 5.50
• Duck and Waffle | Book a Table : Open 24/7 with a relatively affordable breakfast menu
• The Garden at 120 | First Come, First Serve : Free viewpoint that opens at 10, you can bring your own food/drink

Morning: Walk along the Thames

After enjoying the views of London from above, it’s time to admire London at street level. Or, river level, I guess… with one of my favourite free and touristy but oh so worthwhile activities: a romanticized stroll along the Thames! 

Where you begin your stroll will depend on where you’ve decided to enjoy your morning view, but my favourite stretch is between Tower Bridge and Millennium Bridge.

Keeping in mind our lunch stop will be Borough Market, I would recommend walking a Thameside loop starting from Tower Bridge (on the Tower of London side) towards Millennium Bridge, then over the bridge and along the Thames, cutting over to Borough Market just before you hit London Bridge again.

Some landmarks to take note of along the way while you follow this route include…

• Tower Bridge: A striking Neo-gothic bridge often mistaken for ‘London Bridge’, built between 1886 and 1894 and probably one of the most famous sights in the city.
• Tower of London: A historic castle dating back almost 1000 years that has served as both a royal residence and prison. Today it houses the Crown Jewels, but there are some regular folks who live inside too, like this TikToker.
• London Bridge (hopefully not falling down): A fairly unremarkable bridge famous mainly for its name and song. Today’s concrete/steel iteration dates back only to the 70s, though there has been a bridge on this site for centuries.
• (via a quick detour) Monument to the Great Fire of London: A 200ft column with a nice viewing platform that commemorates a terrible four day fire in 1666 that destroyed much of London… but also celebrates the city’s reconstruction, so it’s not all that depressing.
• Saint Paul’s Cathedral: An iconic late 17th century cathedral that serves as mother church of Diocese of London ft. a 365ft dome that’s one of the tallest in the world. Gorgeous inside and out!
• Millennium Bridge: A cool pedestrianized steel bridge that tried to first open up in the year 2000, but was promptly shut down as people complained about swaying/instability on opening day. It took two years for them to figure it out, but now I can vouch it’s stable (and very photogenic!)
• Shakespearean’s Globe: A reconstruction of the original Globe Theatre built in 1599 (AKA the playhouse Shakespeare wrote many of his plays for) which today hosts tours and of course, Shakespeare productions.
• Tate Modern: A free art museum that showcases modern and contemporary art… but most importantly has a GREAT view from its top floor viewing terrace.

NOTE: If any of these attractions call to you, now would also be a nice time to check them out more thoroughly so you don’t need to double back later… but if you’re like me and prefer to get your bearings first, then fret not, the afternoon is designated “attraction touring time”.

Lunch: Borough Market 

After that lengthy but scenic walk, you’ve earned your ticket to reckless indulgence.

And where better to treat yourself (and your freshly ignited endorphins) than Borough Market, one of the most famous covered markets in the country? 

A market on this location dates back as far as 1014, although the oft Instagrammed structures of today’s present market were erected in the mid 19th century.

The market is known for its fresh produce and food products, sure, but our mission for the moment is devouring some of their many, many options for fresh, ready-to-eat goodness.

Whether you’re craving stinky cheese filled toasties (from Kappacasein ), world class Haianese chicken rice (from Mei Mei ), or a juicy duck confit sandwich (from Le Marché du Quartier ), you’ll find it here… along with dozens of other worldly options.

When at Borough, it pays to be thorough so I’d recommend doing a few laps beforehand just to get a lay of the land, because I guarantee you’ll be wanting to try more than you can fit in your stomach.

OR you can do this guided 3 hour food tour to taste as much as possible .

NOTE: If you’re like me, you may find that you’ll lose all control when confronted with the bajillion food options at Borough Market. Just remember to tailor your food consumption level for the next activity you do! It makes sense to eat a big lunch if you’re hitting up museums and attractions all afternoon, but if you plan on meandering around Camden or Shoreditch, then save some room because both have very vibrant food scenes.

Afternoon: Another Shamelessly Touristy Activity or Exploring a New Neighbourhood

Alright, you know the drill. After lunch, we conquer more sightseeing. 

As with Day One of our London 3 Day Itinerary, there are simply too many possible attractions to conquer in one afternoon, so you’ll have to prioritize and choose what appeals to you most.

Now, following that late morning walk, you should have a pretty good idea of the attractions in the area, but I’ll provide some ideas below on different things you can do… both for free, or paid!

Some free options within 30 minutes of Borough Market include:

• Tate Modern | No Pre-Booking Required: One of London’s most famous museums, ideal for fans of modern and contemporary art (or those who enjoy making fun of it.
• Mithraeum | Book Free Ticket : An ancient Roman temple uncovered under London during construction in the 1950s, today open as a free archaeological site and exhibition space.

Some paid attractions within 30 minutes of Borough Market include: 

• Tower of London | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : Historic castle, royal residence, and prison – a must-visit if you love history and want to see the Crown Jewels.
• London Bridge Experience | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A ‘scary’ experience ft. actors that take you to explore the tombs under London Bridge to discover a darker side of the city’s more gruesome history.
• HMS Belfast | Buy Tickets : A British navy ship-turned museum, with 9 decks to explore and many exhibitions/displays detailing the ship’s history from its official launch in 1936 all the way to its retirement in 1963.
• Tower Bridge Walk | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : Experience Tower Bridge from a unique perspective 42m above ground, with glass floors!
• Saint Paul’s Cathedral | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : Entry to see the spectacular interior of St Paul’s – one of the most famous buildings in London.
• Shakespeare’s Globe | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A tour of London’s faithful recreation of the original Globe Theatre, where Shakespeare’s greatest works once made their debut. A must-visit for fans of the Bard.
• Jack the Ripper Museum | Buy Tickets : A museum dedicated to the gruesome murders of infamous serial killer, Jack the Ripper. FYI they never caught him. Yikes.
• The Shard View | Buy Tickets or save w/ London Pass : Access to the panoramic view from the Shard’s 72nd floor – probably skippable if you followed our morning plans of getting a view over breakfast!

You can also enjoy some experiences/tours instead:

• Historical Pub Tour | Book in Advance
• Secret London Bike Tour | Book in Advance  
• London Gin Tour | Book in Advance  
• East End Street Art Tour | Book in Advance 

Or if you want a break from ultra-touristy things, I would recommend picking a neighbourhood to explore out of Camden or Shoreditch, and heading there.

If you follow this 3 Days in London itinerary closely, you’ll be heading to one or the other for the evening… so have a look at the options for activities in each, and decide which you’d rather tackle in the afternoon vs. in the evening.

Ideas for afternoon explorations in and around Camden:

• Explore Camden Lock Market, Buck Street Market & Hawley Wharf Market
• Admire Camden’s street art scene by going mural hunting
• Sample some beers at Camden Beer Hall
• Grab an ice cream at the original location of the (now) famous Chin Chin Labs , Europe’s First Liquid Nitrogen Ice-Cream Parlour
• Meander around Regent’s Canal (or have a picnic/drink by the canal)
• Go stand up paddle boarding (book here)
• Have a picnic at Primrose Hill (all the better if you stay for sunset)
• Gawk at the pretty pastel houses at Chalcot Square and Chalcot Crescent (as seen in Paddington)
• Take a walk through Regent’s Park, or hang out and relax for a bit

Ideas for afternoon explorations in and around Shoreditch:

• Visit Libreria , a unique bookstore where “they curate to maximize serendipity”, with books organized around themes and not genres, such as ‘Wanderlust’, ‘Enchantment for Disenchanted’ and ‘The City’ (Closed Mondays)
• Browse Hoxton Monster Supply Shop , a fun theme shop selling goodies for “monsters”, where proceeds go to a children’s charity 
• Stop by Spitalfields City Farm, where there are some adorable animals and a nice shop
• Grab a bite and enjoy the vibes at Ely’s Yard, a service yard turned oasis for food trucks, shops, and bars
• Go seek out some of the area’s world famous murals
• Have a drink or bite at the industrial-chic Light Bar & Dining , housed in a former power station, with a nice rooftop
• (Sunday only) Visit Shoreditch’s famous Brick Lane Sunday Upmarket
• (Weekends only) Explore the Truman Brewery Markets

Evening: Camden or Shoreditch 

Having spent the day exploring some of London’s most famous tourist hotspots, now it’s time to set your sights on London’s cool side.

Granted, Camden and Shoreditch are hardly secrets these days, and have become popular tourist destinations in their own right, but I’d still recommend that any first timers in London check out at least one, just to spice up their itinerary.

Why visit these neighborhoods in the evening? Well, it’s simple: both have great food scenes, excellent nightlife, and are generally more fun at night, when their many restaurants and bars light up with the post work crowd.  

Plus, main sights here tend to stay open later than the conventional tourist attractions in central London, meaning they make sense to do later in the day.

Some evening activities in and close to Camden:

• Camden Pub Crawl | Book in Advance : Ideal for those eager for a (pretty touristy, but fun) nightlife experience
• Explore Camden Lock Market (open until late)
• Watch sunset from Primrose Hill 
• Have a cheesy feast at the Cheese Bar , a popular restaurant that serves all kinds of cheese-based goodness
• Have a gluttonous vegan feast at Rudy’s Vegan Diner , the first all vegan diner and butcher in London
• Grab pizza at Lost Boys Pizza , the world’s only vampire-themed pizzeria (selling charcoal black pizzas!)
• Enjoy some live music ( here’s a site that lists out gigs)
• Go clubbing (Although I am entirely the wrong person to ask for tips on this, so I refer you to this very helpful Google search )  

Some evening activities in and close to Shoreditch:

• Scope out the neighbourhood’s famous street art (best earlier in the evening before it gets super dark)
• Spend a foodie evening at Spitalfields Market
• Enjoy some bites and shopping at BOXPARK
• Get some famous bagels from Beigel Bake 
• Have a drink or bite at the industrial Light Bar & Dining , housed in a former power station, with a nice rooftop
• Enjoy a ball pit bar at Ballie Ballerson  
• Go to a ping pong bar at Bounce
• Enjoy a meal and Japanese bingo hall experience at Hijingo 
• Play some table ‘football’ (soccer, for my fellow North Americans) at Bar Kick
• Soak up the rooftop vibes at Aviary
• Go clubbing! (Again, I have zero tips on this as I am a 20-something grandma so here’s Google’s advice )

After all that food and excitement, you should probably aim to get a good night’s rest, because the prettiest pursuits of our three days in London take place tomorrow.

Day 3: Notting Hill + Side Quest

Alright, we’ve made it to the final day of our London three day itinerary – let’s make it count!

Today we’ll spending our morning roaming around some of the ‘prettiest’ parts of London – Notting Hill and South Kensington. Then, following a scenic lunch, we’ll spend the rest of the day ticking final items off the London bucket list. Ooh, how deliciously vague. Let’s go have some fun.

Breakfast: Coffee Somewhere Cute

To fuel you up properly for your final day, it feels only right that we start with a cutesy Notting Hill experience: breakfast somewhere beautiful.

For many London fangirls such as myself, Notting Hill is one of the top places to hang out thanks to its abundance of aesthetic spots, from pastel-coloured houses draped in wisteria to charming cafes and shops on every corner.

Granted, not all of Notting Hill is an Instagram-filtered dream, but much of it is, so why not romanticize it while we can?

Some very popular Notting Hill places for coffee and breakfast include…

• Farm Girl Cafe: A cute Aussie-style brunch spot known for their pretty drinks, fresh health-conscious food menu, and “country farm house feel crossed with a California coastal vibe” – tucked away in a small courtyard just off Portobello Road.
• Eggslut : A famous breakfast spot from LA that specializes in eggy sandwiches and treats – perfect for a grab & go breakfast.
• Bluebelles of Portobello: An aesthetic cafe with an extensive menu of breakfast and brunch classics – a nice option for a sit-down feast.
• Biscuiteers Baking Company: A bakery specializing in beautifully decorated cookies, best known for its ultra-photogenic facade. A nice stop if you want a quick coffee somewhere cute, but not worth it if you want something more substantial.

Morning: Explore Notting Hill and South Kensington

Alright, now that you’ve been fed and caffeinated, it’s time to explore some more of picturesque Notting Hill and South Kensington.

These two areas are hands down some of the prettiest in London, and are best explored on foot. 

I personally think you’ll get most out of the experience if you just bumble around, popping into shops and absorbing the prettiness along the way like a rabid sponge, but if you need a bit of structure, here are some spots to include on your exploration list:

• (Saturdays Only) Portobello Road Market, an epic street market where you’ll be able to buy anything
• Alice’s Antique Shop (as seen in Paddington), a pretty antique shop that’s well worth a nosy peek
• St Lukes Mews (as seen in Love Actually), a residential street made famous by Love Actually. It’s super pretty as well, but definitely skippable if you find the idea of mulling around someone’s house low-key creepy.
• Notting Hill Travel Bookshop (as seen in Notting Hill, the OG location is at 3 Blenheim Crescent)
• Lancaster Road, a residential street lined with some of the most colourful homes in Notting Hill (made famous by IG and Pinterest)
• Churchill Arms, a super pretty pub covered in flowers and greenery

Lunch: Park Picnic or Sit-Down Meal

After traipsing around, presumably photographing every second house you see, you might be in need of a little break. Well, time for lunch!

If the weather is nice, I’d recommend grabbing a takeaway lunch and enjoying it while sitting in Kensington Park or Holland Park. 

Those looking to get their fill of ‘English classics’ could grab some fish and chips from The Fish House which has great reviews across the board for their fish (although their chips apparently leave a bit to be desired). 

Or, if you’re closer to Chelsea, Humble Pizza offers all plant-based takeaway goodies in a gorgeous dusty pink setting.

Regardless of what you grab: I’d say the venue is more important, so be sure to pick somewhere scenic to enjoy. I’m quite partial to Holland Park, which is close by!

If you’d prefer a sit-down lunch, here are some unique dining experiences in the area:

• Maggie Jones’s Restaurant : Cozy and atmospheric countryside-themed restaurant serving British classics with set menus (25 GBP for two courses, 30 GBP for three courses) – known for their onion soup! 
• Ivy Chelsea Garden :  A gorgeous restaurant covered in unique floral displays that change with the season. Quite pricey, but worth checking out if even just to have a coffee on the terrace.

Afternoon: Another Shamelessly Touristy Activity or Half-Day Trip

For your final afternoon in London, I’m leaving my recommendations as vague as ever.

There’s a great deal of additional exploration that can be done while you’re in this part of London, but being on the west side of the city, you’re also quite close to some very popular half-day trips.

So, let me lay out the options for you.

If you feel like staying close to the area, some free options within 30 minutes of Notting Hill Gate Tube Station are:

• V&A Museum: The Victoria and Albert Museum, AKA “the world’s largest museum of applied arts, decorative arts, and design”.
• Natural History Museum: An impressive (and beautiful!) museum dedicated to natural history with over 80 million items in its collection. Careful though – this spot is typically packed with school trips, so avoid if you fear screaming children.
• Science Museum: An interactive museum dedicated to a science theme, with over 15,000 objects on display. Again, very popular with kids.

Or, some paid attractions in this neck of the woods include: 

• Kensington Palace | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A royal residence since the 17th century – today the official digs of Will & Kate, the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge.
• Museum of Brands, Packaging, and Advertising | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A museum with over 12,000 objects on display showcasing the history of brands. A great stop for marketing geeks.
• Royal Albert Hall  | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : One of the world’s most famous and beautiful concert halls, hosting some of the most famous names on the planet since opening in 1871.

If you don’t mind going a bit farther and making a half-day trip out somewhere, then here are some additional options within 1.5 hours of Notting Hill Gate:

• Kew Gardens | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : A set of gardens, glasshouses, and galleries so epic, they’re a UNESCO World Heritage Site… ft. over 50,000 living plants.
• Hampton Court Palace | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : Opulent former royal digs of King Henry VIII
• Warner Bros Studio Leavesden | Book Ticket with Transfer : A non-negotiable spot for fans of Harry Potter. The studios where they filmed everything. You’ll see sets, costumes, props, and cry a LOT. Book well in advance or you will cry more.
• Windsor Castle | Buy Tickets or get entry via London Pass : Royal residence where the Queen chose to quarantine. Should say enough about how nice it is.
• Wembley Stadium Tour | Buy Tickets  or get entry via London Pass : Explore one of the most famous stadiums in the world with a behind the scenes tour. Apparently the stadium is so big it can fit 7 billion pints of milk. Who woulda thought?

Pssst… Fan of Harry Potter? Don’t miss my list of Harry Potter things to do in London , or my roundup of Harry Potter filming locations in London .

Evening: A Special Treat / Experience OR Exploring a Final Neighbourhood

Assuming you didn’t sneak in one of the aforementioned half day trips, you should still have a final evening to play with! 

To conclude your three days in London, I would advise ending on a high note and booking yourself a nice memorable experience.

Some ideas might be… 

• This cool after hours Stonehenge tour that allows you to visit the site after it has been closed to general admission
• A sunset dinner cruise along the Thames (or a sunset picnic along the Thames)
• A sunset ride with prosecco at the London Eye (if you haven’t yet)
• A West End show you’ve been looking forward to
• Dinner at a memorable restaurant

Or if you’re looking to maximize your three days in London and see as much as possible, you can take this opportunity to check a final neighbourhood off your list (or revisit a favourite you’ve been to).

If you’ve followed this itinerary closely (marry me, already), then here are some nearby neighbourhoods you might not have explored thoroughly, and ideas for how to spend an evening there:

• Mayfair: Do some (window) shopping on Bond St, prance through Burlington Arcade, have dinner at Mercato Mayfair 
• Paddington: Enjoy a peaceful sunset walk around the canals, then have dinner at one of the canalside restaurants/bars
• Battersea: Take a nice sunset stroll around Battersea Park, enjoying golden hour on the Coaling Jetty 

Adding More Days Into This 3 Days in London Itinerary

If you’re lucky enough to be spending more than three days in London, then fret not, you can still use this itinerary for your first three days, then add on a day trip or further neighbourhood explorations to round out your trip.

There are tons of day trips that are easily doable with public transportation (Brighton and Bath would be my go-to picks) but if you want convenience and efficiency, there are many private tours departing from London that help you see more in a short amount of time, like…

• (Recommended!) This full day tour of the Cotswolds, an amazing area that’s tough to do without a car
• This full day tour including Stonehenge, Windsor AND Bath
• This full day tour including the White Cliffs of Dover, Dover Castle, and Canterbury Cathedral

Alternatively, you can take the opportunity to explore other neighbourhoods and areas in London more thoroughly. Greenwich would be a great choice (there are tons of attractions there and a fantastic market).

I Hope You Enjoyed This Guide on How to Spend Three Days in London!

If you’ve made it this far, thanks for bearing with my fanatical London rambles. Armed with this 3 Day London itinerary, I hope you’ll be able to make the most of every second you have in this epic gem of a city. Safe travels, and happy Meal Dealing!

My Go-To Travel Favourites:

🧳 Eagle Creek: My favourite packing cubes

💳 Wise: For FREE travel friendly credit cards

🍯 Airalo: My go-to eSIM

🏨 Booking.com: For searching hotels

📷 Sony A7IV: My (amazing) camera

✈️ Google Flights : For finding flight deals

🌎 WorldNomads: For travel insurance

🎉 GetYourGuide: For booking activities

2 thoughts on “How to Spend Three Days in London: An Efficient, Fun-Filled Itinerary!”

This is all incredibly helpful; thank you. Just a note that my brother designed the Millennium Bridge when he worked with Ove Arup Engineers and the reason it oscillated was because the architects were adamant that they use minimal bracing. The first visitors were packed in and walked in unison and that set the bridge off into simple harmonic motion. Pretty cool but nauseating. Anyway, thank you for all of your wonderful info.

Thanks so much for sharing that additional info!! Congrats to your brother on a very cool bridge haha.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)

This post contains affiliate links for which I may make a small commission to help keep the site running. You will not be charged extra for these items had you not clicked the links. Thank you for your help to keep the site running!

3 days in London (broken down to 72 hours in London) is just enough time to see many of the most iconic sites in London , though not nearly enough time to get to all of them (but you probably already knew that).

In this 3 day London itinerary, I’m going to unpack the best things to do to maximize your time, experience classic British cuisine, get memorable family photos, and really feel like you’ve seen one of the most beautiful cities in Europe even if you’ve only got 3 days to see London.

By grouping each day into specific neighborhoods or nearby areas, we’re going to eliminate the need to criss-cross the city over and over again and will make sure that what you do see is seen efficiently and in a way that’s not going to stress everyone out.

PS – if you want a much longer itinerary, check out this 3 week UK itinerary that covers way more than just London!

GET A FREE LONDON INTRO GUIDE and ACCESS TO MY FB GROUP

Start your planning with this “Intro to London” guide and access to my London planning Facebook group!

I consent to receive this book and other e-mails from Girl Gone London

The Absolute Must-Knows (from a Londoner)

• 😍 Cheapest Way to See it All: Get the London Pass here (yes, it’s worth it)
• 🎭 Cheapest site for West End theatre tickets: London Theatre Direct
• 🚕 Cheapest and most reliable airport transfer service: Welcome Pickups
• 🚉 Cheapest Way to Book Train and Bus Tickets: Omio
• 🔌 Most Reliable Adapter for UK Plugs: This one

Hey! Want more honest UK tips and planning advice? Click here to join my London and UK Travel Tips Facebook group , where I can answer more of your questions!

Check out the YouTube channel for more London tips

Where to Stay for 3 Days in London

Want to see London in just 3 days?

You’re going to want to stay in Central London as opposed to staying on the outskirts and commuting in.

However, unlike my 1 day in London or 2 days in London itineraries , you have a bit more flexibility with where you stay because you’re going to be all around the city in the 3 days so it’s impossible to choose just one place that’s “most central.”

What is closer to Westminster is further away from the Tower of London which is on the opposite side of the city to Kensington.

My recommendation for people who want to stay equidistant between the major places they’ll be visiting is to try Covent Garden, in particular the Strand Palace hotel , but you can stay anywhere within London Zone 1 and be just fine.

🛎 Still looking for somewhere to stay in London?

My favorite hotel in London for all visitors is the Strand Palace ( click here to check prices ). ⭐⭐⭐⭐

Tips for Visiting London in 72 Hours

Whether you follow this exact itinerary or not, here are some tips to keep in mind when you’ve just got 3 days in London:

• You don’t have to go at a breakneck speed like you do with 1 day, but you should make sure to go at a steady pace with built-in breaks to refresh if you’re wanting to see as much as possible. 3 days will go quickly!
• Understand your priorities and that everything else is a bonus. This city isn’t going to be fully explored in one week, much less 2 days. Have each person choose their “must-do” and make sure to get to those before spending time exploring other places, and that way everything else is the cherry on top rather than things that distracted you from seeing what you really wanted
• Take daylight hours into account. Attractions have shorter opening hours in the winter and the sun can set as early as 3pm in December, whereas the summer months can see daylight until 10:30pm or later. Having an idea of the daylight hours for when you’re visiting will help you plan an itinerary that lets you actually see attractions instead of seeing London in the dark (don’t get me wrong, London at night is awesome, but you don’t want to be surprised when it’s dark at 5pm when you planned to see the outside of Westminster Abbey in all of its glory!)

IMPORTANT: are you coming to the UK from abroad?

In case you’re reading this from outside the UK and will be a foreign visitor here, you need to know these 2 things to stay safe and save money.

• Travel insurance – you need it when going overseas! I use this site to get the best quotes and purchase my packages from. Do not skip this – having medical coverage abroad as well as other coverage in case of missed flights, lost luggage, etc is essential. As I said, I have never gone wrong using this site .
• International debit cards without fees – do not get stuck paying extortionate foreign fees when using your card abroad (and the UK is almost all card these days). I use the Wise debit and travel card which you can apply and learn more about here .

What to Pack for a 3 Days in London Itinerary

For a more comprehensive guide to what to bring to London, check out my full London packing list which includes the kind of clothes you’ll want to bring depending on the weather in London , as well as what not to pack (because, ya’ll, leave those money belts at home please).

The packing tips will also vary based on whether this is part of a much longer European trip or if you’re just going on a long weekend trip to London from somewhere else in Europe like Copenhagen or Vienna .

Overall, these are some must-bring items for your London trip:

• waterproof shoes – unless you’re coming in the height of summer and the forecast is trying to guarantee you no rain, having waterproof shoes like this means that you’ll be prepared for whatever the London weather can throw at you
• daybag that zips up or buckle s – from not losing your wallet from just falling out of your bag to not losing it to a thief in a crowded area, having a bag that zips up or buckles and doesn’t just stay wide open is essential to staying safe in London
• umbrella or rain jacket – pick one or the other and make sure you have your gear rain proofed! Especially for visitors who are out and about in London all day and not able to hide away in offices when the rain comes, you want to be able to soldier through any drizzle and still have fun without ended up too wet

3-Day London Itinerary: The Full Rundown

I’m going to start this itinerary from the morning of Day 1, assuming you have three days in London.

Adjust as needed if you have to travel from London airports or need to cut your time early to get to your next destination.

Day 1 of 3 Days in London Itinerary

Breakfast on the first day is at a place called Bill’s !

This chain restaurant has some of the best English breakfasts in all of London so you can try English sausages, beans on toast and other classic British food items.

There are locations all around the city, which makes it easy to get to a Bill’s no matter where you’re staying.

Late morning

Your first London experience on this 3 days in London itinerary is going to be a trip to see the Changing of the Guards at Buckingham Palace right after breakfast (if it’s scheduled during your trip).

Check the Changing of the Guards schedule before you travel, as it usually happens most days around 10am, but this can change depending on the season so you want to be prepared.

I always recommend getting to Buckingham Palace about 30 minutes early to get a good spot without wasting too much of your time hanging around, but if you’re really wanting to maximize your time, just stroll up about 10 minutes before and snag the best spot you can.

You’ll get a glimpse of the guards, and afterwards the crowd will disperse and you can then get clear shots of the palace.

The rest of the morning should be spent at Westminster Abbey .

This iconic London landmark is a short walk from Buckingham Palace (walk through St. Jame’s Park to get there), and it’s worth paying for entry and spending a couple of hours wandering through this mysterious and historic place if you’re staying in London for 3 days, as it’s filled with plenty of royal history as well as the final resting place of famous British icons like Charles Dickens.

Tours are self-guided so you can go at your own pace, and there is a nice gift shop to buy London royal souvenirs that aren’t quite as tacky as what you’ll find on Oxford Street.

You’ll be hungry from all of the fun by now, so head towards Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament and walk across Westminster Bridge.

Stop to get some pictures of the Thames from the bridge, and then make a left when the bridge ends and go towards the London Eye .

I recommend grabbing lunch at one of the restaurants on the Southbank (the area’s name, for being the “Southbank” of the Thames river).

There are plenty of options and cuisines, or you can just grab a bite to go like a sandwich from a local Pret or from the National Theatre café.

Planning a trip to London in the winter ? Southbank will be transformed into a Christmas market!

There’s more walking this afternoon past the most famous sites, so you can take this as slow or fast as you want.

First, walk across Waterloo Bridge, which is the bridge that is directly in front of the National Theatre (which you can’t miss).

Get to the end of the bridge, and turn left.

Walk a bit until you get to the iconic Trafalgar Square.

You’ll recognize it by Nelson’s column that rises up from the center, the classic steps leading up to the National Gallery , and the lion statues.

Trafalgar Square is always abuzz with activity during important protests or events like the Olympic countdown in 2012, Christmas carols in December, and more.

Time for a break for some free art at the National Gallery , the building that towers above Trafalgar Square at the top of the steps.

This is arguably London’s most famous art museum, up there with the Tates, and the collection of famous art is absolutely stunning.

They also have a fantastic café that serves great food if anyone needs a snack.

Let’s call it late afternoon now after you’ve made it to Trafalgar Square and got your art critic on.

From here, you’re going to finish exploring this area of Central London.

Early evening

Piccadilly Circus is very close to the National Gallery, so walk between the two and marvel at the “Times Square of London” with its shining screens and bustle of activity.

Piccadilly Circus is famous in a lot of songs and films about London , including making an appearance in the seventh Harry Potter film.

Move on from here to explore Chinatown in Soho, a really fun area that celebrates Chinese culture and has the best Chinese food in London (because, duh).

It makes for some great pictures as well with the red and yellow decorations everywhere.

Keep an eye out for other famous landmarks like the home of Harry Potter and the Cursed Child, the Palace Theatre.

This is one of the most popular things to do in London for Harry Potter fans , and while it is a bit of an odd story for this purist Harry Potter fan, it’s worth seeing for the special effects.

At some point, you’ll reach Mercer Street on your right hand side.

Take that right and walk through the Seven Dials.

This is such an Instagrammable area of London due to the seven roads that converge on one circle, and the collision of colors and gorgeous plants and buildings are something to be seen in person!

Keep walking and you’ll stumble into Covent Garden.

Time for a sit-down dinner at a pub!

Stop by the Lamb & Flag, a pub in Covent Garden known for its authentic British food options in its upstairs eatery and its casual atmosphere for drinks downstairs.

Don’t forget from the restaurant and pub etiquette guide that pubs are not bars – children are allowed in them to eat with their parents, it’s very common.

After dinner

From shopping to nighttime entertainment to people watching, Covent Garden is a popular area to explore when the sun goes down so enjoy the buzz of the evening in London before heading home to crash.

Day 2 in London

Day 2 in London is going to take us closer to the east side of the city, down the river from where you were yesterday at the London Eye and Westminster Abbey.

You’re going to want to be on the go for breakfast today and not have a long sit-down experience, so grab a muffin or breakfast sandwich from somewhere like Café Nero or Pret a Manger.

These are classic London chain cafes which serve great food, tea, coffee, and other drinks.

There is room to eat-in if you don’t want to literally eat on the go, but it will be faster than going somewhere where you need to be waited on.

You’re on the go this morning because you should start as early as possible at your first stop – the Tower of London!

The Tower of London is London’s oldest fortress and the source of many iconic London photos that include the Beefeaters (the guys with the red and black hats who look like they could beat you in a fight even with their heavy uniform on).

This tower has been used for everything from imprisoning people to holding a selection of animals including polar bears.

Take a free tour of the grounds from a Beefeater who will take you around and give you the goriest historic stories as well as interesting facts about what’s happened on the land you’re standing on (heads have…literally rolled).

Don’t worry about the weather if it’s not great, as plenty of the Tower of London is indoors, including the displays on medieval torture devices, suits of armor, and of course the royalty’s Crown Jewels which are protected inside the Tower.

You can go in and see them, but all eyes will be on you so don’t touch!

I recommend a good couple of hours at the Tower to really get the most of it, which is why I suggest starting as early as possible – with only 3 days in London, you’re going to want to move at a pace that fits as much in as possible and doesn’t allow for sleep-in days!

Late Morning

Finish at the Tower of London and then head over to Tower Bridge, the most famous London Bridge that often gets mistaken for “London Bridge”, which is in fact a nondescript bridge that no one cares about!

Cross Tower Bridge and snap some pictures, and then take a right.

Walk along the river towards the smells of food wafting from the incredible Borough Market .

After you cross Tower Bridge, take a right and walk along the river until you come across London’s best food market, Borough Market.

Ranging from vegan options to scotch eggs to pasta to fish to desserts to gluten free options, Borough Market has everything you need to make sure everyone in your group is fed no matter their tastes.

There are places to sit down if you want, or you can just eat and stroll while you munch on things.

Particularly good are the fish and chips from the fish and chips stall – often, I advise against getting fish and chips in a pub because they’re not as good as from a “chippy” or dedicated fish and chips shops, and the Borough Market fish and chips stall is definitely one of the better options.

Finish eating and resting your legs and then keep walking along the river away from Tower Bridge, towards a part of London you haven’t explored yet.

You’ll soon see Shakespeare’s Globe and Tate Modern on your left.

You won’t have time to go into both, so observe one from the outside and either go in Tate Modern for an hour or so (free) or take an hour long guided tour of Shakespeare’s Globe.

You can’t go wrong with either option, it just depends if you’re more into Shakespeare or modern art.

After your pit stop, you’ll want to cross the Millennium Bridge which is the futuristic bridge directly in front of Tate Modern.

At the end of this bridge is the iconic St. Paul’s Cathedral.

This gorgeous cathedral has a rich history in London and was designed by Sir Christopher Wren to be a beacon of hope in the city.

It has suffered from fires numerous times throughout its time in London, but still stands ready to welcome visitors and those wanting to worship.

It’s really worth going in to St. Paul’s Cathedral as a visitor and exploring everything from the gorgeous view out the top to the crypt, so add that to your list if you have time.

If not, sit on the steps and walk around the outside to get a unique view of the cathedral from all angles.

Tonight, dinner is at the Blackfriar , one of London’s best pubs that is absolutely stunning inside with a great atmosphere.

It’s also historic, as there used to be a friary on-site and a bronze monk sits over the doorway in tribute to this.

After Dinner

I recommend a river cruise to finish off your second day in London using one of the Thames Clippers boats .

These aren’t tourist boats with guided audio, but you’re just looking to get the river atmosphere and see London from the water, so it’s a fantastic cheap way to do that.

You can hop on one at Blackfriars Pier, right near the pub.

Your final day in London includes some outdoor time, some celebrity spotting, and some famous museums!

Head to South Kensington Tube Station and have breakfast at one of the bakeries just outside.

There are so many to choose from, have a little bit of a wander and pop into one that smells the best to you!

Right after breakfast, choose from 1 of the 3 main South Kensington museums to explore: Natural History Museum, Science Museum, or the Victoria & Albert Museum.

They’re all free, and the Science Museum is one of the best things to do in London with kids if you have them in tow.

Walk just a few steps to another of the 3 major museums in the late morning to spend some time before lunch there.

You will miss out on 1 of the 3 museums, but again, 3 London days doesn’t leave time to see it all!

Grab some sandwiches and picnic foods from a nearby grocery store like Tesco to enjoy a lunch in nearby Hyde Park , the largest park in London with so many places to sit and people-watch.

After eating, explore the grounds of Hyde Park including Serpentine Lake, the Serpentine Gallery (art), the Albert Memorial, and the Diana Memorial Playground if you have the kids with you (head to Kensington Gardens if not).

Late Evening

Finish your time in the Hyde Park area by spending a couple of hours in Kensington Palace , the home of the late Princess Diana and the current home of Will and Kate.

This is one of the most iconic things to do in London, particularly if you’re into royal history.

Check the opening hours to make sure you get there before it closes.

From Kensington Palace , it’s about a 15 minute walk to the Churchill Arms .

This is one of the most Instagrammable places in London, a gorgeously decorated pub on the outside serving up Thai food on the inside!

This is truly an authentic London experience, and a nice way to end your time with some different food options while being surrounded by British history and aesthetic.

If you’re still up for exploring after an earlier dinner, take an Uber or taxi to nearby Harrods in Knightsbridge where you can walk step-in-step with celebrities and royalty from around the world who shop at this iconic luxury shopping experience (but don’t worry, anyone is allowed in!)

How to Get Around London in 3 Days

As I mentioned, I designed this itinerary so that you don’t have to keep moving around the city and wasting time.

However, there will be times when you need to hop on public transportation, especially in the morning and night when returning to your hotel.

Check out my guide to getting around London for more information on your options, as well as my guide to Oyster cards to learn how to use these cards as your key to the city.

They work on both London buses and the London Underground, and are the best option if you don’t have a contactless debit or credit card.

What else should I not miss in London?

If you’re visiting London soon, here’s a very brief rundown of a few of my other favorites to make sure you don’t miss anything!

• Hidden London Walking Tour – this tour is the absolute best if you want to see London in a different light and uncover hidden nooks, crannies, and histories that you won’t get on your normal, run-of-the-mill London walking tour. Click here to check prices and book.
• Historical Westminster Walking Tour with Churchill War Rooms – if you’re a history buff or even mildly interested in all of the insane things that have happened in London, particular during the wars, you have to book this tour which is an absolute bargain for the tour + entry to the Churchill War Rooms (basically two must-dos in one). Click here to check prices and book .
• Cutest London Afternoon Tea on a Bus – want to see the sights and enjoy afternoon tea at the same time on the upper deck? Yes, absolutely you do. This afternoon tea is a real delight and helps you get out and about while also putting your pinkies up. Click here to check prices and book.

UK Travel Planning Guide: the FAQs

🏥 Should I buy UK travel insurance?

Absolutely yes. Basic coverage is not expensive, and as a visitor you are NOT covered under the NHS. Compare policies and prices with Travel Insurance Master here , a big name in the travel insurance business, and cross that off your list.

🔌 Do I need travel adapters for the UK?

Yes, you do, otherwise you won’t be able to plug in your electronics/phone/lifelines. I recommend this one , which is all-in-one so you can use it in other countries.

🚗 What do I need to drive in the UK?

The first thing you need to check out if you’re planning on renting a car in the UK is this guide to driving in the UK for visitors – the roads, signs, and driving experience will likely not be what you’re used to and it’s essential to prepare yourself to stay safe and aware.

🛌 What’s the best way to book hotels in the UK?

For UK hotels, Booking is the best site as it offers free cancellation on many properties. If you want an apartment, I always recommend VRBO over AirBnb.

📳 Will my phone work in the UK?

Yes – if you set it up right. Check out my guide on making your foreign phone work in the UK to ensure that you get the type of service you need.

🚿 Can I drink the water in the UK?

Yes, UK water is great and perfectly safe. But drink out of taps in any kitchen or use water fountains. Double check before drinking out of the taps in hotel bathrooms, though, as they may be on a different system. London water is safe to drink .

1 thought on “3 Days in London: best itinerary for first timers (original!)”

Oh this takes me back to my trip to London years ago. I stayed at a Comfort Inn right off Hyde Park and did A LOT of walking. My best trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site uses Akismet to reduce spam. Learn how your comment data is processed .

London, England   Travel Guide

Courtesy of Doug Armand | Getty Images

3-days Itinerary in London, England

• 3-Day Itinerary
• All Things To Do
• 1-Day Itinerary
• 2-Day Itinerary

Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens Hyde Park & Kensington Gardens free

U.S. News Insider Tip: A short stroll from Hyde Park Corner will take you to The Grenadier – a tiny pub hidden down a cobbled alley. It opened in 1818 as an officers' mess and now serves beers and classic pub fare in atmospheric, wood-strewn surroundings. – Laura French

Just north of the Royal Albert Hall and northwest of Buckingham Palace  sit Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens: a stretch of green bisected by West Carriage Drive. Hyde Park was once the recreational stomping grounds for King Henry VIII, but now this 350-acre swath of land is open to the public and a must-visit for travelers looking for a relaxing moment away from the city's hustle and bustle. Among Hyde Park's meandering foot and bike paths and flourishing flora and fauna, you'll find a few standout attractions that are worth exploring. Watch the swans and boats glide over the serene Serpentine Lake (or rent a vessel yourself), visit the Diana, Princess of Wales Memorial Fountain or stop by the Speakers' Corner, a site for public speeches and debates since the 19th century (previously used by George Orwell and Vladimir Lenin, among others). For the sporting set, Hyde Park has tennis courts, football pitches (remember: football means soccer here) and a horse-riding arena.  

Buckingham Palace Buckingham Palace

Buckingham Palace, King Charles III's London home, is open for touring (except for the king's private quarters, of course) from July to October. On the tour, you'll have access to the 19 State Rooms where the king and members of the royal family host guests for state, ceremonial and official affairs. Opulently accented with chandeliers, candelabras, paintings by Van Dyck and Canaletto, and exquisite English and French furniture, these rooms display some of the most magnificent pieces from the Royal Collection. Along with the grand interiors, the State Rooms, where kings and queens have entertained guests on both official and ceremonial occasions, are also a witness to history. Those who followed the wedding of Prince William and Kate Middleton closely will recognize the Throne Room, which served as the backdrop for the pair's official wedding photographs.

For tours in the summer, recent travelers suggested taking advantage of the multimedia guide (included with admission and available in multiple languages), so that you hear a detailed history of each room at your own pace. The palace advises you set aside at least two hours to see the State Rooms (and that you wear comfortable shoes), while recent travelers advised that you use the facilities prior to the start of the tour; there are no public restrooms available until you reach the garden. Except in the Garden Café, no food or drinks (except bottled water) are permitted in the palace.

Westminster Abbey Westminster Abbey

This medieval church, graced by many royal weddings and coronations, offers a magnificent peek at London's far-reaching history. Westminster Abbey is generally busy – and the staff keeps you moving at a pretty swift pace – so do a little research ahead of time to avoid missing your personal must-sees. For instance, if you're a bibliophile, consider a visit to the Poets' Corner. This is the final resting place of famed authors Geoffrey Chaucer, Charles Dickens and Rudyard Kipling, among others. If you're fascinated by all the intrigue surrounding the British royalty, you might like to visit the shared tomb of enemies and half sisters Elizabeth I and Mary Tudor.

If you prefer to see the abbey at your own pace, but still want a little guidance on the history you're encountering, take advantage of the multimedia guides, which are included in the price of admission and available in 14 languages. Alternatively, you can take a guided tour (led by the abbey's vergers) and see special places inaccessible to the public, including the tomb containing Saint Edward the Confessor. If you decide to take this tour, you'll pay 10 pounds (around $14) on top of the general admission price.

National Gallery National Gallery free

Sitting in Trafalgar Square, London's National Gallery features a labyrinth interior so large that it requires a color-coded map to navigate. The museum features paintings in the Western European tradition from the 13th to early 20th centuries, including Italian Renaissance masterpieces and French Impressionist works. Among its 2,300 in-house pieces, visitors will find famed paintings, such as Botticelli's "Venus and Mars," Rembrandt’s “Self Portrait at the Age of 34” and Van Gogh's "Sunflowers." 

Recent visitors loved the variety of paintings at the National Gallery, saying that travelers may need more than a day to get a glimpse at all the masterpieces that grace its never-ending halls. They also commend the gallery's cafe.

Piccadilly Circus Piccadilly Circus free

U.S. News Insider Tip: Wander over to nearby Chinatown to sample its slew of Asian restaurants and bubble tea shops, and continue on into Soho for some of the city's best LGBT-friendly bars. – Laura French

Regularly compared to  New York 's  Times Square , Piccadilly Circus is the meeting place of five busy roads and is the center of London's hustle and bustle. Whether it's people on their way to work in the morning, shoppers en route to the chain store-lined Oxford Street (just a few blocks north) or lively club and bar hoppers passing through at night, Piccadilly is always thrumming with activity. 

British Museum British Museum free

The British Museum is both an architectural beauty and a trove of some of the world's most noted antiquities. In fact, many travelers say it's the best museum in all of London. What's more, it's free to visit. From the Rosetta Stone to the Parthenon Sculptures to Mesopotamian objects, the British Museum is a history buff's dream containing artifacts in the millions. The immense collection can make an initial museum visit seem overwhelming: Pick the exhibits that most interest you, and plan return trips if you feel so inclined.

If you want a little help navigating the museum's exhibits – the approximately 80,000 objects on display out of its collection totaling 8 million items – consider tagging along on a guided tour. Several, including the daily eye-opener tours and the LBGTQ-themed "Desire, Love, Identity" tour and Friday evening spotlight tours are free. You can also book an "Around the World in 60 Minutes" tour for 14 pounds (around $20). Audio guides, which cost 7 pounds (about $10), are also available to rent daily.

St. Paul's Cathedral St. Paul's Cathedral

St. Paul's Cathedral is arguably the second must-see church in London (the first, of course, being Westminster Abbey ). With its imposing dome – one of the largest in the world – St. Paul's forms a predominant spot along London's skyline. It's also a survivor: Although an older incarnation burnt during the Great Fire of London in 1666, the current dome (designed by Sir Christopher Wren and officially completed in 1711) survived numerous World War II bombings.

To make the most of your visit, reviewers highly recommended climbing to the top of the dome to the Golden Gallery. You'll have to hike up 528 steps, but after catching your breath you'll enjoy far-reaching views of the River Thames, the  Tate Modern , and Shakespeare's Globe . And once you've seen the top, head below ground to the crypt (the largest in Europe), where the tombs of notable figures such as Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington as well as Wren are housed. Though some reviewers are put off by the pricey admission, most agree that a peek inside is well worth the extra coin.

Tower of London Tower of London

Although its exterior might be grim and even unimpressive (especially when compared to stately  Buckingham Palace ), the Tower of London's interior is always bustling with activity. Despite its name, the large complex has a long history as a palace, a fortress and a prison. Each exhibition and activity here explores this history.

If you're enchanted with the monarchy, don't miss the famous crown jewels exhibition. Among the items you'll see is the Imperial State Crown – which is still worn by the queen for each State Opening of Parliament – and the Sovereign's Sceptre with Cross. In 2020, Prince of Wales' Investiture Coronet joined the display in the Jewel House. For an oral history, take an entertaining tour led by the Yeoman Warders (tower guards). During the hourlong excursion (included in your admission ticket), the guards will regale you with tales of the tower's bloody past. The White Tower is one of the world's most famous castles and a recognizable London landmark. Inside, you'll find the 350-year-old exhibition, "Line of Kings," which includes suits of armor worn by Henry VIII, Charles I, and James II. Keep an eye out for the Tower's famous ravens, who are said to guard the structure.

Tower Bridge Tower Bridge free

Along with Parliament and Big Ben, Tower Bridge is London's next must-see architectural marvel, not to mention the most famous bridge that crosses the Thames. Construction on the bridge started in 1886, which means it's practically modern by London standards, but Tower Bridge stands out for its stunning detail and moveable roadways that lift up when large ships need to pass through. The views from the bridge are an added bonus. From the elevated sidewalks visitors get a prime view of the  Tower of London ,  St. Paul's Cathedral's iconic dome, the London Eye and The Monument.

If you're interested in viewing the city from a higher vantage point (about 137 feet above the Thames), consider a visit inside Tower Bridge, during which you go to the top of the bridge – equipped with a glass floor – as well as to the bottom to the engine rooms. However, recent visitors say that those who are afraid of heights might want to forgo walking across the glass floor.

Tate Modern Tate Modern free

Located on the South Bank along the Thames, the Tate Modern is part of a group of four museums (all named Tate) which house the 70,000 artworks that comprise the national collection of British art. As its name suggest, this Tate holds the more contemporary-style pieces than its three other counterparts, making it more of a hit or miss among travelers. Dalí and Picasso, as well as many British artists, are represented inside this repurposed power plant – but you'll find the works are scattered. Art is grouped by theme rather than by artist.

Recent visitors said if you're a fan of contemporary and modern art, you'll enjoy the Tate Modern. If you're partial to antiquities or the more traditional works of art, you'll probably be better served at the  British Museum  or the  National Gallery . Art aside, the eateries located within the museum may be enough of a reason for travelers to visit. Both the Espresso Bar and Kitchen and Bar at Tate Modern afford stunning views of  St. Paul's Cathedral , which is situated on the other side of the river. At the very least, take a stroll along the Thames to view the museum's impressive exterior.

The London Eye The London Eye

The London Eye (the giant Ferris wheel found in many London panoramas) is on the River Thames and meant to deliver great views – not a thrilling ride. It circles around slowly, offering an unbeatable bird's-eye perspective of London's South Bank. However, those with a fear of heights should beware: When you're more than 400 feet high, the 360-degree views can be a bit disconcerting.

While some travelers say the London Eye is an absolute must-do, others found the experience to be overrated. Some recent travelers said the lines were too long (upward of a couple hours) and the ticket prices too high. However, many others were amazed by the views, especially  Parliament  and  Buckingham Palace . Visitors were keen to note that this ride is not a fast one, with the average rotation of the wheel at least 30 minutes long. You can also combine a ride on the London Eye with a guided boat tour.

Houses of Parliament Houses of Parliament

Step through halls where history was made time and again by visiting the British Parliament. Guided and self-guided tours (which come highly recommended by recent travelers) take visitors through multiple areas of the building, including Westminster Hall (the oldest building on the Parliamentary estate, which is more than 900 years old), the House of Commons Chamber and the House of Lords. If you're not interested in perusing the corridors that make up the U.K.'s governing body, many travelers say that simply admiring the iconic structure's impressive exterior is enough, and an absolute must-do for anyone visiting London. 

If you're one of many looking to snap your own photo of one of the most photographed buildings in the world, the best vantage point is from Westminster Bridge. But if you want a truly smashing shot, head on over to Lambeth Bridge or the Golden Jubilee Bridges on the South Bank for a view of Parliament and the London Eye together. Keep in mind that Westminster Bridge connects two of the city's most popular attractions ( London Eye  and Parliament), and as a result is almost always very crowded.

West End Theatre District West End Theatre District

U.S. News Insider Tip:  For a fun night out, buy tickets for a showing of Agatha Christie's "The Mousetrap," which is the longest-running play in history. – Nicola Wood, Senior Editor

Catching a show in London's West End theater district is just as necessary as watching a play on  Broadway  during a trip to  New York City . The quality is some of the best in the U.K., and the constant mix of new and classic productions with local and world-renowned talent (think: Phoebe Waller-Bridge, Angela Lansbury, Andrew Lloyd Webber, Benedict Cumberbatch) excites both visitors and locals alike. Even if you don't consider yourself much of a theater devotee, recent travelers said the atmosphere, specifically near the lively Leicester Square, where many of the theaters are concentrated, is worth a late-night wander.

Popular Tours

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle, and Bath from London

(12450 reviews)

from $ 128.08

Harry Potter Warner Bros. Studio Tour with Transport from London

(2688 reviews)

from $ 166.90

Stonehenge, Windsor Castle and Bath with Pub Lunch in Lacock

(5088 reviews)

Explore More of London, England

Best Hotels

When To Visit

If you make a purchase from our site, we may earn a commission. This does not affect the quality or independence of our editorial content.

Recommended

The 28 Best Water Parks in the U.S. for 2024

Holly Johnson|Timothy J. Forster May 8, 2024

The 18 Best Napa Valley Wineries to Visit in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Sharael Kolberg April 23, 2024

The 25 Best Beaches on the East Coast for 2024

Timothy J. Forster|Sharael Kolberg April 19, 2024

The 50 Best Hotels in the USA 2024

Christina Maggitas February 6, 2024

The 32 Most Famous Landmarks in the World

Gwen Pratesi|Timothy J. Forster February 1, 2024

9 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in Florida for 2024

Gwen Pratesi|Amanda Norcross January 5, 2024

24 Top All-Inclusive Resorts in the U.S. for 2024

Erin Evans January 4, 2024

26 Top Adults-Only All-Inclusive Resorts for 2024

Zach Watson December 28, 2023

Solo Vacations: The 36 Best Places to Travel Alone in 2024

Lyn Mettler|Erin Vasta December 22, 2023

26 Cheap Beach Vacations for Travelers on a Budget

Kyle McCarthy|Sharael Kolberg December 4, 2023

• Work with Me
• Start a Blog
• Yearly Roundups
• 101 in 1001 Goals
• how to start a travel blog
• tips for new bloggers
• write me a guest post!
• Work With Me

A Passion and A Passport

Proving Travel is Possible with a Full-Time 9-5

The Perfect London Itinerary: How to Have So Much Fun During Your 3 Days in London

last Updated: June 2, 2021 england london

FYI: Affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the awesome, free content you see below. I’ll receive a small commission when you purchase from my links (at no extra cost to you), which I’ll totally blow on adult things like boba tea and avocado toast. As always, thanks for the support.

Headed to England and looking for the perfect way to spend 3 days in London? I gotchu, my Marmite and pub-loving friends. :p In this London itinerary I’m sharing everything you need to know — when to go, where to stay, how to get around, and of course, what not to miss during your long weekend in London!

Close your eyes and picture the city. What first comes to mind? I’m sure Trafalgar Square, the Tower of London, those iconic red double decker buses, Big Ben, and the London Eye ring a bell. And maybe even crumpets and royalty. But what about magnificent ancient buildings, spectacular flower markets, fine food, graffiti-covered tunnels, al fresco swimming, and exceedingly good times? London really has it all! You’ll see!

London is one of the world’s greatest cosmopolitan cities. There’s colorful neighborhoods, lots of interesting history, instagrammable photo spots , and tons of art galleries. The culture is vibrant — a huge melting pot of beliefs, nationalities, food , and languages. I get it — figuring out what to include on your London itinerary can be downright daunting; the city is huge! Don’t fret — this 3 day London itinerary will help!

Read Next — The Ultimate London Bucket List ! Perfect for your first trip across the pond, or 15th!

So if you can’t wait to say hi to Queen Lizzy and scarf down some battered sausages and mushy peas, start planning your 3 days in London ASAP! Inside this London itinerary, I’m sharing all the best parts of the city — all the major tourist must-sees along with a whole slew of local hot spots and off-the-beaten path back streets.

But first, the basics — always! Before we get into what I consider the most perfect London itinerary, there’s a whole lotta logistical info we should touch upon first!

London Itinerary Logistics

How to get to london.

Thankfully, London is oh so easy to reach! It boasts Heathrow International Airport (a huge hub for a whole slew of airlines), and easily connects the US and other parts of Europe. And it’s honestly not as far as you may think! When we lived in NYC, it took about the same amount of time to get to London as it did to California — can you believe it?! 

From NYC, expect the flight to take approximately 7 hours nonstop. From the West Coast, like San Francisco and Los Angeles, the flight will expectedly be longer, at roughly 10 hours nonstop.

And if Heathrow doesn’t fit into your plans, there’s 5 other main airports to choose from — absolutely wild!

How to Get Around London

How do you get around London? For a big city, you’ll be relieved to hear this is surprisingly easy. And yes, even if you didn’t grow up reading a subway map like I did in New York City .

Psst → I don’t recommend renting a car in London. The public transport is too good, and city driving and parking is just too much of a hassle to make a car worth the expense.

If you’ve done any research (or watched any English movies), I’m sure you’ve heard of the Tube before. Just like NYC’s subway, the Tube is London’s Underground rail network, and it’s a great way to travel to, from, and around central London.

Tube maps are color coded by lines, which make it exceptionally easy to read the map. When I first learned the underground was divided into nine travel zones, with 11 different tube lines, I was more than intimidated. So thank goodness for the colors!

Psst: Central London is covered by Zone 1, so if you’re just staying within city limits, don’t worry about the others! As you move further and further away from the city, you’ll pass through Zones 2-9.

It’s best to grab an Oyster Card when you first arrive in London. Although there’s an initial upfront cost of 5 pounds, you’ll save a lot of money using an Oyster Card instead of purchasing individual tickets every time you use the tube. If you’re staying 3 days in London or even longer, you’ll make up these 5 pounds no problem!

Tubes are fast but buses are wildly fun and come with views (especially from the front seats on the top deck). With the invention of Google Maps, finding a bus, and knowing when to get off, has never been easier. Catching a traditional double decker red bus is like taking a tour, but way cheaper . 

The downside is you may get gridlocked (meaning there’s tons of traffic in all directions – and yes, it happens). If so, just hop off and Google the nearest tube. But go on a double decker at least once — it’s a true London experience!

Wait, by boat?! Yes! 

Board the Thames Clipper service for another “kill 2 birds with one stone” moment, where the journey is also the experience. It’s the fastest (and more frequent) fleet on the River Thames. You can even use your Oyster card to pay! 

The boat stops at 23 piers along the River Thames between Woolwich (Royal Arsenal) Pier in the East and Putney Pier in the West. Services run from early in the morning until late at night 7 days a week. Like the tube, the river is divided into zones: West, Central and East.

They’ve even got something called an Uber Boat — which works just like the Uber app, except you get on a boat from your selected pier!

You can even do an afternoon tea cruise on the River Thames ! Still on my London bucket list!

Travel Tickets

Another transformative recent invention is the system where you no longer need to buy tickets for buses, the Tube, or Clipper. 

You simply tap your credit card to open the tube barrier (or on the bus or boat entrance) and at the end of the day a clever system automatically adds up all the journeys you have made! It then calculates the cheapest ticket you could have bought for that days’ travel. Pretty cool if you ask me!

For all journeys made within zones 1-6 there is a daily cap of £13.20, so you can keep travelling as much as you want and it won’t cost you more than this. Psst — it’s easy to see which zone you’re in as they’re shaded on the tube map. PS, boats are extra, but oh so much fun!

Remember to use the same card all day for this to work and tap into and out of tubes (you only need to tap once on the bus).

Attraction tickets

If you’re spending 3 days in London and plan on heading to multiple attractions, definitely figure out if a London Pass will help save you money! You’ll get access to over 80 attractions such as Tower of London, London Zoo, Windsor Castle, view from The Shard, Wembley Stadium Tours, Thames river boat cruise, and oh so much more!

There’s also the Hop On Hop Off Sightseeing Bus Tours , which are such an easy way to get around while seeing the top tourist attractions! No shame — they’re actually quite fun!

When to go to London

Have you heard the phrase “cloudy with a chance of grey”? Welllll that kinda describes London in a nutshell. But in all actuality, London has a great deal of sunny days, too — you just gotta get lucky! 

It’s kinda a gamble any time of year; I’ve been there a few times and the weather’s been wildly unpredictable from day to day! I thankfully had a few sunny days between the overcast, rainy ones. Gotta take what we can get, right? And just gotta be prepared for everything and anything, as far as the weather goes.

English weather being what it is, you are never guaranteed warmth or a dry day, but your best bet is a visit in May, June or September, avoiding the biggest crowds but with the best chance of sunshine.

As you would expect, everyone loves to visit London, so it’s pretty crowded in summer. It never really gets hot over here, with July being the hottest with an average temp of just 66°F. Sooooo bring along your sweaters, regardless of time of year.

The coldest month is usually January — temperatures can drop to around 33°F (1°C). Although snow is pretty rare in London, it gets chilly over here, so you’ll need to bundle up!

Another great time to go is late November/early December as London gears up for Christmas. The city goes to town on its festive street illuminations and the shop window displays at Fortnum and Mason are works of art in their own right. Hyde Park hosts its own Winter Wonderland, funfair and food stall fiesta.

What to Pack

Wear clothes (and shoes) made for walking, but which are versatile enough to double up as a party outfit for after dark excursions. Also, pack a rain jacket (or as they call it, a brolly), as you are pretty much guaranteed rain at least once during your 3 days in London. 

Take as small a day pack with you as you can manage, as not only does this save you having to find lockers as you tour museums or galleries, it also makes the airport style security checks, which are everywhere, a bit less time consuming.

Take a pocket sized A-Z map, as a safety net, in case of phone failure. And a power bank, as a full day of Google Maps and photos takes its toll on your battery.

Where to Stay for 3 Days in London

There’s no shortage of hotels in London, and the hardest thing will be to choose just one! If you’re spending 3 days in London and wanna experience the hot spots, you’ll wanna stay in Central London, as you’ll be near most places on this London itinerary! It also helps if you stay near a tube stop! 

A few recommendations :

Splurge : If money is no object then the sky’s the limit in terms of London opulence. Live like royalty by staying at the Palace at The Rubens , where the red carpets and top hatted porters make it look like Christmas has taken up permanent residence. (It’s on my bucket list.) Or try the impressively facaded Renaissance Hotel at St Pancras Station , with its colonial interior to die for.

Mid-Range : For a great mid-range option, swim in the reflections of fishes at the Novotel Blackfriars , just a few minutes’ walk from Shakespeare’s Globe and waterfront bars on the South Bank of the Thames. The pools like a giant fish tank!

Or, for breakfast literally on the river’s edge, stay at the Novotel Excel . It’s further out of town but there is the added bonus of catching a cable car from just outside the front door, which takes you up and over the Thames. This links up with the Thames Clipper boat taking you straight to Greenwich or Westminster.

Save : For a bargain, if not so pretty, totally central option, you can’t beat the Covent Garden Travelodge .

So let’s get started, the ultimate 3 days in London itinerary, coming right up!

Day 1 – Palaces, Parks and Portobello Market

Stop #1: Buckingham Palace

What better place to start your 3 days in London than the most famous landmark of all, Buckingham Palace?! But what makes this place so special after all? Well, it serves as the official residence and administrative headquarters for the monarch of the UK — meaning, yes, the British royal family (including the Queen!) lives here!

If you’re visiting the end of July to the beginning of October, you can take a palace tour (available for a total of 10 weeks in the summer). At just £26.50, it’s really a bargain considering all that you can see.

Once inside, you’ll be wowed by the gold banisters, gilded picture frames, acres of pink carpet, and galleried corridors. It’s totally worth checking out this most extravagant collection of bling. The tour concludes with a lovely café on the terrace, where I recommend having a delicious tea (because what’s cooler than tea at the Palace?!). Did I mention this is where the Queen lives?!

And don’t miss the Palace Gardens — it’s where the Queen’s annual garden parties are held!

Guards and horses on parade

If it’s not summer (meaning tours aren’t available), or tea (nearly) with the Queen is not your personal cup of tea (no pun intended…), there’s always the daily spectacle of the changing of the Guards. 

From 10:45 -11:30am daily, you are treated to a free procession during which red coated, spectacular-hat wearing soldiers parade on foot and on horse up the Mall, in front of the Palace gates. You may want to get there a bit early for a ring side view. Actually scratch that — come extra early; you won’t be the only one with that idea.

Although the Changing of the Guards happens most days, check ahead as they do have the occasional day off. As they should!

Stop #2: Hyde Park

Once you’ve seen the glamorous Buckingham Palace, take the 12-minute stroll through Green Park and into the delightful Hyde Park. 

It’s one of the largest parks in London, and you can wander around for hours! There’s active adventures like swimming at The Serpentine pool, row-boating, tennis, and football, while others may prefer to have a quiet afternoon reading a good book and/or taking photos.

A little back story: Henry VIII himself decided to take it from the church in the 1500’s and turn it into his own personal hunting grounds. He actually built a fence so visitors wouldn’t be allowed to enter! Thankfully, (as we now know!), this didn’t last forever! Fortunately for you and I, the general public is now allowed to wander around the park. 

Be sure to check out its numerous statues, fountains, and flower gardens. The park is cut in half by the Serpentine Lake , thoughtfully built by (the lesser known) Queen Caroline in 1730. She probably had a bit of help, I’m guessing. ?

At one end of Hyde Park, the Marble Arch looms large and impressively by Speakers Corner — the most famous location in the world for free speech. You can pop out here for a bit of high street retail therapy in bigger versions of the usual shops on Oxford Street. Expect to find lots of cheap and cheerful London souvenir stalls!

The park also plays host to its own Kensington Palace , where plenty of history and fabulous antiques are ready to be explored if you have the time (and you’re not already palaced-out for the day).

Depending on the weather (as always in the UK), you may opt to linger and do a bit of boating on the lake. Row boats and pedalos are available for hire and there is a new “solar shuttle” which glides silent and silver across the lake and into the future.

On a very sunny day you may even want to take a dip in the outdoor lido. There is a café next door where the dry (sane?) can spectate, sipping a relaxing coffee/beer. 

Don’t forget to take an apple and some bread crumbs — you can feed the ducks, squirrels and swans here! You can also, somewhat surprisingly, feed a flock of bright green parakeets who mysteriously took up residence here in the 1990’s and decided to stay. Every city’s got it perks — and I’m here to share a few on this 3 day London itinerary.

Stop #3: V and A Museum (Optional)

Hyde Park is a perfect spot for lunch or a picnic but if it’s a more traditional weather day (aka cloudy and gloomy), take a 10 minute stroll down the very grand Exhibition Road to the gorgeous William Morris café in the V and A museum. If you like a bit of jewelry, art, and theatrical costume history, stick around and check out the interesting exhibits. 

Huge Victorian statues rub shoulders with outfits worn by David Bowie and Elton John. It’s free, so don’t feel you need to stay all day. Other world class museums are here too, if you prefer a bit of science or natural history.

Stop #4: Portobello Market

With the Palace and the Park in the bag, it’s time to search for treasures you can actually buy. And with that being said, we’re off to Portobello Market!

From the V and A hop on the tube at South Kensington to Notting Hill Gate. If you didn’t leave Hyde Park, make for the nearest tube at your closest exit, or if you like a good (2 mile) walk, just pop out the far corner of the park.

You’ll feel obliged to look for Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant’s faces in the crowd, but sadly I fear they have moved on. The streets of Notting Hill remain, however, cinematically beautiful in a pastel fronted kind of way. This was one of my favorite areas during my 3 days in London, and I bet you’ll love it too!

Portobello Road is always bustling, but the biggest and busiest market day is Saturday. The streets are lined with table upon table of shiny silver antiques – candelabras, platters, and goblets await. Knights of Old and Aladins are fully catered for. On a sunny day it’s absolutely blinding. Behind the on-street stalls are mazes of mini shops selling wares and trinkets from yesteryear – lace, cameras, and glass beads just to name a few.

Walking down Portobello Road you’ll pass a variety of independent shops selling things you never knew you needed. Crystal door handles? Handmade bunting? Cow hide rugs? Yes please! It’s probably a good idea to bring along a packable tote bag just in case you buy a bit much. 😉

After an afternoon of browsing, make your way along to the very end of the stalls where a mini festival atmosphere has taken hold and musicians play in kitsch tented bars in the summer. Grab some food from one of the food stalls or dine in one of the more refined café bars on Portobello Road itself. The Farm Girl has a lovely plant-filled courtyard which is open until about 5, or try the Duke of Wellington gastro pub if it’s indoors weather.

Practicalities:

• Market open 9am – 6pm Monday – Saturday (closed Sundays)
• Vendors start packing up at 4pm or earlier in winter or rainy days, so bear this in mind depending on when you’re visiting.

Stop #5: See a show in the West End 

London’s West End puts on some of the best theatre in the world (besides New York City , of course). Not only are the shows themselves spectacular, but so are the wildly ornate theatres (except for the Gillian Lynne theatre showing School of Rock, which is like a nuclear bunker, haha).

Being mindful of the fact that one person’s idea of heaven is another’s idea of torture, feel free to pick a different show, but I can recommend Hamilton at the beautiful Apollo theatre, and Les Miserables at the lovely Queens Theatre. Mamma Mia at the Novello Theatre and The Lion King at The Lyceum Theatre were also great! During my 3 days in London, I actually saw two shows!

Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre

Not into Broadway and looking for an English twist to your nightly entertainment instead? Definitely opt for a Shakespeare play at the Globe, an Elizabethan playhouse! 

Shakespeare’s Globe is a reconstruction of the original theatre built by Shakespeare’s own theatre company in 1599. Guys, this is where THE William Shakespeare wrote his plays. Pretty wild to think about if you ask me! Whoa! Definitely a cultural landmark you need to add to your 3 day London itinerary!

A few things to take note:

• The theatre is open to the elements (it is located on the bank of the River Thames afterall, AND boasts a huge circular cut-out ceiling). Be sure to come prepared and bundle up!
• In the cheap seats, there literally are no seats . Standing only. Stern looking middle-aged women will tell you off if you try to sit on the floor/steps. My advice – buy a real seat ticket if you want to enjoy the show. 
• And with that being said, book early! Seats fill up fast!

And if you really wanna follow in the footsteps of Shakespeare and Dickens, sign up for a historical walking pub tour ! You’ll explore some of the city’s most historic pubs, taverns and alehouses, and of course sip some of the city’s finest brews! Yum! Sounds like my kinda tour. 

Day 2  – Sunday Flowers, Towers, and a Garden in the Sky

Today’s London itinerary is tailor made for a Sunday – so switcheroo your days as necessary. If your 3 days in London don’t happen to overlap with a Sunday, you can easily fill in these stops with something else! But I’d really recommend today’s activities — so, plan your London itinerary accordingly 🙂 !

Stop #1: Columbia Road Flower Market

• Only Open Sundays 8-3

Bucketfuls of beautiful flowers. Independent shops selling jewelry, vintage clothing, and cupcakes. A relaxed yet hectic vibe. All the garden varietals you can think of. This is the Columbia Road Flower Market in a nutshell. I couldn’t believe the amount of blooms there were — from pale green long stem hydrangeas and sweet cherry blossoms to evergreen camellias, anemone buttercups, and blueberry plants. Plants in every color of the rainbow!

It’s easily one of London’s most visually appealing markets, and by far the largest flower market in all of East London. Honestly, if you love colorful blooms (like me!), do NOT leave this off your 3 day London itinerary. 

Experiencing a bit of the East End of London amongst the market traders’ shouts and the explosion of color makes for a pretty exciting morning. It’s beautiful but busy, so get there early (I’m talking as soon as they open at 8am) before the crowds hit. If you come a tad later you can tell you’re getting close as everyone will be carrying oversized bunches of flowers or small trees nearby!

Stop #2: Brick Lane Markets

Practicalities

• Main Market: open Sundays 9-5
• Vintage market: open Friday to Sunday

After your flower power start to the day, go with the flow of people winding their way past funky street art for some (safe) urban grit on Brick Lane .  Shoreditch High Street fuses old with new by being part of an old Roman Road, while also being strewn with trendy bars with exposed brick-work and mismatched chairs. 

There’s cool warehouses, colorful street-art, lofts-turned-fitness-studios, designer boutiques, and quirky vintage stores. You’ll soon realize it’s not just one huge market, but a whole selection of mini-markets.

Behind (and under) the stalls is the UK’s biggest Vintage Market. You’ll also find an undercover Backyard Market, selling painted broccoli as art, and a Tearooms Market with vintage sunglasses and cool outfits.

Honestly → you could get lost over here for hours. But of course, at some point, hunger will hit! There’s lots to choose from over here, like the famous Cereal Killers cafe (great for a late breakfast), and the Sunday Upmarket, a bustling indoor international food market on the corner of Hanbury St, which always smells divine. 

But my all-time favorite — Beigel Bake! It’s by far the best place to get a traditional Jewish-style bagel at any time of the day. Get the salt-beef bagel; you won’t regret it. Psst – they only take cash, and there’s always a long line, but always worth the wait! Probably one of my favorite things I ate during my 3 days in London (well, besides Dishoom of course).

When you’re fully shopped-out and full, make your way to the end of Brick Lane where you can hop on a Tube at Aldgate East. One stop will take you to Tower Hill — our next stop!

Stop #3: Tower of London

• Cost –  £24.70
• Open – 7 days (times vary)

You’re now just a canon’s throw away from another iconic landmark, the infamous Tower of London — site of beheadings, royal murders, and the crown jewels. Yup, you read that right; what a place!

The tower is actually a collection of castles, museums, churches and houses enclosed by fairytale crenellated battlements. The 900-year-old centre-piece, the White Tower, was built by William the Conqueror himself as a fortress and a palace. A menagerie of animals were kept here and Victorian visitors risked death by monkey or snake, so after about 600 years they decided to move them all across town to the zoo.

More busby-toting soldiers march around the site where Anne Boleyn lost her head, and Beefeaters (who actually live there) spin gory tales and explain why London will fall if the ravens ever leave. You’ll be educated and entertained at the same time — the best way. Don’t leave this off your 3 day London itinerary — promise me that!

Stop #4: The City

Next up → a quick wander around the City of London (which we usually just call The City or the Square Mile). It’s the center of trade and finance in Europe, alllllmost rivalling New York City as the finance capital of the world (it’s a tough call). 

Here you’ll find all the shiny skyscrapers and glassy epicenter of central London, including my personal favorite — the silvery and futuristic oddly-shaped Gherkin! The City is full of classy gastropubs, trendy brunch spots, and, lots of impressive rooftop bars (later on on this London itinerary).

But before ascending into the skies yourself, it’s worth a mini-detour into the Leadenhall Market. 

Stop #5: Leadenhall Market

Wait a sec — you didn’t think you’d be whisked into Harry Potter during your 3 days in London, now did you?!

One minute inside Leadenhall and you’ll feel like you stepped into a Harry Potter film! Well, you actually kinda have, believe it or not! You may recognise the grand arches of Leadenhall Market — for their role as Diagon Alley in Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone! 

You can walk on the actual set of the alley where the actors filmed some of the most iconic scenes in the movie. Anyone remember the Leaky Cauldron (the wizard’s pub in the books/movies)? The entrance is actually an optician in Bull’s Head Passage!

Leadenhall Market dates back to the 14th century! It underwent a Victorian revamp and now boasts ornate burgundy and green vaulted ceilings, cobbled floors, and an array of boutique shops, stalls, and bars (including cheesemongers, florists, and butchers). As it relies on city workers for its trade, most stores are only open Mondays to Fridays, but you’re free to walk through its fabulous corridors, admire its beauty, and take some photos 24/7. 

Stop #6: The Sky Garden

A few minutes from Leadenhall you’ll find London’s bendy Walkie Talkie building! It’s technically called 20 Fenchurch Street, but looks like it’s been flown in directly from ToonTown! And what’s so special about it besides it’s wacky shape? There’s a secret roof top garden filled with tropical foliage and cocktail bars! And it’s super fun to photograph — the architecture (of both the exterior and interior) is super impressive. A must on any photographers 3 day London itinerary!

Entry is FREE (!!!) but you do need to book your entry time slot in advance. Psst → bookings open 3 weeks before entry, so set a reminder in order to snag a ticket if you wanan see London at 38 stories high.

At the top you’re treated to 360° skyline views of the city and the River Thames — all while holding a glass of champagne (optional but deemed necessary). Fingers crossed you get a clear day since London is notorious for fog. Regardless, it’s a good time!

Cafés are available if you need a little something to snack on. But dinner’s next so don’t get too full! 

Stop #7: St. Paul’s Cathedral and Dinner 

After soaking up the incredible views (fingers crossed), head back down the lift, and take a 10 minute walk to St Paul’s Cathedral . This Anglican cathedral serves as the mother church of the Diocese of London, and is absolutely stunning — inside and out! 

I mean, the dome is one of the largest in the world at 366 feet high! You can walk all the way to the top for stunning architecture, and definitely check out the famous Whispering Gallery on the way up.

Once you’ve checked out the church, make a beeline straight to the Franco Manca pizza restaurant, exactly opposite St. Paul’s Cathedral. Sitting at the window table you’ll feel like you’re eating on the steps of the cathedral itself, much like an extra in Mary Poppins.

The pizzas are about £8, made of sourdough and are, in my opinion, the best in the world.

Stop #8: Covent Garden

The night is still young my friends! What next?! How about hanging at a beer garden in Covent Garden?! Being only 15 minutes from Franco Manca, there’s no excuse not to hang out — the area is extra fun at night! The cobbled square is filled with street entertainers, high end shops, and general eating, drinking and merriment.

Since you’re already in the area, take a peek at the incredibly colourful Neal’s Yard , where shop windows in narrow streets are painted in pretty Caribbean pinks and green.

Another great place to end the evening is the rooftop bar at Roof Top St James . They graciously provide warm blankets and heaters so you can stay outside and soak up the views of Trafalgar Square by night — all while sipping an espresso martini. Book ahead to reserve a table as this place gets popular!

Day 3 – Greenwich Meridian, Boating the Thames, and Camden Lock

Stop #1: greenwich.

The last of your 3 days in London starts in Greenwich, which marks the start of all time and space. Literally . I’m sure you’ve heard of GMT in terms of time — that stands for Greenwich Mean Time! And it’s measured from RIGHT here! Like I said, literally the start of time and space! Ground Zero, if you like.

You obviously need to take a photo with one foot on each side of the Greenwich meridian — you’ll be in both halves of the world at the same time. Whoa! There’s the Greenwich Observatory if you wanna explore the history of time and the night sky, or you can simply walk around the buildings around the park. 

But whatever you do over here, don’t miss the imposing masts of the Cutty Sark , the fastest ship in the world in its heyday (back in 1869 when it was built). If you take a tour, be sure to look out for the creepy figurehead collection — weird and wild!

For lunch, grab a bite from one of the food stalls over here (the samosas are fiery) and sit overlooking the Thames. On a rainy day, try the Gipsy Moth pub next door with ship views.

Stop #2: Thames Boat ride

The River Thames is basically the liquid heart of the city, so you gotta include a ride during your 3 days in London. From Greenwich, you can catch the Thames Clipper for about £7 by tapping your card. It’s by far the fastest, most frequent, and most reliable fleet on the River Thames – there’s a reason why they’ve got over 4 million passengers each year!

The boat speeds all the way along the river, under Tower Bridge (it’s gorgeous!), and into Westminster. It’s an exhilarating and scenic ride, and something for the bucket list!

Stop #3: Big Ben

This wouldn’t be a very thorough 3 days in London itinerary without a sighting of Big Ben, now would it?! I’m sure you’ve seen hundreds and hundreds of photos of this iconic London masterpiece, and now it’s your turn too see it in person. Go on, take a selfie in front of Big Ben (if all the construction’s finally finished). 

Fun Fact → You probably didn’t know that Big Ben is actually the nickname for the Great Bell of the striking clock you see! People typically refer to both the clock and clock tower as Big Ben, so no worries if that’s what you do, too!

Stop #4: Trafalgar Square

From here it’s a quick 15 minute walk up to Trafalgar Square, a public square with lots going on — always! You might as well go the slightly longer (by about 5 minutes) route which takes you past 10 Downing Street, to see if the Prime Minister is home. The end of the street is railed off and guarded, which you can’t really hold against them, but you can normally peek down to see if anyone famous is visiting.

Trafalgar Square is a fun place to hang out for a while — there’s musicians and drinks and cafes! Sip some drinks in front of the bronze Landseer Lions and Nelson himself (that column is quite iconic!). Try to climb a lion for a photo – although they’re surprisingly high so it might be hard to get up!

Stop #5: Options — National Gallery or Camden Market

For your last afternoon, I’ve got two options for ya! You probably won’t have time for both, so choose wisely! Your two choices — historic paintings or a vintage-y market!

National Gallery

Art lovers, I’d definitely choose the National Gallery! Here you’ll find some of the most valuable paintings in the world (as well as at the National Portrait Gallery), which form one side of Trafalgar Square. And luckily, both are free to enter (more money for fish n chips — yassss). Even if you don’t have much time, just pop in and check out a few celebrity paintings. Did I mention it’s FREE?

Camden Market

If you’re more of a shopper, hop on the tube at Charing Cross to Camden Market for an afternoon of sheer shopaholic bliss. Walk past some incredible 3D shop frontages and then a crowd of throwback 1970’s punks as you approach the Camden Lock.

The market is spread out along the canals and inside former stables and warehouses, with over 1,000 shops and stalls with everything imaginable. You’ll find vintage clothes, steampunk items, forks shaped into rings, and even Moroccan lamps. Everything is very worldly over here. Don’t miss the 20-foot metal man guarding a booming subterranean rave shop, then surface from the stalls to find yourself in a flower festooned bar with live music.

Camden Market is a great place to stop for a drink and soak up the atmosphere until just before sun down.

Stop #6: London Eye

I’ve saved one of the best activities for last, because sunset is the best time to ride the London Eye! The views are just spectacular from the observation wheel — I can’t wait to ride again! To get here, hop back on the Northern Line from Camden Town for the 30 minute ride to Waterloo.

Pre-book your time slot ahead of time (it gets busy, busy, busy over here!). You’ll be invited to a pre-ride 4D experience where they shoot foam at you and pretend it’s snowing — we loved it; don’t miss it.

Prepare to have your breath stolen away as you slowly ascend over the spires of London, old and new, and watch the whole scene as the sun is setting. The Eye eggs are mainly glass — for the best views head to the far corner of the pod, nearest the river.

As the sun drops in the sky, the buildings turn into silhouettes, and it simultaneously sets on the city and your mini-break of 3 days in London.

Stop #7: Oxo Tower and an English Pub

Grab a pre-dinner cocktail on the famous garden terrace on the 8th floor of the Oxo Tower. There’s also inside tables with floor to ceiling windows for those chillier evenings, don’tchu worry.

To end your 3 day London itinerary, continue strolling along the south bank of the River Thames, stopping at one (or more) of the many riverside bars and cafes. End your journey at the Golden Hind, a replica of St Francis Drake’s ship. Here you can enjoy a beer in The Old Thameside Inn, a British pub, looking out over the water and a final historic ship at the same time.

Got more time? There’s loads to do in London! A few additional ideas for a longer London itinerary:

• Take walking or bus ghost tour
• Spend an afternoon at the exotic Royal Botanical Gardens at Kew gardens
• Fly a broomstick at Harry Potter Studios
• take a boat further down the Thames to the majestic Hampton Court with its famous maze

I hope this helps you plan your 3 day London itinerary! What are you most excited to experience during your 3 days in London?!

Special thanks to Helen from Holidays from Hels for putting this 3 day London itinerary together and sharing all her favorite spots! Be sure to check out her article on London with kids if you’re visiting as a family!

A bit about Helen: Her younger carefree self spent 2 and a half years wandering around the world. She now works in a school and still likes to spend as much time as she can exploring. Share in the mishaps, stories and lessons learned in her new family adventures travel blog,

Follow holidaysfromhels on:

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

You may also love...

Subscribe To The Newsletter

FOR TRAVEL INSPO   and   FUN

No spam, only fun!

Favorite Destinations

• About Jessica
• How to Plan a Trip
• Fave Travel Companies
• Shop My Faves

Destinations

• World Travel
• San Francisco
• Northern California
• Southern California
• Central Coast

Ultimate 3 Days In London Itinerary

Looking to plan a trip to London? Welcome to one of my favorite cities!

London is simply iconic. The city has been the backdrop for so much great history and literature. It’s a destination that appeals to all kinds of passions — whether you’re a museum lover, a history buff, or a fan of royalty and architecture.

But with so many options, planning a trip to London can be a bit overwhelming, especially if you’re a first-time visitor.

To ensure that you have the best experience, I’ve put together a step-by-step 3 day itinerary that takes you to the city’s must see attractions, famous landmarks, world-class museums, and iconic neighborhoods. And don’t worry, I’ve even included a couple of London’s hidden gems as well.

Snapshot Of 3 Days In London Itinerary

Here’s a quick glance of what you’ll see with this itinerary:

• Parliament Square
• Westminster Abbey
• Changing of Guards at Buckingham Palace
• Walking tour of Westminster
• Covent Garden for lunch
• Trafalgar Square
• National Gallery of Art
• Show in the West End

• St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Millennium Bridge
• Tate Modern or Globe Theater
• Borough Market for lunch
• Southwark Cathedral
• Tower Bridge
• Tower of London
• Views at Garden at 120, Sky Garden, or Shard
• Bermondsy Street for dinner
• British Museum and British Library
• Wallace Collection and Soho
• Victoria & Albert Museum
• Kensington Palace
• Dinner in West End neighborhood

3 Days In London Itinerary

Day 1 of 3 Days in London AM

Begin your 3 days in London in Wesminster, the heart of London. The City of Westminster is actually its own city within London. 

1. Parliament Square

Start with an early stroll in Parliament Square.

You’ll want to be there around 8:30 am or so to check it out. You next destination, Westminster Cathedral opens at 9:30, and you’ll need to get in line at least 15 minutes early.

Parliament Square is flanked with 12 statues of famous historical figures (sadly, only one is a woman). 

I particularly love the one of  Winston Churchill,  one of the UK’s most famous and beloved citizens.

From the square, you’ll have views of Westminster’s iconic UNESCO landmarks — Big Ben, the Palace of Westminster, and Westminster Abbey.

The renovations of Big Ben are finally complete and it literally gleams. Now the side of the palace not facing the Thames is under scaffolding.

The palace is probably best know for its famous Big Ben bell, which sits within the golden Elizabeth Tower.

Although perhaps not a priority stop with only 3 days in London, the public can tour the  Houses of Parliament  on certain dates. Or, you can book a guided tour of Parliament + Westminster Abbey .

2. Westminster Abbey

After a look around, head over to Westminster Abbey. It’s an iconic landmark that is an absolute must-visit attraction with 3 days in London.

Westminster is the most historic church in the English-speaking world, having hosted every coronation from William the Conqueror to Elizabeth II, and 16 royal weddings.

Additionally, it serves as the final resting place for many royals and notables, including Elizabeth I and Mary, two feuding Tudor siblings.

The most beautiful part of the Abbey is the spectacular Henry VII Chapel located in the eastern end. After its debut, the chapel was grandiosely nicknamed a “wonder of the world.”

It was built by England’s first Tudor monarch, Henry VII, who defeated the York king, Richard III, in the Battle of Bosworth and seized control of England. The chapel features a truly breathtaking ceiling, as well as the tomb of Henry VII and his wife Elizabeth of York.

To make the most of your self-guided visit, an audio guide is included in your ticket.

For a fee of 5 pounds, you can also head upstairs to the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee Galleries in the Weston Tower. From the top, you can enjoy great views down over the nave and see the hidden treasures of the abbey.

Here’s my complete guide to Westminster Abbey . Click  here   to pre-book a ticket to Westminster Abbey. You can also take a  2 hour private guided tour of the abbey .

3. Changing of the Guard, Walking Tour, or Churchill War Rooms

After you visit the abbey, there are three good options before lunchtime.

You can: (1) head west to Buckingham Palace to watch the changing of the guards at 11:00 am; (2) take a Westminster walking tour; or (3) visit the Churchill War Rooms. You’ll have to choose one because there’s just so much to do with only 3 days in London.

Option 1: Changing of the Guard

At 11:00 am, you can marvel at the traditional Changing of the Guard performance. It involves meticulously dressed soldiers marching to the rhythm of military drums. 

You can book a guided tour if you want to learn about the history of the tradition. If visiting the palace is a priority to you, click here to book a ticket to the state rooms.

Option 2: Walking Tour of Westminster

After visiting the abbey, perhaps you want to take a walking tour of the Westminster area to see the highlights. There are plenty of options.

Some tours combine attractions and this may be a more efficient way to visit them.

This tour give you a private walking tour of historic Westminster . This tour offers a  4 hour Westminster walking tour + abbey tour .

You can book a  Churchill walking tou r  that includes the museum or a walking tour of Westminster  that includes the museum. You can also combine the museum with London’s WWII sites on this  guided tour .

Option 3: Churchill War Rooms

The third option is for history buffs. The  Churchill War Rooms is a fantastic museum. It’s the labyrinthian underground bunker where Churchill waged war underground.

It’s where Churchill’s inimitable voice was broadcast to the public, as German planes rained down bombs.

The exhibits are immersive and expansive. You can hear excerpts of rousing Churchill speeches and first hand accounts of life during WWII.

A highlight is a huge 15 meter touchscreen table that chronicles Churchill’s life and the timeline of the war.

Here’s my complete  guide to the Churchill War Rooms . 

4. Covent Garden

Next up, head to Covent Garden for a stroll and lunch.

Covent Garden  has been a popular London neighborhood since the 17th century. It’s a mix of tony restaurants, cocktail lounges, boutique souvenir stalls, and indie market halls. 

If it’s your first time in London, you should definitely pay a visit.

In fact, if you love markets (I know I do), you can book a  3 hour guided tour  of Covent Garden, Camden, and Borough markets.

Covent Garden’s main draw is Apple Market. But its must see attractions extend to the adjacent streets of Neal’s Yard, Seven Dials, and Central Square (where you’ll find street performers).

Neal’s Yard is a particularly attractive space, filled with quaint shops and cafes. It’s about a 10 minute walk from the market and worth the detour.

There’s a great place to eat there, The Barbary , which serves Mediterranean and Middle Eastern food.

You can also have lunch at Apple Market at Frenchies, the Crusting Pipe, or Creme de la Crepe.

And there are many great eateries near the market, including Ave Mario (Italian), Petersham Nurseries (chic garden cafe), Coral Pearl (British food), or Kebab Queen (kebabs).

Covent Garden is also where you’ll find London’s  Royal Opera House . If you passed on a West End show, you can take in a ballet here. Or, take a guided tour of the posh place.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London PM

1. trafalgar square.

Trafalgar Square is London’s central square and the very heart of London. It’s towering Nelson’s Column commemorates the British naval victory in the Battle of Trafalgar.

It’s surrounded by a central fountain and bronze lions. As befitting its central spot, streets spoke out to the major tourist areas — Soho, Covent Garden, Parliament Square, and Buckingham Palace.

Take a look around and then head inside to visit the National Gallery of Art.

2. National Gallery of Art

The National Gallery is one of the best museums on the planet. It houses one of the richest and best collections of paintings in the world.

The collection is incredibly diverse, featuring 2,000 European paintings from the 13th to the 19th centuries. 

The National Gallery has the best collection of Italian Renaissance works outside Italy.

There are also impressive holdings of works by various British, Dutch, French, Spanish, and Flemish painters. You’ll find works by renowned artists like Rembrandt,  Leonardo da Vinci ,   Michelangelo ,  Botticelli , J.M.W. Turner,  Monet , and  Van Gogh .

Here’s my complete guide to visiting the National Gallery . Click  here  to book a guided tour of this magnificent museum.

Day 1 of 3 Days In London Evening

No visit to London is complete without taking in a show in the West End, which gives Broadway a run for its money.

This area is affectionately referred to as “Theatreland.” There are 40 playhouses clustered around Leicester and Picadilly Squares.

Recently, I’ve seen  The Phantom of the Opera ,  Les Miserables ,  Wicked , and  Book of Mormon  there. Just last week, I scored a coveted ticket to the critically acclaimed  To Kill A Mockingbird  and it was fabulous.

You can buy tickets online in advance. You can also take your chances at TKTS ticket booth in Leicester Square, which sells daily discounted tickets.

If you love show biz tales, you can even book a  2 hour guided musical theater tour .

Day 2 Of 3 Days In London AM

1. st. paul’s cathedral.

On day 2, you’ll begin at one of London’s most iconic landmarks, St Paul’s Cathedral.

St. Paul’s Cathedral is the largest and most famous of London’s many churches. It’s the seat of the Bishop of London and parish church of the British Commonwealth.

The church has a colorful history. It’s been looted, burned, and destroyed.

St. Paul’s was rebuilt for good in 1710 by Sir Christopher Wren and survived Nazi bombing. It’s been the site of royal funerals and weddings, including that of Prince Charles and Lady Diana.

The cathedral has the scale and classicism of  St. Peters Basilica in Rome . The exterior features Wren’s magnificent Renaissance dome, 225 feet high.

The interior is beautiful as well, especially the high altar in marble and gilded wood. There are stunning mosaics in the saucer vaults.

The cupola of the dome was painted by James Thornhill and has been restored. The guards will encourage you to lay down on the sun dial beneath it to get the best photo.

I highly recommend you climb to the top of the dome, if you’re able to ascend the 528 steps. Be forewarned, it’s a steep spiral climb. The passages are dimly lit and not for the faint of heart.

On your way, you can check out the famous whispering gallery (where sounds travels around the circular hall), the Stone Gallery, and the Golden Gallery. 

You’ll have stunning views of London and can inspect the iconic dome at closer range.

Another tip is to visit the mall next to the cathedral. From the 6th floor, which you can access for free, you’ll have great close up views of the dome.

Here’s my complete guide to visiting St. Paul’s Cathedral . Click  here  to purchase a skip the line ticket to St. Paul’s. You can also book a  2.5 hour guided tour  of St. Paul’s and other London viewpoints.

2. Visit The Globe Theate r or the Tate Modern

When you’re done admiring the cathedral, cross the Millennium Bridge to get to your next destination on the south bank. Its a beautiful modern bridge with great views.

When you arrive, choose between visiting the Shakespeare’s Globe Theater or the Tate Modern.

Option 1: Globe Theater

Fans of William Shakespeare will want to visit the  Globe Theater .

It’s an epicenter of English history associated with the bard. The reconstructed theater is a half-timbered and thatched roof reconstruction of the old theater, which was destroyed by fire in 1613.

It was an Elizabethan style theater in the round, hence the term “globe.” Its debut play was Shakespeare’s  Henry V . Most of Shakespeare’s tragedies were specifically written for the Globe.

There are  guided tours  of the Globe complex. You can tour the open air theater, the box office, and the Jacobean theater.

The theater is three levels. Back in the day, the aristocrats’ seats were to the side to avoid the heat of the sun. There was no limit on attendees. Everyone crammed in tightly.

There are also 45 minute public tours that leave every 30 minutes. You may even see actors rehearsing their scenes.

Option 2: Tate Modern

Art lovers should opt to visit the Tate Modern . It’s one of the world’s preeminent modern art museums and one of London’s most popular attractions.

The museum is home to room after room of world famous modern and contemporary art. Plus, aside from special exhibitions, it’s absolutely free to visit.

Among other modern artworks, you can clap your eyes on  Andy Warhol’s   Marilyn Diptych , Marcel Duchamp’s  Fountain , Amadeo Modigliani’s Peasant Boy , Pablo Picasso’s  Nude Woman in a Red Armchair,  and Salvador Dali’s  Lobster Telephone .

Don’t miss the room with Mark Rotho’s luminous Seagram Murals. In the 1960s, Rothko gave nine murals to the Tate Modern, which the director called “a princely gesture.”

Rothko insisted on a permanent, exclusive room for the murals. They’re displayed as Rothko intended — in a dimly lit space where the viewer can absorb their meditative character.

Click  here  to book a guided tour of the Tate Modern.

3. Southwark Cathedral

Southwark Cathedral  is a little Gothic gem that dates back to 606 A.D. It’s right next to Tate Modern and just 5 minutes from the Globe Theater.

Take a few minutes to step inside London’s oldest Gothic structure. The original building was destroyed by fire in 1212.

What stands today dates back to the 13th century. You can see the older Norman influences in the rear facade, while the front showcases the Gothic style.

Once inside, you’ll be greeted by an airy, vaulted ceiling crafted from sandstone-colored brick. The interior boasts beautiful stained glass, a notable monument to Shakespeare, and some unique 15th-century wooden roof capitals that add to its charm.

4. Borough Market

It’s time for lunch. Head to Borough Market just 3 minutes away from Southwark.

This charming market is London’s top spot for food lovers and has been since the 12th century. While seating is limited, it’s the perfect place to shop for high-quality groceries. You’ll find everything from freshly baked goods to a wide range of condiments and seafood.

Alternatively, it’s a great place to grab lunch, offering some of the city’s best food and drinks. With over 100 food stalls, there’s a fantastic variety of ethnic dishes and other delicious options to choose from.

I’ve personally enjoyed the curries and wild mushroom risotto. Don’t miss out on the hot pies at Mrs. King’s Pork, a real treat!

You can book a guided food tour that includes Borough Market .

5. Tower Bridge

After lunch, make your way to the  Tower Bridge .

It’s one of London’s most defining landmarks. Built between 1886-94 during the reign of Queen Victoria, the bridge was designed to mimic the architectural style of the Tower of London. 

You can walk across the bridge. Or purchase a ticket to cross the upper levels. 

On a self-guided tour, you’ll learn about the history of Tower Bridge and the Victorian engineering feats that made it possible.

Some of the walkways are glass. You can see the rush of London traffic beneath you and the cloudy water of the Thames.

From my observations, kids seem to particularly enjoy the experience. You can book a  4 hour Tower Bridge and Tower of London experience specifically for kids and families .

6. Tower of London

Once you’ve crossed the Tower Bridge, you arrive at London’s premiere destination and UNESCO-listed site: the  Tower of London . If you’re a history buff, this is a must see site and  the  place in London to go.

The Tower is history. It has served as a royal palace, a fortress, a prison, a mint, a military storehouse, a treasury, home to the Crown Jewels, an armory, a public records office, a royal observatory, and a royal zoo.

You’ll be blissfully immersed in the various successions of the Edwards, the Richards, and the Henrys.

There’s a free 45 minute  Yeoman Warden tour . They begin hourly and which most people rave about.

These ceremonial guards are great storytellers and bring a touch of drama and theatrics to the place.

With booming voices and bawdy jokes, they’ll gleefully regale you with delicious sinister bits about torture, beheadings, and executions.

Most visitors are besotted with the  Crown Jewels . To me, they’re beautiful in their extravagance, but somewhat boring. 

Be prepared to wait in a long queue to see the jewels, if you’re visiting during high season. Know that you can’t take photos in this area of the tower.

Aside from the Crown Jewels, you can immerse yourself in the Tower of London’s medieval architecture and history. 

The infamous Norman castle is almost a 1000 years old, after all — with 21 towers, battlements, an armory, and a palace. This was where Henry VII’s ill fated wife Ann Boleyn was executed.

Here’s my comprehensive  guide to the Tower of London . If you loathe queues, be sure to  pre-purchase tickets online  in advance. The Tower is also free with the  London Pass .

A ticket comes with a free audio guide. But you can also book a  2-3 hour tour with an expert  or a  private 3 hour tour  to get the full scoop and see the tower’s hidden gems.

7. London Viewpoints

Now let’s head to some spots for great views of London. You’ll find two fantastic, free viewing points near the Tower of London.

First, there’s the Sky Garden, just a five-minute walk from the Tower. It’s perched atop the Walkie Talkie building on Fenchurch Street.

This place is a haven for plant lovers, bursting with flowers, herbs, and greenery. It’s the perfect spot for both breathtaking views and a botanical experience.

Spread across three levels, the Sky Garden offers panoramic, uninterrupted views of London’s iconic landmarks. You can stroll through its beautifully landscaped gardens and enjoy the observation decks.

Not only is it the city’s highest public garden, but its Sky Pod Bar offers all day dining services with a wide range of cocktails. 

The Sky Garden is free to visit. But you need to  make a reservation .

Another great spot for views is the Garden at 120, which I visited last time. It’s on top of the Fen Court building at 120 Fenchurch Street. The best part? No need to book or reserve – just show up.

It’s 15 stories high and has an outdoor terrace with amazing 360-degree views. Plus, the gardens are beautiful.

The Garden at 120 is still kind of a secret in London, so there’s usually only a short wait. You’ll go through a quick security check, take a fast elevator, and then step out into one of London’s prettiest rooftop spaces.

If you have a London Pass, you could also opt to take a spin on the London Eye .

If you don’t have the London Pass, you must pre-book a skip the line ticket for the eye. The lines are epically long.

Day 2 of 3 Days In London Evening

Think about spending your evening in Bermondsy, right across the Thames from the Tower of London. This area is a hidden gem in London and a favorite among locals.

It has changed a lot recently and is now a lively spot. With its cobbled squares and grand buildings, Bermondsy feels like it’s straight out of a period drama.

Bermondsy is also one of London’s culinary destinations. It’s home to street food markets rivaling Borough market and some of London’s best new restaurants.

One of the hottest tables to book right now in Bermondsy is Trivet . It was a just awarded a Michelin star.

You can also check out Pique-Nique, Jose Tapas Bar, Casse-Croute, or the Matby St. Market.

As another evening option, you might book a guided tour of London’s historic pubs or of the trendy pubs in the West End .

Day 3 of 3 Days in London AM

On your final day in London, you have two options for the morning. You can either go to the British Museum and the British Library or to The Wallace Collection and the SoHo neighborhood.

Option 1: British Museum & British Library

British Museum

The British Museum is a universal museum holding many of the world’s most important artifacts. It’s another of London’s amazing free museums .

The museum contains a breathtaking collection of over 8 million objects that paint a portrait of the world’s cultures. This is where you come to learn about humankind and its history.

You could spend weeks there, there’s just so much to see. Plot out your course in advance to make sure you get to see the highlights.

The Egyptian Gallery has spectacular busts, sarcophagi and the Rosetta Stone. There’s a massive collection of Roman sculptures and busts of the Roman emperors .

The famous Parthenon sculptures, known as the Elgin marbles, are in Room 18.

These beautiful friezes and sculptures formed part of the Parthenon temple on the Acropolis of Athens. The museum’s possession of them has long been a subject of intense controversy .

You can book a  guided tour  of the British Museum. You can even have  afternoon tea  there. 

If you’re a literary buff, you can also opt to head 10-15 minutes northeast to  Charles Dickens House  at 48 Doughty Street.

Grab an audio guide and inspect five floors of the fully restored Georgian townhouse, where Dickens wrote some of his best novels.

British Library

London’s British Library is just 5 minutes from the British Museum. It’s the world’s largest library. While the exterior is not particularly pretty, there’s a dashing statue of Newton by Eduardo Paolozzi in the square.

The library is stashed with all kinds of gems: printed books, maps, important documents, and illustrated manuscripts.

You can visit the Treasures of the British Library on a walk in basis. The reading rooms are restricted. You have to apply in advance for a pass to access them.

In the Treasures room, you’ll find Mozart’s hand written musical compositions, Lewis Caroll’s Alice Adventures, Charlotte Brontë’s manuscript for  Jane Eyre, Jane Austen’s writing desk, the Gutenberg Bible, and the Magna Carta.

Beatles’ fans will be pleased to find hand written copies of song lyrics.

If you want to grab lunch in the Bloomsbury area before moving on to your next destination, you can check out Honey & Co (Middle Eastern), Boopshi’s (Viennese cuisine), Chez Mamie (French), or Ristorante Olivelli (Italian).

Option 2: The Wallace Collection & Soho

Wallace Collection

Option number 2 is the Wallace Collection . It’s one of the world’s best small museums , a treasure trove of art.

The museum is somewhat pleasantly lost (except for locals) in London’s sea of amazing museums.

The Wallace Collection is housed in a palatial mansion in Marlybone. It’s a perfectly preserved in situ collaboration of art and period setting.

The museum has a fine collection of old Masters paintings set amid fine French furniture. It’s word renowned for its 18th century French paintings, European paintings, Boulle furniture, and medieval armor.

You’ll find works by Rembrandt, Franz Hals, Diego Velazquez, Titian, and Canaletto.

Plus, there’s a slew of works by Rococo-era artists like Watteau, Boucher, and Fragonard. The museum’s most famous painting is Fragonard’s famous The Swing .

You can take a free 30 minute tour of the Grand Gallery on the second floor at 3:00 pm with a museum expert. You need to make a reservation for this tour at the front desk.

But the Wallace Collection is so vast, with so many masterpieces, that you may want to book a proper  3 hour guided tour .

Soho is 10-15 minutes from the Wallace Collection. It’s a buzzing hive of activity with people eating, drinking, or shopping. It’s made of 90 streets in one square mile in the West End.

If shopping is on your agenda, pop into Selfridges . This over-the-top luxury department store sells everything from design duds to raw oysters.

It’s not just a retail store. Selfridge’s is a creative playground where people come to socialize or listen to music.

Soho is a great place to stop for lunch midday. One excellent place is Barrafina, a tapas place where it’s hard to snag a seat. You can also try Noble Rot Soho (cool wine bar) or, for Italian food, check out Bocca di Lupo or Melle e Pere.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London PM

After lunch, take a stroll through the lovely neighborhood of Mayfair and Hyde Park.

Mayfair is a lovely slice of west London bordered by Oxford Street, Regent Street, Picadilly, and Park Lane. Mayfair is quiet, immaculate, and synonymous with luxury.

You can find scads of high end shopping on Bond Street and Mount Street. But what I love most is Mayfair’s parks, squares, and gardens. 

The Mount Street Gardens are the loveliest. There’s a long line of benches for you to plop down and people watch.

You can also book a 2 hour guided walking tour in Mayfair .

2. Hyde Park

Of the six royal parks in London, Hyde Park usually takes top prize. It’s a joy to wander through. You shouldn’t rush it. 

Hyde Park is a 350 acre break from city life, after all, and dotted with lovely follies and fountains. Stroll, feed the ducks, or rent a paddle boat.

Hyde Park was a brainchild of Henry VIII, who used it as a hunting ground.

The main attractions in the park are the Princess Diana Memorial, the Albert Memorial, the Serpentine (a 40 acre lake), the Bandstand, the Italian Gardens, and the Achilles Statue.

Hyde Park is also part of a 7 mile long Princess Diana walk, which leads tourists to the key sites associated with her. You can also book a 2 hour guided tour of the Princess Diana attractions .

3. Victoria & Albert Museum Or Kensington Palace

For the rest of your afternoon, choose between the Victoria and Albert Museum, known as the V&A, or Kensington Palace.

Option 1: V&A

The V&A is immense museum named for the royal couple who did so much to support the many triumphs of the Victorian era.

The V&A is a non-stuffy place with an eclectic collection of national treasures in the field of decorative and design arts. Locals tells me it’s the best museum in London. It’s certainly the largest.

The huge collection illustrates the far reach of the British Empire. Virtually every medium is represented — photography, furniture, jewelry, paintings, ceramics, etc.

If you have limited time, you may want to use their “Greatest Treasures Guide” to ferret out the best pieces.

When you walk inside, you’ll see a stunning display — American glass artist Dale Chihuly’s glass chandelier.

The other must see objects at the V&A include the Ardabil Carpet (world’s oldest oriental carpet from 1539), Tipu’s Tiger (a Sultan’s toy), and a replica cast of Trajan’s Column in Rome .

I also like the Paul and Jill Ruddock Galleries. The rooms are filled with Renaissance sculptures, including a life size replica of Michelangelo’s David that lives in Florence .

The V&A is free to visit. You can also book a guided tour of the museum .

Option 2: Kensington Palace

If you aren’t up for another museum, head to Kensington Palace instead. The palace was once the official royal residence of Prince William and Kate Middleton and was the birthplace of Queen Victoria.

You’ll see a series of exhibitions, state rooms, and ornate gardens. If you’re a fashionista, you’ll love the collection of Princess Diana’s dresses. 

The Kensington Palace Pavilion is a good spot for afternoon tea. You can also book a special royal high tea at the palace.

You get free entry to the palace with the  London Pass . Otherwise, be sure to book a skip the line ticket .

4. Notting Hill

Next, visit the famous Notting Hill neighborhood in London. People love it for its rows of Instagram-worthy pastel-colored houses. The area became even more popular after the 1999 movie Notting Hill starring Julia Roberts and Hugh Grant.

Make sure to walk along Talbot Road, Blenheim Crescent, and Westbourne Grove. You’ll find bookshops, cafes, art, and great shopping spots. Also, check out Hillgate Place – it’s a particularly beautiful part of the neighborhood.

Notting Hill’s Portobello Road Market is one of the most famous street markets in the world. It’s home to hundreds of antique dealers and food stalls.

The main market is all day Saturday. It’s also open Monday through Wednesday.

Click  here  to book a 2 hour guided walking tour of pretty Notting Hill.

You can also book a  1 hour Rom Com tour of Notting Hill or a 4 hour guided tour   that includes Covent Garden, Notting Hill, and Portobello Market. 

I recently booked the 4 hour tour and had a wonderful guide. He ended up giving me a 5 hour tour and we also strolled through Belgravia, Chelsea, and South Kensington.

Day 3 Of 3 Days In London Evening

Since your day trip ends in West London, why not enjoy a cocktail or dinner there?

Start your evening with a pint at the Churchill Arms, a pub well-known for its stunning floral displays.

For dinner, consider these great options in the area: La Mia Mamma for Italian in Chelsea, Gogi for Korean in Little Venice, or Monti Mahal in South Kensington.

Notting Hill also offers some excellent dining choices. You could try MAM for Vietnamese cuisine, The Ledbury, The Shed, or SNAPS + Rye for a variety of delicious options.

Tips For A 3 Days In London Itinerary

1. how to get to london.

London has a total of six airports: Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, Luton, London City, and Southend. Among these airports, Heathrow and Gatwick are the busiest due to their major international destinations.

If you’re travelling to central London, there are various modes of transportation available to you.

If you’re coming from Heathrow, you can opt to take the Heathrow Express , the tube, taxi, or a private transfer . On the other hand, if you’re arriving at Gatwick, you have the option to take the Gatwick Express, the train, taxi, or book a private transfer .

Aside from airports, London also has an excellent train network that connects to other cities in the UK and Europe. The city’s major train stations are King’s Cross, Euston, Victoria, Liverpool Street, Paddington, and Waterloo.

2. Should You Get The London Pass?

With 3 days in London, you should consider getting the  London Pass .

It gives you free entry to over 60 of London’s top attractions, including the Tower of London, Westminster Abbey, Windsor Castle, St. Paul’s Cathedral, and the Shard.

The Pass also comes with a free hop-on, hop-off bus ticket, hop-on hop-off river boat, and additional discounts on food, shopping, theater tickets, and tours. You can see a full list of attractions and benefits  here .

There’s also a  London Explorers Pass . With it, you can pre-select entry to 3, 5, or 7 out of 20 included destinations.

In addition, you’ll need to pre-book some of the most popular attractions. This will save you hours of waiting in line.

3. How To Get Around London

With just three days in London, knowing how to get around is key.

Central London is quite flat and full of sidewalks, making it great for walking. It’s best to explore one neighborhood at a time on foot.

But London is big, so you’ll likely need other transport too. You can use Uber or taxis to travel between attractions. Black taxis are easy to find and the drivers are usually friendly. If you’re looking to hail one, just check if the taxi sign is lit up.

All taxis use meters and accept credit cards. For tipping, you can simply round up to the nearest pound.

The  Oyster Card  is another handy London pass. It’s a smart card used to pay for transportation in London, including the tube (metro) and buses. Tube stations are everywhere in London, as common as souvenir stands.

You can purchase an Oyster Card online in advance of your trip and have it mailed to your home. You can also buy the card at tube stations and airports. There’s a one time £5 fee to purchase the card.

You preload the card with money. Each time you scan the card to take public transport, the fare will be automatically deducted from the card.

Plus, there are lot of other fun ways to explore London. You can book:

• 3.5 hour guided bike tour
• 2 hour electric bike tour
• hop on hop off river cruise
• hop on hop off bus  
• dinn er cru ise on the Thames
• eve ning tour of London by car

4. When To Go To London

With a moderate climate, London is really a year round destination. And it doesn’t have nearly the terrible rainy weather some people claim.

I prefer visiting London in spring or fall. But I’ve also been in winter and had decent weather. I was just there in March and it was a sunny 60+ degrees.

5. Where To Stay In London

This is a big topic. London has a booming hotel scene.

Where you stay depends entirely on whether you prefer central London or somewhere less busy and noisy.

I usually stay in West London. Mayfair is especially beautiful, peaceful, and loaded with some of London’s best hotels:

• Beaumont Hotel  (traditional and stylish Art Deco style) 
• Duke’s London  (feel like you’re stepping into PBS series)
• The Connaught  (luxury cocooning retreat)
• The Stafford London  (elegant 19th century home in St. James),
• Claridge’s  (elegant Art Deco with aristocratic good looks)
• Four Seasons  (sunny guest rooms with great views)

If you want something more centrally located, try:

• Corinthia  (gold leaf and an amazing spa)
• The Bloomsbury  (elegant red brick building with a well stocked library)
• Rosewood London   (restored Edwardian luxury)
• Ham Yard Hotel  (cool boutique hotel in Soho)
• Dorchester  (English country house style with a killer afternoon tea)

Another interesting and quieter area to stay in is the Regent’s Park/Primrose Hill area north of Marylebone. From Primrose Hill, you can enjoy one of the most iconic views of the London skyline.

The best hotel in this area are the Dorset Square Hotel (boutique luxury that matches the chi-chi vibe of Primrose Hill) and the York & Albany (tiny boutique above Gordon’ Ramsey’s eponymous restaurant).

I hope you’ve enjoyed my 3 days in London itinerary. You may be interested in these other London travel guides and resources:

• 5 Days in London Itinerary
• Guide To Westminster Abbey
• Guide To Free Museums in London
• Guide To the National Gallery of Art
• Harry Potter Places in London
• Guide To the Churchill War Rooms
• Guide To St. Paul’s Cathedral
• Guide To The Wallace Collection
• Tourist Traps To Avoid in London
• Guide To Hampton Court Palace
• Guide To Hatfield House

Pin it for later.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Last Updated on January 13, 2024 by Leslie Livingston

3 Day London Itinerary: What to See & Do plus FAQs & Insider Tips

By: Author Tracy Collins

Posted on Last updated: March 12, 2023

Looking for a 3 day London itinerary? We have you covered – discover everything you need to know to make the most of your London visit with this complete guide and itinerary.

London makes it onto many a bucket list, and that’s hardly surprising – it’s one of the world’s most exciting cities! When you have limited time, though, it can be hard to know what to prioritise. Hence this 3 day London itinerary.

Full of information – including insider tips from former London residents – this 3 day itinerary for London will help you make the most of even just a short stay in the British capital.

From the quickest and simplest ways to see the sights to shopping, royalty, the river Thames and some of the city’s finest foodie experiences, this 3 days’ London itinerary has you covered.

You may even discover some surprises within this Itinerary for first-time visitors to London . Although the UK capital has a reputation for being expensive, we can show you ways to save money on all your tickets, travel and tours.

There is also a lot of free stuff to see and do in London. Whether you’d prefer a picnic in the park during summer or wandering around some of the top museums in the world in winter, when it comes to the British capital some of the best things in life really are free.

Whether you’re wondering where to stay and how to get around or are simply trying to work out how to pack it all in, this three day London itinerary aims to give you a huge head start when planning your travels. 

First off, let’s address some common issues likely to cross your mind when considering a trip to London.

☀️ Weather in London

📈 peak season in london, 🎉 uk public holidays, 📅 the best time to visit london, 🤔 how long to visit london for, 1. don’t pack too much in, 2. stay in central london, 3. wear comfortable shoes, 4. take an umbrella and/or rain jacket, 5. plan ahead, 6. the best things in london are free, 7. go overground, 8. group your destinations, 1. stay in zone 1, 2. don’t hire a car, 3. use london transport, 4. get an oyster card, 5. buy a london pass, 6. take a london taxi trip, 7. london by bike, 8. london by boat, full english breakfast, fish and chips, sunday roast, pie and mash, curry night, borough market, m&s sandwiches , afternoon tea, getting to the london eye, your trip on the london eye, london eye tickets, south bank , thames river cruise, the changing of the guard: things to know, the langham, fortnum & mason, the tower of london: things to know, harrods, hyde park & knightsbridge, take a sightseeing walking tour, south kensington museums, west end accommodation, westminster accommodation, south bank & bankside, how many days is enough in london, is 3 days enough in london, how do i see london in 3 days, what do you do in london in 72 hours, 3 day london itinerary – final thoughts, london travel guide & itinerary planner (+ 4 bonus ebooks).

3 day London itinerary – Planning a trip to London

When you’re thinking about travelling in the UK, one of the initial considerations is when to visit. How long should you spend in London, and when is the best time to go?

📆 When to visit London

London is busy during every season, with tourists from all over the world flocking to the city to see all the sights. Having said that, there are times when London is at its most crowded.

The UK has four seasons. Spring starts in March, and is when the weather starts warming up before summer starts in June. July and August are the hottest months in Britain.

Although the UK has a reputation for cold, wet weather, don’t be fooled. Summer in London can be stifling if there’s a heatwave, especially when travelling via the underground.

Winter is chilly, although the coldest weather tends to occur after the Christmas and New Year holiday period, during January and early February. Spring and autumn are kinder, with temperatures generally ranging from cool to warm during April, May, September and October. 

So the months of July and August see the best weather in London – but at times it can also get very hot in the city. Add to this the fact that these are peak periods for tourism, and you may wish to consider whether high summer is the best time to visit.

Sunny months aside, the other time when London can become very crowded is during December. This is because people head here from all over the UK, Europe and even other continents to experience the festive Christmas lights, markets, parties and shopping that typifies London in December .

Known in Britain as ‘bank holidays’, public holidays are also when London can become packed with people. Bank holidays in the UK take place at Christmas, New Year and Easter. There are also two in May and one in August, as follows:

• 25th December – Christmas Day
• 26th December – Boxing Day
• 1st January – New Year’s Day
• Good Friday – date varies
• Easter Monday – date varies
• Early May bank holiday – 1st Monday in May
• Spring bank holiday – Last Monday in May
• Summer bank holiday – Last Monday in August

Please do note that this is very occasionally varied slightly when a landmark occasion occurs, particularly involving the Royal Family. In 2022, for instance, the late May bank holiday was moved to Friday 3rd June for the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee. 

Another point to note is that when a public holiday falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the day off is then given as a substitute day on the next weekday. You can check the exact dates of all scheduled bank holidays with the UK government website here . 

While there are lots of factors to consider when planning the best London itinerary, it can be more pleasant to spend time in London during quieter periods. Anytime from January to June plus September, October and November tends to be less busy, as long as you don’t pick a bank holiday weekend.

If you don’t want to contend with cold weather, it’s worth knowing that the British winter is fairly mild. It does snow now and again in London during winter , but it’s not worth pinning your hopes on seeing the city covered with a twinkling blanket of the white stuff. 

Those who really aren’t used to – or fans of – colder temperatures may prefer to visit London during May, June or September. April and October can also be very mild, but the weather tends to be more hit and miss. 

A key bonus of visiting outside the peak seasons is to save money as well as avoiding overcrowding. Hotels charge less during off-peak periods and you should get around the capital more quickly too, meaning you can pack more into your itinerary for London in 3 days.

So how long do you need in London? The answer varies widely according to what you want to see and do as well as who you ask. 

Even just 1 day in London is better than nothing, and 2 is obviously an improvement on that! If possible, though, 3 days is ideal, as you can see the key sights without rushing around so much that your head starts to spin. 

Read more – Essential London planning for first-timers

3 day London itinerary – Insider Tips

Here are our top tips for the most enjoyable and memorable trip to London possible. Don’t leave home without checking out this list!

Having fun is surely the main point of taking a vacation or going travelling, so don’t try to do so much that fitting it all in will cause you stress. 

There are ways to save time, however. Book attraction tickets in advance and you’ll not only save on admin time, you may also get to skip the queue. 

This itinerary is only a guide. Think about what you want to see from the suggestions given, as well as any ideas of your own. This way you can concentrate on what appeals to you most so you don’t feel you’ve missed out. 

One way to save heaps of time is really simple. Stay in a central location and you can get everywhere far faster, even on foot. This cuts down travel time immensely. It may cost a little more, but some locations are surprisingly affordable. 

You’ll also save on travel costs, so spending less money on transport means you can put that little bit extra towards your accommodation. 

The best areas to stay in include the West End, around Leicester Square, Covent Garden or Soho. You could also stay close to Westminster, or on the other side of the river Thames near South Bank, Waterloo and Bankside. 

Read – Location guide to the best neighbourhoods in London

Even if you’re not planning to walk far, comfy shoes will make your day so much more pleasant. Don’t forget that you’ll be on your feet for hours at a time. Even hopping on and off a London bus or the tube isn’t easy in high heels!

Plus it’s best to be prepared. Distances may sometimes be further than you think, tubes are sometimes cancelled and a taxi may be nowhere in sight. 

Rain is a fact of life in the UK. If you’re going to be standing outside for any length of time, a packaway jacket with a hood and/or a compact umbrella are musts for your daypack. 

Imagine standing outside Buckingham Palace, waiting for the Changing of the Guard , while chilly rain soaks you to the skin. Not a way to experience something you’ll see only once in a lifetime! 

By doing a little forward planning before you leave home, you can save both time and money. Doing this also gets you ready for your trip, building up the anticipation about the places you’re about to see. 

We recommend booking entrance tickets and travel passes in advance – and don’t be put off by the fact that your plans may change. Buying through a third party like Get Your Guide means that you can often cancel to receive a full refund, as long as you do so 24 hours or more in advance. 

Using this type of ticket or pass can also mean skipping the queues, ensuring you make the most of every precious moment in the UK capital!

OK, so this statement may not be strictly true. There’s no arguing with the fact that many things in London can be costly.

At the same time, some of London’s highlights are indeed completely free . A wander along the Thames, a sunny afternoon in one of the city’s plentiful parks or a visit to a leading museum or art gallery can also be yours for precisely no pounds sterling whatsoever.

Just meandering around town, taking in theatreland, the smart shops of Regent Street or people watching in the busy squares can be fascinating, and as well as saving you money can make a welcome break from seeing and photographing the main tourist sights.

Although the tube is a great way to get around London, don’t spend all your time in a Victorian tunnel if you can help it. Walk, catch a bus or hail a black cab – that way you will see some of life above the surface along the way. 

It makes complete sense to visit a bunch of attractions in one day that are clustered fairly close together, rather than being spread out all over London. 

Doing this saves on travel time and ticket costs. It also means you can focus on only certain parts of the city during each day, helping to prevent you from feeling overwhelmed. 

An example would be to combine your visits to the London Eye, the South Bank and Borough Market, which are clustered close together.  

3 day London itinerary – Getting around

London is a large, sprawling city and getting from one end to the other can take a lot of time. So it’s a good idea to plan your transport carefully. 

Staying as centrally as you possibly can will help enormously. Avoid anything outside of zone 1 when you’re planning to complete your London trip itinerary in 3 days; you’d just waste so much time travelling. 

Don’t bother renting a car. Even Brits find driving in London stressful, and despite the introduction of the congestion charge, finding a parking spot is nigh-on impossible. Traffic can still be terrible too.

The good news is that London has a great public transport system, including underground and overground trains and buses. These are the most useful forms of transport to use in zone 1. 

If you can, avoid rush hour, when tubes are packed with commuters. Standing room only is an understatement then, as you’re lucky if you can find a narrow gap to squeeze into while breathing in! These times tend to be before 9 am and between 16.30 and 18.30, Monday to Friday. Off-peak tickets are often cheaper too. 

Read more – How to get around London by public transport

London’s Oyster Card is used by locals and visitors alike to save money on public transport. This electronic ticket can be used to pay for journeys on the tube, overground trains, buses, and even boats and trams (the latter are found in South London only). 

An Oyster Card is cheaper than buying separate tickets, and a special Visitor Oyster Card is available to tourists from abroad. Buying one in advance will save you lots of money and also time when you arrive, and you can use it right away. 

The London Pass is one of the most popular sightseeing passes available in London. As well as jump-on, jump-off transport, it includes entry to a whole wealth of London attractions.

Discounts on entertainment, eating out and shopping are also offered to London Pass holders. With entry to over 80 London attractions, it will be worth it for you if it works out cheaper than buying tickets separately. That’s another reason why a little planning can go a long way!

Read – Is the London Pass worth it?  

Taking even a quick trip in a black cab just once is worth the fare just for the experience – London cab drivers are known for being chatty and who knows what subjects might come up as they drive you from A to B. 

To be a London cab driver they will have passed a test called ‘The Knowledge’, and to do this they must prove they know the location of every street in the capital – as well as the fastest route to it. That’s the level of expertise you’re paying the fare for.

Look for a taxi driving with its light on, which shows it’s available. Stick out your arm to hail it and the driver will pull over when they deem it safe to do so. Asking about celebrities they’ve driven can often lead to the telling of an interesting tale – or there’s always the British fail-safe of talking about the weather!

You can also hire from the fleets of Santander bikes you’ll see dotted around the city. Known informally as ‘Boris Bikes’, they were brought in when Boris Johnson was Mayor of London. To rent one, you can simply download the Santander Cycles app and follow the instructions.

The UberBoat by Thames Clippers provides an alternative way to see the city – from the river. They are run by Uber and Transport for London, and the Oyster Card can be used to pay for your journeys. 

3 day London itinerary – Food for thought

Dining out can really be a highlight of any trip to London. As a multicultural city, there are so many restaurants and cafes in the capital and standards are generally high. Here are some foodie highlights not to miss.

This may well be served at your hotel if you’ve booked the appropriate room rate. If not, ask staff for their recommendation. 

The national dish. Best eaten outdoors if possible and served with lashings of salt and vinegar.

If you’re in London over the weekend, a Sunday roast at a British pub is a must. Don’t miss out on the Yorkshire pudding!

When you’re in London on weekdays only, sampling pie and mash is the next best thing to a Sunday roast (though it’s not the same). If you’re feeling brave, some pie and mash shops also sell jellied eels, a true cockney classic.

Any night is curry night, particularly in the East End of London. The area around Brick Lane is best, where you’ll be spoiled for choice. 

Borough Market is featured in films and on TV all the time. It’s a famous foodie haunt on the south side of the river, close to London Bridge. The ideal place to pick up a picnic for savouring in one of the city’s selection of fine parks. 

London boasts some of the world’s finest food halls. The best and most famous are to be found at Fortnum & Mason on Piccadilly, Harrods in Knightsbridge and Selfridges on Oxford Street. 

If you’re after a quick bite to eat on the go, do as the British do and pop into M&S. There are branches all over the city, and they sell the most delicious sandwiches available at very palatable prices. 

You just can’t go to London without sampling the full-on afternoon tea experience . It’s as much about the tinkle of silver on china, the piano playing in the background and the grandeur of the setting as it is about the dainty cakes, freshly baked scones and finger sandwiches.

3 day London itinerary – DAY 1

So you’ve arrived in London. You may even have taken your first black cab ride followed by fish and chips for supper. Here’s what to do once you get there.

The first third of this London in three days itinerary begins with a reasonably relaxed day – just in case you’re getting over jet lag! You can take a trip on the London Eye followed by a riverside stroll around the South Bank, perhaps popping into Borough Market or the Tate Modern before taking a laid-lack look at the city as seen from the waters of the Thames. 

The London Eye

Booking tickets in advance for the London Eye is a great idea – not least because of jet-lag. Experts always say you should get into the time zone of where you are as soon as possible after arrival, and having pre-paid for tickets gives you an incentive to get out of bed!

A trip on the London Eye will also give you a birds-eye view as your first introduction to the city, giving you a sense of perspective while whetting your appetite about what is yet to come. 

The London Eye: things to know

Waterloo, Westminster, Charing Cross and Embankment stations are the nearest to the London Eye, Waterloo being the closest of all. If you stay in the West End or just south of the river, you may wish to walk there. 

Each ‘flight’ – as it’s sometimes referred to – on the London Eye takes 30 minutes. This will take you on the world’s largest, 135-metre-high and award-winning cantilevered observation wheel.

The Eye is the top paid-for attraction in the entire UK. Since it opened at the turn of the millenium, similar attractions have been built in cities worldwide. Your trip will give you panoramic views over one of the planet’s most exciting cities, including of course superb selfie opportunities!

While you can buy London Eye tickets on the official website, we recommend purchasing yours from Get Your Guide . This is because they don’t actually cost any extra, yet allow you to cancel 24 hours before your ‘flight’ for a full refund. There is also the option of booking a fast-track option – ideal when time is tight. 

Buy your London Eye tickets here

Read more – Best tickets, tips & tours for the London Eye

Taking a walk around the South Bank area makes complete sense after a trip on the London Eye – not least because the two are located close together, south of the Thames.  

When you leave the London Eye, keep the river to your left as you head east towards the South Bank area. Don’t rush it – watch the boats sailing by on the Thames and look out for the Royal Festival Hall as you pass. 

The South Bank and Bankside areas have plenty to keep you busy for a while, including shops, cafes, bars and restaurants. There are quirky, one off boutiques, smart cocktail bars and classic pubs, fine dining eateries and street food stalls.

Bankside is also home to Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre and the Tate Modern. If you’re a fan of contemporary art you’ll want to visit the latter, while committed foodies won’t mind wandering a little further to reach Borough Market. This is located on Southwark Street, near London Bridge and the tube station of the same name.  

Why not stay in South Bank? Recommended hotels in South Bank, Southwark & Bankside

Following a morning spent on the London Eye and in the South Bank area, next up for your 3 day stay in London is a relaxing cruise on the river. Even if you’re jet-lagged, this is an easy and pleasing way to spend the afternoon. 

This also allows you to see the city from another perspective, before delving deep into the city’s streets to explore it further. You can also make like James Bond and take a speedboat trip if you like.  

Thames river cruises typically last between 30 minutes and 3 hours, and if you prefer you can book an evening cruise with music plus fizz and canapes or a full-on dinner. Another alternative is to take a cruise along Regent’s Canal in North London. 

The hop-on, hop-off sightseeing cruise is also recommended. Tickets last for 24 hours, giving you plenty of time to see and stop exactly what and where you want to. 

Read more – Top 20 London cruises & boat trips

3 day London itinerary – DAY 2

Seeing all the pomp and ceremony surrounding the Royal Family can be a major highlight of any visit to London. Day two therefore includes some of the key things to do in London in 3 days, including witnessing the Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace and relishing a sumptuous afternoon tea.

You’re likely to have some time to spare between the ceremony and your afternoon tea, so you can consider how to spend this as you wish. With this in mind, our hotel suggestions for afternoon tea are all located close to central areas like Green Park, Covent Garden, Oxford Street and Piccadilly Circus.

The Goring is also close to the palace itself. If you want to tour the state rooms inside while you’re there, this could be the perfect place to rest afterwards while being served the most decadent afternoon tea of your life.  

The Changing of the Guard

The Changing of the Guard is one of those ceremonies that could only take place in the United Kingdom. For a start, it all happens at Buckingham Palace, so you’ll get to see where the Queen lives at the same time. If the flag’s flying, it means she’s at home!

The ceremony has taken place for centuries and moved to its current location during Queen Victoria’s reign. In all but the very worst weather, the Changing of the Guard takes place in front of the palace at 11am. 

• When to see the Changing of the Guard

A key thing to know when planning your trip is that the Changing of the Guard doesn’t take place every day. Normally it happens every other day, at 11 am, on Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays and Saturdays. 

It is worth making sure before you set off, though, and you can do that via the official Household Division website here . If the weather forecast is particularly bad or suddenly changes, the ceremony may also be called off. 

• Getting to the Changing of the Guard

The closest underground stations to Buckingham Palace are Green Park, Hyde Park Corner, St. James’s Park and Victoria. Trains from all over the UK arrive at and depart from Victoria rail station.

• Changing of the Guard timing

It’s a good idea to arrive around 15 to 20 minutes before the 11 am ceremony to secure a spot. You can arrive sooner, but may have a long wait with nothing to do but stand around!

• Changing of the Guard tours

You don’t need a ticket to see the Changing of the Guard – it’s one of those attractive free things to do in London in three days. You can, however, take a walking tour with an expert guide, which will help you make the most of the experience. They even know exactly which spots are the best ones to stand in. 

There are also other good alternative tours, including other activities such as a visit to the State Rooms inside Buckingham Palace. Or you could combine it with a visit to the Tower of London or a Thames river cruise, or a whistle-stop tour of the city. 

If these options interest you, we recommend reading our complete guide to the Changing of the Guard, which you can access here .  

Buy your Changing of the Guard walking tour here

Read more – Ultimate guide to the Changing of the Guard

Once you’ve seen the Changing of the Guard and perhaps done some exploring too, it’s time to take afternoon tea at a top London hotel. Perhaps taking a wander around the area you’re headed to, first, to make sure you build up a hearty appetite. 

Afternoon tea is a British institution – and even the cause of some controversy. Firstly there’s the question of how to pronounce ‘scone’ – is it as in cone or gone? Even Brits are divided, and it’s not even as simple as a North/South issue.

The second bone of contention concerns what you put on those scones. Jam and clotted cream, of course – but in which order? According to Hello magazine, the Queen herself spreads jam on first before adding a dollop of clotted cream.

The debate rages on down in south west England , however. The Cornish do as the monarch does, putting jam on before cream, but in Devon they swear that cream then jam is the only way to do it.

Whichever you go for, you can’t miss the chance to sample an afternoon tea while in Blighty, and for many, a top-drawer hotel is the only way to do it.

Favourites vary between folk, of course, but the list typically includes grand properties like the following options. 

Located on the Strand between the Thames and theatreland, The Savoy is just a hop, skip and jump from Covent Garden. Afternoon tea is served here in the breathtaking Thames Foyer, with a magnificent piano taking centre stage.

Also in central London’s West End is The Ritz on Piccadilly. As Buckingham Palace isn’t too far away. you could walk across Green Park from one to the other. Tea is served in the former ballroom, overseen by the UK’s only certified Tea Master.

The Langham is credited with the very invention of the afternoon tea, and the Palm Court certainly makes a stunning setting. The art deco style venue can be found on Portland Place, a secluded location close to the fashionable stores of the Oxford Circus area. 

Located in Beeston Place, The Goring is practically next door to Buckingham Palace. The hotel began serving afternoon tea in 1840, so there’s been plenty of time to perfect what’s on offer. For a real treat, you can also wash it all down with a glass or two of Bollinger champagne.

This one’s not a hotel, but it is an impressive venue – and you get to browse the fabulous food hall here before or after taking tea. It’s served in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon on Piccadilly, and is located between Green Park and Piccadilly Circus. 

Read more – 21 afternoon tea options to choose from in London

3 day London itinerary – DAY 3

Your third day in London begins with a trip to the Tower of London , before spending the afternoon just as you please. But don’t worry if you get stuck – we have plenty of suggestions as to how to spend your last half day in the UK capital! That is if you can tear yourself away from the Tower of London…

Tower of London

If you could only visit one historic and cultural site while in London, the Tower of London would be top of many a list. With its intriguing – and at times brutal – history, the tower is the place to see Beefeaters in their traditional red costume, the resident ravens and of course the Crown Jewels.

During your tour you can also see suits of armour worn by previous Kings, discover the Fusilier Museum and see buildings including the White and Bloody Towers and the Mediaeval Palace.

• Getting to the Tower of London

The nearest Underground station to the Tower of London is Tower Hill. If you don’t mind walking, you can also reach the Tower on foot from London Bridge, Liverpool Street or Charing Cross stations in 25 minutes or less. 

If you’re staying centrally, you may also wish to walk from your hotel. The Tower is located by the Thames and Tower Bridge, so it’s very easy to find. 

• Your tour of the Tower of London

It’s best to arrive early at the Tower of London. This is because it gets busy later in the day. That way you can also spend as much time at the Tower as you like without having to rush. It also sometimes shuts as early as 4.30pm. 

Audio tours are available, so you can interpret and make sense of what you’re seeing while you tour the Tower. 

• Tower of London tickets

Booking tickets for the Tower of London in advance will also help you to make the most of the limited time you have when on a London three day itinerary. 

Again we recommend booking your tickets via Get Your Guide. The cost is the same as via the official website, and the bonus is that you can get a full refund if you have to cancel up to 24 hours before your booking. 

Visitors buying through Get Your Guide also get to skip the ticket line!

Buy your Tower of London tickets here

Read more – Best tickets & tours for the Tower of London

Your London

When you’re on a 3 day trip to London, it’s easy to lose sight of what you want to see and do while in the UK. Which is why we’ve factored in some free time this afternoon. How do you want to spend your final few hours in the city? 

Here are just a few suggestions, though the possibilities are pretty much endless!

If you’re the sort that likes to shop till you drop – and you either have some cash to splash or don’t mind window shopping – then a trip to upmarket Knightsbridge is a must. 

Knightsbridge is home to Harrods, one of the world’s most famous department stores. Harvey Nichols is neither far away nor far behind, and the area also boasts a range of designer boutiques including Ted Baker, Jimmy Choo, Lulu Guinness, Rigby & Peller, Lacoste, Burberry and many more. 

At the top of the road is Hyde Park, a green oasis from the hustle and bustle. It would be easy to spend an entire afternoon here if you chose to. Don’t miss The Serpentine, a 40 acre lake that hardy Londoners drop into for a dip between May and September. 

If you’re not sure what to do and are worried about wasting your last afternoon, why not place your fate in someone else’s expert hands? 

There are numerous walking tours so you can see more of the city’s sights – even when you’re doing London in 3 days. We’ve written an entire article on all the best ones, which is divided into sightseeing and themed options, and you can read that here . 

How does a Notting Hill, Doctor Who, Harry Potter , Charles Dickens or James Bond tour grab you? You can read all about them in this post , which also covers the top recommended sightseeing tours you can take on foot. 

Read more – 23 of the best London walking tours

London boasts some of the best museums on the planet. There are so many to choose from, but some of the best can be found in South Kensington. The Natural History Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum and the Science Museum are all located on Exhibition Road, so if you’re not keen on one you can always dip into another. 

The Natural History Museum boasts a vast collection of specimens from all over the world, while the Victoria and Albert Museum specialises in art and design. It houses well over 2 million objects. The Science Museum, meanwhile, is for fans of all things that celebrate mankind’s history of discovery, invention and innovation. 

3 day London itinerary – Where to stay

Where to stay in London is an entire other article – or perhaps a whole lot more. Here are the links to our accommodation guides for the areas we recommend booking into when planning an itinerary for London in 3 days.

• Best Covent Garden hotels for all budgets
• Top Leicester Square and Soho hotels
• Best accommodation in Westminster
• Great hotels in Bankside and the South Bank  

3 day London itinerary – Frequently Asked Questions

These are some of the most common FAQs that come up when planning a 3 day London itinerary – along with our answers. 

Any day spent in London is better than none, while at the other end of the scale the famous Samuel Johnson quote states that when a person is tired of London they must be tired of life, as ‘there is in London all that life can afford’.

For some there will never be enough time, which is why people from all over the world choose to call London home for a few months or years – or even for a lifetime. 

3 days in London is enough to see the key sights, while getting a feel for the city as a place where people live and work. It’s enough to leave you wanting more, without getting fed up of following the well-beaten tourist trail. 

Whether you’re on a 3 day London itinerary as a family, solo traveller or couple, you can save so much time by planning ahead. This includes booking a hotel in the central zone and buying travel passes and entry tickets in advance. 

The other thing to do is to focus on what you really want to see and do. There are no rules. You have 3 days. How would you prefer to spend them? What would you be sorry to miss out on? 

There is so much to do in London in 72 hours. See the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard, Westminster and Buckingham Palace . Explore the museums you want to spend time in and take a break with a picnic in the park.

Stroll around the South Bank or along the Thames, or take a trip to Oxford and Regent Streets to see a dazzling array of shops. Explore the markets, take a river cruise, hop on a tube and hail a black cab. Book afternoon tea at an upmarket hotel, and enjoy fish and chips at a traditional British pub.

London really is your oyster! 

Phew! There is so much to see and do in the British capital, but we hope this London 3 day trip planner will help you make the most of your stay in one of the finest cities on earth.

We hope to have shown that while a 3 days in London itinerary is pretty tight, time-wise, it is not only do-able but will also be thoroughly enjoyable!

If you have 3 days in London and what to do is a dilemma, do remember that it’s your trip. This is only a suggested itinerary, and of course you can play around with the timings to suit your schedule and preferences perfectly.

Whether your 3 day London tour takes in the Tower of London, the Changing of the Guard and the London Eye or you prefer to spend your time eating and shopping your way through the city, we hope you have a lot of fun along the way.

Have a few extra days in London? Why not take a day trip?

• Best day trips from London by train
• 17 Places to visit for an easy day trip from London
• How to visit Harry Potter studios from London
• 7 Magnificent castles to visit near London
• Guide to the coronation of King Charles III – When, Where & FAQs
• Seasonal guides – London in Spring , London in winter

While you’re here, don’t forget to take a look at our London Travel Guide . It’s packed with tips and inspiration so you can create your perfect trip. 

How to Spend 72 Hours in London: Your Perfect Three Day London Itinerary

March 19, 2024

Wondering how to see London in 72 hours? Let this Londoner show you around.

Planning to see London in 3 Days

Welcome to the country where faint praise means “awesome” and tea is an institution. This three day itinerary in London will leave you worn out but happy, having tasted one of the most exciting cities in the world.

Of course, to see everything in London would take more than 72 hours. You’d need at least a week in practical terms or a lifetime if you want to take the task seriously.

But three days or seventy-two hours is a good chunk of time to see the big hitters, while also having the chance to explore more of the unusual sides of London.

Disclosure: if you book or buy through any of the links on this page, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Cheers.

Where to Stay in London

London zings and zangs with accommodation. Some of it resplendent, some of it decidedly shady.

Of all the options available, if you only have three days in London then look for somewhere in Zone 1 or 2 of the London Underground.

Here’s where I would recommend:

• The Artist’s Residence – for boutique indie charm
• The Ritz – for full on retro glamour
• The Hoxton Shoreditch – for Cool Britannia East End style
• The Dorchester – for sleeping in stately history

An Overview of London

London, you sweet, pretty, gritty city, you. With your thousands of years of history, your up to the minute design, your art, your celebrities, your Harry Potter Platform 9 ¾, and your life-saving discoveries, you.

You even have (the audacity) to measure space and time from you, marking zero degrees longitude on the Prime Meridian Line at the Greenwich Observatory. If only the stars had truly aligned to claim zero latitude as well. But that would put us at the equator and we’d never have developed our reputation for grey skies, queuing and brandishing the umbrella.

You see. Yes, I’m a Londoner. At heart, anyway.

Born here. Studied here. Worked here. Then moved abroad. Travelled a lot. Returned to another lovely (albeit very different) capital.

And it’s taken me until now to start writing itineraries about London. Why? Because there is just so much to do.

Avoid Overwhelm

So much so, that when you travel to London for the first time, the biggest obstacle is trying to work out what not to see. Negotiating how to slim down your itinerary so that exhaustion doesn’t overcome you like a Hollywood starlet caught partying too hard.

And that’s where this article comes in.

This itinerary for London in 3 days (or 72 hours in London if you prefer) lets you hit the main sights while also soaking up some of the local flavour. In a city with more than 300 languages, the most linguistically diverse in the world, you can never do it all.

But you should have time to do plenty, to start to understand London as a city, if not its full character and soul.

How to Use This 3 Day London Itinerary

If you’ve arrived here by searching for 3 days in London, congratulations! You’re in the right place. I’ve deliberately kept the morning of the first day and the evening of the 3 rd flexible in case you are in transit then. I’ve also included suggestions in case you’re already here and want to hit the ground running.

At the end of this 3-day London itinerary, I’ve put some suggestions for what and how you could swap things out if you have more or less time. 

So, in short. This 3 day itinerary for London can be followed as is but I’ve also made suggestions for what to skip if you don’t have the time or interest. 

It’s a full schedule but always remember that it’s supposed to be fun! If you find yourself feeling stressed or harried, then congratulations, you’re a Londoner, then skip the activities that don’t sing to your soul.

When to Visit London

Although the weather is never really extreme in London, her seasons do vary. Even in this global world, expect reduced opening times and service over winter, weekends, bank holidays and Sundays. Always check in advance before you set your heart on something. And, you know, take responsibility for your own life as I’m sure you usually do.

With all that said, there is never a bad time to visit London. I recommend you plan your London itinerary around what best suits your life.

Summer can be sticky and sweaty as few places have air conditioning. Spring is usually delightful, with wisteria and hope on every street corner. Autumn (or fall) is a fantastic time to visit as the trees turn golden brown and the roast chestnuts warm the soul. It can also be wet, windy and annoying.

And winter? Yes, you’ll find Christmas markets and sparkle but on the whole, think dark, wet and cold. Just so you know!

• Fall in London is a beautiful time to visit. Here’s why.

Getting Around London

London is big. And sprawling. Happily, though, you can take on little “villages” or pockets of London and walk between the sights there.

You will need to take buses and use the London Underground at some point, though. Fares are based on zones in London and although the system looks complicated to begin with, it’s really not that bad. Old advice included buying Oyster Cards to tap in and out but now you can achieve the same thing by using your debit or credit card directly.

London Transport limits the amount you’ll be charged in any given day, so tap in and out and don’t worry about it too much.

Day One: An Overview

This afternoon sees you tackle some of the big boys: the area around Westminster, Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament where you’ll find many of the things that London is famous for.

But first, let me take you to one of London’s (many) green spaces and give the city a chance to breathe.

Morning: Soak in the Views of London

I’ve kept this section flexible in case you’re still travelling into London. The most central and obvious place to start is to take a ride in the London Eye. That way, you will be right where you need to be for the afternoon part of the itinerary.

But if you woke up in London, you might want to try some of the alternatives:

Primrose Hill may not make it onto tea towels and ceramics like the Royals. But she does offer an unbeatable view across the landscape of London, tapping into the local life that makes any city tick. Take the tube to Chalk Farm and walk for around 8 minutes from there to take a deep breath and see London below you.

Alternatively, head up to the Sky Garden at the Walkie Talkie or the viewing area at The Shard.

The London Eye

Off the beaten track this is not. But South Bank, the area around, is beautiful come rain or shine, with the view of Westminster shimmering or drizzling into the mist the way Monet captured so well.

For the Eye itself, buy tickets in advance and watch the heart of UK government grow smaller beneath your feet. Oddly satisfying. Indisputably beautiful.  

Afternoon: Westminster, Southbank and the West End

With comfy shoes and good weather, you can walk between each of these landmarks – and in fact that’s the best way to go to soak up the city.

Westminster Abbey is worth visiting for the architecture and the famous events that took place there (every single coronation since 1066 and over 100 Royal Weddings.) But only if that really interests you.

 If you’re short on time, visit the outside, walk past the protestors on College Green, admire Big Ben and then cross Westminster Bridge to Southbank.

Other detours from here include the Churchill War Rooms and Buckingham Palace to watch the Changing of the Guard. Both are “worthy” places to visit but if you need to streamline, then here’s where to move on.

Evening: Dine on the Thames

Cruise the Thames to see London at her finest: all dressed up in evening lights.

It’s also a way to see more of the landmarks with less of the hustle. (Think the Millennium Dome, Greenwich Observatory, James Bond’s MI6, Tower Bridge and more.)

And, shh. Just between you and me, locals do take these cruises. They just tend to use them to mark significant celebrations or work events rather than form part of the bread and butter of daily life.

You can book a lovely dinner cruise along the Thames here.

Day Two: Magic and Museums

You’ll split the day across two neighbourhoods in London: King’s Cross and Kensington.

Morning: King’s Cross

The british library.

The British Library may have an uninspiring name and an uninspiring building, but inside is a treasure box of history and literature bathed in soft, golden light.

Original drawings from Da Vinci and Michelangelo. Handwritten texts from Jane Austen and Shakespeare. Documents relating to Guy Fawkes and his plan to blow up parliament.

There’s also The Diamond Sutra (the world’s earliest dated printed book.)

Entrance is free and it’s one of my favourite places in London.

King’s Cross Station

While you’re in the area, check out the following key spots:

• Platform 9 ¾ for Harry Potter fans
• The staircase at the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel for instagram

Afternoon: Kensington & The Museum District

From King’s Cross, travel half way around the circle line to the other K in town. Kensington.

South Kensington is the main stop for the “museum district.” Wide avenues of learning and grand Victorian buildings lead up to the Royal Albert Hall (where I spent some of my student days.)

Lunch: Harrods in Knightsbridge

It’s just a short walk to Knightsbridge to pop in to London’s most famous department store: Harrods.

Honestly, it’s a bit of a tourist experience, but the Food Hall is a beautiful demonstration of Art Deco, history and ambition (it was founded in 1849, originally serving from a single counter.)  Shop for quail eggs, caviar and lobster, or grab a snack and picnic in neighbouring Hyde Park.

The Natural History Museum

The Natural History Museum, supporting actor in the first Paddingto n movie, recently replaced its iconic dinosaur skeleton in the main Hintze Hall with a 25.2 metre suspended skeleton of a blue whale, the largest creature on earth.

But, to me, there’s a deeper draw.  The striking Romanesque architecture was designed as a “cathedral dedicated to nature.” And it provides a fascinating insight into the era when collecting natural specimens from around the world was in vogue, and the idea of evolution was about to emerge.

It’s also worth a quick stop, if you have time, in the nearby Science Museum.

A Different Afternoon Tea

London is famous for its Afternoon Tea but rather than joining the tourist crowds at the Ritz or the Savoy, seek out a different experience instead. The Ampersand offers a science-based Afternoon Tea to fit in with its place in London’s museum district.

Sport & Antiques

If you’re a museum lover, this itinerary will fill your day. If not, either head to Stamford Bridge in Fulham for the Chelsea Football Ground if you’re a sports fan or Notting Hill to rummage through antiques (and bric-a-brac) at the Portobello Road Market (and look out for Hugh Grant’s infamous “blue door” at 280 Westbourne Park Road. )

Evening: The West End

To feel the pulse of London’s nightlife, head back to the area between Piccadilly Circus, Covent Garden and Leicester Square, with a side trip into London’s Chinatown.

Here’s the place to pick up a West End Show (with many restaurants offering early dinner-theatre packages) but even without tickets, it’s a place to feel London at large.

Day Three: Your Money or Your Life

Today, let’s take you to the financial district and the home of the crown jewels.

Take the tube to Tower Hill Station for the Tower of London.

The Tower of London

Beefeaters, the Crown Jewels and century upon century of bloodlust. The Tower of London on the bank of the Thames has been at the heart of England’s adventures and misadventures for nearly one thousand years.

William the Conqueror started it all after his invasion in 1066 and it’s been a symbol of power, punishment and prestige ever since. It functioned as a prison right up to 1952 with the Kray Twins, and former inmates included Anne Boleyn and Guy Fawkes.

I would highly recommend buying a skip-the-line ticket in advance. You can also book VIP access to the Tower of London so that you can enter before the crowds arrive. It’s a little more expensive but you’ll have a much richer experience as a result.

Tower Bridge

No matter how many times you’ve seen it, there’s something about standing in front of icon and seeing it with your very own eyes to get your heart thumping.

Tower Bridge is the famous bridge (not to be confused with London bridge, which was sold to an American by mistake.)

Finished in 1894, 40 000 Londoners cross it every single day. You can walk across for free or buy a ticket to the exhibition and engine rooms and head up on high to look down on the traffic through glass.

Walk The Square Mile

From the Tower, walk the Square Mile to Leadenhall market for lunch before heading on to another two of London’s landmarks.

The Square Mile (not actually square and just over a mile) of the City of London is another one of London’s nicknames.

It’s a mix of sky high skyscrapers with salaries to match, with Victorian coffeehouses and tiny churches. Look up to see The Gherkin and the Walkie Talkie, both examples of London still trying to stand out from the crowd.

Touch Gold at The Bank of England

While you’re here, it’s interesting to pop in and discover the history of  how money developed here and let your fingers linger on a real-life gold bar.

Gaze at the Ceiling at St Paul’s Cathedral

St Paul’s stands as a major symbol of the rebuild following the catastrophic Great Fire of London and an integral part of the State. Architect Sir Christopher Wren was at pains to avoid looking like he was following the Renaissance of Catholic Rome (and thereby avoid a painful death for heresy) and so it’s an intriguingly plain yet grand stony affair.

Several notable events took place here, from Sir Winston Churchill’s funeral to the anti-capitalist movement Occupy London.

Unlike many of London’s museums, however, entrance is not free. It helps to buy your ticket to St Paul’s in advance here.

From St Paul’s, cross the (wobbly) Millennium Bridge to the South side of the River Thames.

Did you know: London’s north-south divide runs opposite to the rest of the country. The North is seen as wealthy and intelligent and the south poor and stupid (or snobby vs normal, depending on which side you’re on!)

Honour the Bard at Shakespeare’s Globe

Speaking of the Great Fire, Shakespeare’s original Globe Theatre was lost in the flames. Today in Southwark, you can tour a reproduction (and watch a performance there as well.)

Book your tickets to a guided tour of Shakespeare’s Globe here.

Stimulate Your Senses at the Tate Modern

As one of the largest museums of modern and contemporary art in the world, the Tate Modern might entice you in if you’re in the right mood. Admission is free, except for the temporary exhibitions, and you can walk between art from 1900s to the present day in the not-so-pretty former Bankside Power Station.

Hit the Sky at The Shard

As evidence that London doesn’t sit steeped in the past, meet the Shard. Finally completed in November 2012, this building reaches just over 1000 feet in the air, making it the tallest building in the UK and the whole of the European Union.

Indulge with delicate pastries and tea at ground level and then zip up to the rooftop garden and peer across the chimney tops of the city.

Evening: Shard Glamour or Backstreet Bermondsey

Dine at the Shard for a glamorous last night or head up to the Sky Garden at the Walkie Talkie for cocktails. Or, for a completely different experience, head into reinvented Bermondsey by foot for art boutiques and cosy pubs, the more local way to grab a final bite in London.

More Than Three Days in London

More than 72 hours in London? Great!

Aha, where to begin? Seek out the more unusual sides of London, like those listed here.

Take time to explore London’s neighbourhoods and villages.

Perfect the art of not looking anyone in the eye and striding purposefully about (especially on escalators underground.)

Visit Baker Street and reminisce about Sherlock Holmes. Go to Fitzrovia and wax lyrical about Dylan Thomas and his time here. Pose for a zebra crossing photo like the Beatles did on Abbey Road.

Head to Greenwich and visit the observatory, Selfridges for the chocolate and the East End for the jellied eels.

Check out the Barbican for its edgy performances and Shoreditch for a hipster hangout vibe. Visit the classics at the National Gallery and stand among the pigeons in Trafalgar Square.

Wander round the pretty little spot of Belgravia or immerse yourself in yet more culture at the British Museum or the Victoria & Albert Museum.

How to spend one or two days in London?

With only one or two days in London, the clock is ticking. Strip out the visits to the parks and don’t queue to get into attractions unless you’re utterly passionate about them. The Tower of London is probably the one exception to this.

Take a tour (by cool Mini Cooper or hop-on hop-off bus) to sweep past many of the main sights on the land. Then take a trip on the Thames to see many more by water.

For a third view: take a helicopter tour over London. Extraordinary

Travel Tips for London

• In some places, you’ll need to show ID so carry an ID card or passport with you.
• Many museums or attractions won’t allow big backpacks (or even small ones.) Try to keep your daypack as light as possible.
• Use Google Maps for directions and don’t be afraid to take the bus. Simply tap in as you get on (no need to tap out) and enjoy the views of London at street level instead of deep underground.

Final Thoughts on London in 3 Days

Research any itinerary to London, read about London or talk about London and you’ll soon come up against the following quote:

‘When a  man is tired of London, he is tired of life.’ Samuel Johnson

It’s oft-quoted because it’s true.

London is a city that belongs to the world. That beats with a pulse that captures a thread from every industry, interest or nationality around the world.

The Romans. The Beatles. The Blitz.

Through war and peace, invention and inquisition, the people, palaces and prisons of London have made their mark on the world, for better, for worse, for richer, for poorer.

More on Travel in London

• 101 great ideas for  autumn in London
• The best  things to do in Belgravia , London’s most refined neighbourhood
• The best  things to do in Kingston upon Thames  in London
• 31 Unusual things to do in London
• 15 interesting  nicknames for London  and what they mean
• What is London famous for?

3 thoughts on “How to Spend 72 Hours in London: Your Perfect Three Day London Itinerary”

You’re very welcome!

London has many things to offer to tourists. Going for 3 days may seem a bit short. Your program is ideal for anyone who visits a few days London and wants to discover as many places as possible.

Hey Lucian – Yes, I’d agree you need MUCH more time to see the whole city (and actually, I don’t think that’s possible. It’s so big and so diverse.) But for first timers, it might be worth heading to Brighton, Bath, Oxford or Cambridge if you have a week on your hands and just keep to this 72 hour itinerary for London.

Comments are closed.

3 Day London Itinerary: How To Spend 72 Unforgettable Hours in London

3 Day London Itinerary Table of Contents

Day 1: London Top 10 Highlights Walking Tour Day 1 Morning: Westminster and Trafalgar Square Day 1 Afternoon: Covent Garden & the City of London Day 1 Evening: West End Theatre

Day 2: London’s Best Palaces and Parks Day 2 Morning: Piccadilly, Parks, and Palaces Day 2 Afternoon: Kensington, Knightsbridge, and Afternoon Tea Day 2 Evening: Pub Night

Day 3: London Day Trip to Greenwich and the Tower of London Day 3 Morning: Day Trip to Greenwich Day 3 Afternoon: Tower of London and Tower Bridge Day 3 Evening: Guided Walking Tour

Tips To Make the Most Out of 3 Days in London Itinerary Where To Stay in London

Day 1: London Top 10 Highlights Walking Tour

Day 1 Morning: Westminster and Trafalgar Square

In route: Start the day by taking the Tube to the Westminster Underground Station on either the Circle or District Lines. The Big Ben Tower of the Houses of Parliament greets you as soon as you emerge from the station. Across the street you’ll find Parliament Square where protestors try to bring MPs’ attention to various causes.

Westminster Abbey and St. Margaret’s Church

This UNESCO World Heritage site has been the site of coronations and royal weddings for centuries. While the first Westminster Abbey dates back to the 10th century, the current abbey was constructed in medieval times. Don’t miss Poets’ Corners where many of England’s most acclaimed writers are laid to rest. Allot about an hour to tour the massive church. The Abbey accepts the London Pass .

After touring Westminster Abbey, pop over to St. Margaret’s Church . This 12-century church  is free to enter. Often known as the Church of the House of Commons, many MPs come here to worship and it’s where Winston Churchill married in 1908.

In route: Return to Parliament Square and start north on Parliament Street . Pay attention to all the statues and monuments as you walk. Peek through the gate at Downing Street to spot the Prime Minister’s residence . Along the way, you might want to pop into the Banqueting House of Whitehall Palace . In 1649, Oliver Cromwell’s Parliamentarians executed King Charles I by the middle lower-level window of this building. If you have a minute, go inside to view a beautiful Rubens ceiling. Just beyond the Banqueting Hall you’ll find mounted troopers stationed in front of a building aptly named Horse Guards .

Trafalgar Square and the National Gallery Museums

Find fountains, lions, Nelson’s Column , and plenty of pigeons in Trafalgar Square . This popular public square commemorates the 1805 naval battle of Trafalgar in the Napoleonic wars. Consider grabbing a coffee from the nearby Caffé Nero and doing a little people watching. Don’t miss the small police outpost (often misreported as London’s smallest police station) in southeastern corner.

The National Gallery overlooks Trafalgar Square. Just around the corner on Charing Cross Road, you’ll find the National Portrait Gallery . Both are free to enter and well worth an hour or so of your time. Go inside and enjoy some of the best European art. I personally slightly prefer the Portrait Gallery.

Day 1 Lunch: Café in the Crypt

After visiting the National Gallery, zip across the street to the famous Café in the Crypt for lunch. Located in the crypt of St. Martin’s in the Fields Church , this self-service café serves up soup, salads, sandwiches, and traditional British fare in an unforgettable setting. Upstairs, you’re welcome to explore the beautiful Church of England church as long as a service isn’t in progress.

Day 1 Afternoon: Covent Garden & the City of London

In route: Continue up Charing Cross Road, then turn onto St. Martin’s Ct to New Row to Kings Street to reach Covent Garden.

Covent Garden

You might recognize this historic marketplace as the spot where Eliza Doolittle sells her flowers at the start of My Fair Lady . Known for restaurants, craft vendors, and street performers, take a few minutes to browse Covent Garden ‘s stalls and watch the street performers. It’s a bit of tourist trap, so lookout for pickpockets.

In route: Make your way east out of Covent Garden and towards the Strand . As you make your way northeast up the Strand you’ll pass Somerset House , the High Commission of Australia building (aka Gringotts Bank in the Harry Potter films ), the fairytale palace-like Royal Courts of Justice . The road turns into Fleet Street as you pass by the Royal Courts of Justice. A dragon statue greets you at the start of Fleet Street, signaling that you’re leaving the City of Westminster and officially entering the City of London .

Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese

This pub was rebuilt in 1667 after the Great London Fire and has been in operation ever since. Now’s the perfect time to put your feet up for a minute and enjoy the historic pub. If it’s too early for a drink, try Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese ‘s vast selection of soft drinks, including a nonalcoholic gin and tonic.

In route: Continue up Fleet Street, keeping your eyes open for the wedding-cake-esque steeple of St. Bride’s Church on your right.

St. Paul’s Cathedral

Continue straight up the road until you reach St. Paul’s Cathedral . Although you were already inside Westminster Abbey today, head inside to take in this majestic space. (St. Paul’s Cathedral accepts the London Pass .) Designed by famed architect Christopher Wren following the Great Fire of London, the cathedral feels very modern compared to the Abbey.

My favorite spots in St. Paul’s are the American Memorial Chapel , Whispering Gallery , and the Crypt . In the crypt you’ll find the tombs of several notable Brits including the Duke of Wellington and Horatio Nelson.

An absolute must when visiting St. Paul’s is to the climb the 528 stairs to the stop of the cathedral’s famous dome. I think the 360 view you get from St. Paul’s Cathedral dome is the best view in London . It definitely beats out the view from the London Eye by a long shot!

In route: You’re now firmly in the financial/business center of London. Continue on for 10 -15 minutes until you reach Cornhill, then turn down Gracechurch St to reach Leadenhall Market . This Victorian covered marketplace served as the entrance to Diagon Alley you see Harry and Hagrid walking through in The Sorcerer’s Stone film.   From Leadenhall, get back on Gracechurch St and continue down past the golden orb topped Monumen t to the Great Fire of London (you can go inside if you like) towards the Thames River to reach London Bridge . Although the London Bridge of “falling down” fame now lives in Lake Havasu, AZ, the current London Bridge (circa 1970s) provides a great view of the much more recognizable Tower Bridge . On the other side of the bridge, you’ll get a nice view of the replica of Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre . And obviously, you can’t miss the Shard .

If you’re ready to call it a day, duck into Monument Station and catch the Tube back to your hotel or evening entertainment. Otherwise continue across the bridge to London’s Southbank.

London’s Southbank

In route: Near the Waterloo Bridge, you’ll find the Southbank Centre Book Market , along with street performers and a skate park. As the river curves south, look across the bank for a good view of Charing Cross Station . The station architecture makes it look like a train approaching. Bypass the London Eye Ferris wheel, then cross Westminster Bridge for a great view up the Thames of the Houses of Parliament. End at the Westminster Underground station where you started. Before you head inside the station to grab a train, don’t miss the Boudicca statue on the northwest end of the Westminster Bridge.

Day 1 Evening: West End Theatre

Since you’re already in central London, let’s close out Day One of this 3 Day London Itinerary with some theatre in London’s West End. I recommend grabbing tickets before your visit via lastminute.com . Alternatively, you can queue at the TKTS booth in Leicester Square for discount “day of” tickets.

Day 2: London’s Best Palaces and Parks

We took in most of London’s “Top Ten” sights yesterday, but we have a couple more to see today. Don’t worry – you’ll spend slightly less time on your feet today. Today’s walking tour takes you about 5.5 miles through Mayfair , Kensington , and Knightsbridge .

Day 2 Morning: Piccadilly, Parks, and Palaces

Start Day 2 of this 3 Day London Itinerary by taking the Tube to Piccadilly Circus Station .

Piccadilly Circus

Although many compare Piccadilly Circus with New York City’s Times Square , there’s not a whole lot to see here beyond the neon billboards. This station is a common hopping off point for West End shows and high-end shopping. Grab a photo of Eros atop the famous Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain. Then continue west on Piccadilly for some window shopping.

In route: Known for its posh shopping, some favorite shops to visit as you make your way down Piccadilly include Hatchards Booksellers , Fortnum and Mason , and Burlington Arcade . Watch for Royal Warrants (the royal coat of arms) over shop entrances. A warrant means that shop provides goods to the royal family. Right before turning into Green Park, you’ll pass the Ritz . Cut a diagonal across Green Park to reach Buckingham Palace.

Buckingham Palace

If you want to catch the famous Changing of the Guard in front of Buckingham Palace , you’re your arrival for a little before 11 a.m. (Be sure to check the Changing of the Guard schedule since the change isn’t a daily occurrence in the winter.) However, with only 72 hours in London, I recommend stopping by Buckingham Palace earlier in the morning rather than waiting around for some military theatrics.

While you can tour the State Rooms , I prefer to briefly gaze at Buckingham Palace from afar near the Victoria Memorial . If the royal standard flag is flying atop the palace, it means the king’s at home. I wonder what the royals are up to today?!

In route: Head up Constitution Hill to the Wellington Arch . The Arch commemorates the Duke of Wellington’s victory over Napoleon at Waterloo in 1815. The Duke’s home, Apsley House , sits just across the street near the entrance to Hyde Park.

Photo credit: Domenico Convertini

Hyde park and kensington gardens.

Meander through beautiful, vast Hyde Park. When you cross over the Serpentine Bridge , you officially enter Kensington Gardens , although the green space all merges together like one big park.

Once you cross the Serpentine, visit the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain . If you’re in the mood for modern art, the nearby Serpentine Gallery is one of my favorite free things to do in London . Continue west across the park until you reach Kensington Palace .

Kensington Palace

This royal residence dates back to the early 1600s. With its lovely garden setting I vastly prefer it to stodgy ol’ Buckingham Palace. Queen Victoria grew up in Kensington Palace. More recently, the two-story mansion housed two of England’s most notorious princesses, Princess Margaret and Princess Diana. Today, it’s where the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge raise their family.

To be honest, Kensington Palace is one of my favorite places in London and there was no way I wasn’t including it on this 3 Day London Itinerary. Use your London Pass to go inside to see the gorgeous State Apartments and learn about Queen Victoria’s childhood. They also often have fascinating special exhibits about royal fashion.

If you’re feeling hungry, grab a light lunch either in the Orangery Restaurant or the Palace Pavilion .

Day 2 Afternoon: Kensington, Knightsbridge, and Afternoon Tea

In route: Head southeast through Kensington Gardens past the Albert Memorial and the Royal Albert Hall towards Exhibition Road. Turn onto Cromwell Road and swing into the Museum of Natural History . If there’s not a long line, duck inside to see its beautiful Gothic entrance hall. During winter months, you can ice skate in front of the museum’s gorgeous facade.

Victoria and Albert Museum

Back across Exhibition Road, go inside Victoria and Albert Museum . Sometimes described as visiting “the attic of the empire,” the V&A is my favorite London museum. It’s also completely free. If you feel overwhelmed by six floors of exhibits, join one of their free “museum highlights” tours .

My personal V&A highlights include the fashion and Britain collections. However, as a first-time visitor, you really shouldn’t miss the Cast Gallery or seeing the Raphael cartoons .

In route: Continue up Cromwell Road until it turn into Brompton Road in the Knightsbridge neighborhood. (If you’re sad to leave Kensington – I always am – check out these 15 ideas for Things to Do in Kensington .) Continue up Brompton until you reach Harrods .

With its green uniformed doormen, Harrods definitely doesn’t shy away from British pomp and circumstance. This fabled six-level London department store truly offers everything. Even if you have no intentions of purchasing anything, spend a little time wandering the various departments. You definitely don’t want to miss the beautiful Food Hall on the ground hall. I mean, there’s a chocolate hall . . . .

Afternoon Tea

I really don’t think you should go to London without having afternoon tea . This elegant, but comforting tea ceremony gets you into some of the most beautiful rooms in London. Be sure to book this 3 Day London itinerary item at least three weeks in advance so you don’t miss out.

If you’ve had enough time on your feet, just head up to the 4th Floor to the Harrods Tea Rooms . Otherwise take your afternoon tea at the Ritz , Savoy , Lanesborough , or a whole sleuth of other central London hotels and restaurants.

Day 2 Evening: Pub Night

Tonight, really immerse yourself in English culture. Head to the nearest pub , order some fish and chips, and watch whatever game’s on the telly. It’ll be fun . . . even if you don’t understand the rules of rugby. If the game happens to be soccer, er, I mean, football, cue the Ted Lasso vibes!

Day 3: London Day Trip to Greenwich and the Tower of London

If you’re feeling anxious to see more of England, you can certainly day trip out of London on Day 3 of this itinerary. There’s a myriad of worthy day trip destinations less than a two-hour train ride outside of London. Popular London day trips include Windsor , Salisbury/Stonehenge , Bath , Oxford , and Canterbury .

However, with only 72 hours in London, I recommend staying closer to central London for the final day of this 3 Day London Itinerary. You really don’t have to get far from central London to see a completely different side of England.

Day 3 Morning: Day Trip To Greenwich

To start today, take the Tube to the Tower Hill Station.

In route: As you leave the Tower Hill Station, be sure to check out the remnant of the old Roman Wall that once encircled the City of London. Head downhill to Tower Millennium Pier . Catch an eastbound boat that’s either covered by your London Pass (Uber Boat) or that your TfL Travelcard gets you a discount on (City Cruises). Boat sail every 40 minutes. 

An approximately 20-minute boat ride from Tower Hill delivers you to the Greenwich Pier . Since Greenwich is linked with Britain’s naval dominance, it only seems fitting to arrive by boat. In fact, Greenwich housed a Royal Navy training facility until 1998.

Greenwich feels like a small English village surrounded by the big city. In 1997, its high concentration of historical and architecturally significant buildings earned Greenwich the designation of “ World Heritage Site .” In addition to a rich naval and royal history, maybe you’ve heard of a little thing we call Greenwich Mean Time ?

As soon as you embark your boat, you’ll see the Cutty Sark , one of the last tea clippers used before Britain totally industrialized. This proud sailboat used to pick up trade goods across the world. In 2007, it suffered a devastating fire, but has been completely refurbished and is once again open for tours. Pop inside with your London Pass .

In route: Cut across Cutty Sark Gardens and through the University of Greenwich to reach the Old Royal Naval College .

Inside the Painted Hall in the Old Royal Naval College at Greenwich

Old royal naval college sights.

Queen’s House – Built starting in 1616 for the queen of James I, Anne of Denmark, it’s free to visit the royal residence. Best known for a spiral staircase with a beautiful, tulip-motif cast iron banister and its display of maritime paintings, the house definitely warrants a visit . . . just not a long one.

National Maritime Museum – This free museum far exceeded my expectations and I wished we’d budgeted more time for our visit. Be sure to check out the Polar Worlds Expeditions exhibit!

Painted Hall of Old Royal Naval College – Known as “Britain’s Sistine Chapel” this ticketed attraction (covered by your London Pass ) is a Greenwich must-see. Be sure to use the provided mirrors so you can fully enjoy the ceiling details of this Baroque masterpiece without straining your neck! 

Greenwich Park and Royal Observatory Greenwich

In route: As you exit the Old Royal Naval College campus, Greenwich Park – a vast expanse of green – greets you.

Perched on a hill above Greenwich Park, you can’t miss the Royal Observatory Greenwich . Many significant astronomical and scientific advancements -perhaps most significantly the invention of longitude- occured at this 17th-century observatory.

It’s well worth a visit to the Observatory (also covered by your London Pass ) if only so you can get a photo of stradling the Prime Meridian .  Even if you opt to skip the museum, definitely make the (very) steep climb up the Observatory Hill for a sweeping view of Greenwich Park, the Old Royal Naval College, and Canary Wharf on the north side of the Thames.

In route: After you’re done in the Observatory, head back down the hill and catch the next boat back to Tower Millennium Pier.

Day 3 Afternoon: Tower of London and Tower Bridge

I’m about to tell you something you’re not going to like: The Tower of London is one of the most overrated things to do in London.

I know it sounds like it’s all royal prisoners, Crown Jewels , and murder most foul. And gosh it looks impressive. But inside you’re greeted with hordes of tourists, a bunch of ravens, and endless stone masonry.

That said, I don’t really expect first-time London visitors to skip it. When you disembark from your Greenwich Boat, head right for the main gate. Your London Pass will get you right in. Explore the Tower and all of its medieval history and armor exhibits to your heart’s content.

If you’re inclined to believe me and choose to pass on the Tower of London, I recommend taking an Uber Boat from Greenwich to Canary Wharf so you can check out the Museum of London Docklands . This is rspecially interesting if you’re a Call the Midwife fan!

In route: After you’ve toured the Tower walk east on the Thames Path to Tower Bridge .

Tower Bridge 

Often mistaken for London Bridge, Tower Bridge is a Victorian monstrosity of a lift bridge. While I’m willing to let you choose your own adventure when it comes to visiting the Tower of London, I strongly recommend against visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition. That is, unless you’re particularly passionate about hydraulics. And hey, if that’s your thing, knock yourself out!

The Engine Rooms just weren’t my cup of tea. I found the view from the upper walkways especially disappointing. All in all, the experience doesn’t warrant inclusion on this 3 Day London Itinerary. Instead, enjoy a nice stroll across the bridge’s sidewalk. You’ll be rewarded with great views of the Tower of London and Thames.

Day 3 Evening: Guided Walking Tour

Since you didn’t spend as much time on your feet today, consider going on a guided London walking tour tonight. If you stay in the Tower Hill neighborhood, you can easily jump in on a Jack the Ripper Walking Tour .

Or check out one of these fun London activities:

Tips To Make the Most Out of 3 Days in London Itinerary

Have a plan for getting from the airport to central london.

If you’re flying into Gatwick, the easiest way to get into central London is to take the nonstop Gatwick Express train to London’s Victoria Station. For Heathrow arrivals, you have a choice of taking the Underground (Tube, or “Subway” to us Yanks) into central London or taking the nonstop Heathrow Express to London Paddington.

Set up the Transport for London Oyster/Contactless Pay App before arrival

If you can figure it out, download the TfL Oyster/Contactless Pay App and load it up with some money before your trip. That way you can hop right on the Tube when you arrive in London. It’ll be way easier than trying to figure out the station’s self-service kiosks while jetlagged.

Reserve any “must-do” activities before arrival

If your heart is set on doing a popular London activity, like afternoon tea at the Ritz or Savoy, make those reservations about four weeks in advance. If there’s a particular West End show you really want to see, check out lastminute.com for deals a couple weeks before your departure.

Buy A London Pass

I know, it can be stressful figuring out if these city passes are worth it. But I did the math for you and if you just go to sites I recommend in this itinerary, you will save money by purchasing a 3-Day London Pass .

Stay close to an Underground Station

To maximize all 72 hours, stay in a hotel with London Transport Zones 1-2. You might spy some tempting deals farther afield but you will pay dearly with your time since this itinerary is based in central London.

Pack comfortable, broken in shoes

This 3-Day London Itinerary assumes you’re comfortable walking 8-10 miles a day. Plan your footwear accordingly!

Where To Stay in London

Where you stay in London can have a dramatic impact on your visit. I recommend the following London hotels because they’re all centrally located and close to public transportation. They do all serve breakfast (for a fee) making it easy to get a jumpstart on each day of the this 3 Day London Itinerary.

London House Hotel

A budget-friendly hotel, London House Hotel is clean, comfortable, and no frills. It’s a quick walk to both Bayswater and Queensway Tube Station.

If you’re feeling fancy (and flush with cash), you can’t beat the Ritz ’s central location and luxurious offerings.

100 Queen’s Gate Hotel

The South Kensington neighborhood has always enchanted me, but I’ve never actually stayed there. The next time I’m in London, I’m definitely booking a room at 100 Queen’s Gate Hotel.

If none of these sound just right for you and your group, there’s no shortage other London lodging options to check out! 

What would you include on your perfect 3 Day London Itinerary?

If you enjoyed this 3 day london itinerary, check out my other british isles posts.

Hi! I’m Ada, a travel writer based in northern Minnesota, on a mission to see the world. I use this travel blog to provide practical, no-nonsense travel tips and itineraries for both domestic and international travels.

Home Airport:

European Christmas Markets

Where I’ve Been:

  Ada is a travel writer based in northern Minnesota. She’s spent two decades as a freelance writer. She’s lived in three countries and has visited all 50 states. In addition to traveling the world, she runs a Boundary Waters outfitters and helps people plan canoe trips and other outdoor adventures in northeastern Minnesota.

13 Comments

As a Londoner I can confirm this covers all the main spots! 🙂

Whew! I’m glad this reaches the Londoner stamp of approval! I realize these aren’t exactly hot spots for people who actually live in London!

This is a great guide utilizing Tube Stations for an easy way of going around the different sites. I have done Day One but missed a lot on Day Two and skipped Greenwich for Windsor.

This is fab for people that like walking. When we lived in London we’d spend loads of time walking in the parks and along the Thames Pathway, it is SUCH a good way to see the city. I’m glad you included Greenwich – it is such a gorgeous and green area.

The only thing I disagree with (slightly) is the food! London has sooooo much amazing food (even on a budget) I’d always walk a bit further to make sure you eat something amazing within the big smoke. 😀

This is such great information for first time travellers to the city, covering all the main attractions. I love how you have kept in mind traveller’s budget, offering lower cost options. I’m saving this for future reference.

Fabulous itinerary and great food suggestions for budget conscious travellers. I spent 10 days in London so got to experience many of these highlights but didn’t get to Greenwich, sadly.

Very detailed itinerary and beautiful pictures! It’s actually a great London guide not just an itinerary guide 🙂

Beautifully written! Brings me right back to when I used to live in Blighty! ☺️

We’ve explored London quite a few times and must admit that it’s not really a city we love. This is mainly because we never got lucky (got robbed a few times, almost got run over by a bus, stayed in low-budget hotels that had rats or an invasion of ants). But our last visit about a year ago turned our to be quite good. We stayed at a great 4 stars hotel and loved exploring the less touristy East End neighborhood.

London is in my bucket list for a while now. I want to explore this city, enjoy the buildings, monuments and museums. Thanks for sharing this post.

A great itinerary! I would have needed it during post London trips as I somehow always end up not visiting Buckingham Palace. Guess I should follow the day 2 route when I’m in the city again.

This is a great guide and as someone who unfortunately has not been to London before, I feel like I’d be totally set with just this blog post bookmarked! I absolutely love walking in new cities and using public transportation. I think it’s such a better way to take in the sites than to spend a bunch of money on taxis or Ubers.

I really like short trips. 3 Days in London is perfect for me. It is an amazing city.Your photos are gorgeous! Thanks for sharing! Good luck

Other Recent Articles

Best Stops On A Florida Keys Road Trip from Miami to Key West

Whether you’re driving from Miami to Key West or just day tripping on the Florida Keys Overseas Highway, you’ll want to include these 10 stops in your drive.

Key West Packing List For A December Visit

My Key West packing list has you covered with what to wear for a winter visit. My complete (& printable!) packing list makes packing for Key West, Florida a cinch.

What To Do in Grand Rapids Michigan For A Stellar Weekend

Wondering what to do in Grand Rapids Michigan? This guide rounds up all the best things to do in Grand Rapids including restaurants, mansions, events, art, gardens, and more.

Thanks for signing up!

• Work with us
• Favorite travel blogs
• netherlands
• switzerland
• family travel
• food and wine
• trip planning resources
• accommodation guides
• travel gear guides
• itineraries
• packing guides
• travel gifts
• health and safety

family travel , itineraries , london

3 days in london: see all the classic sights with our london itinerary.

This article may contain compensated links. See our full disclosure here

Welcome to London! One of the greatest cities on earth has so much to explore. So where do you start?

This 3 day London itinerary is perfect for first-time visitors or those who want to revisit the classic sights and venues that make the city so unique.

We assume you like to have a variety of activities in your trip schedule, so our suggestions for your 3 days in London include the major sites, museums, art, eating and shopping.

In other words, all the key ingredients for a great time exploring London.

Want this itinerary as a printable document? Click me!

Our London itinerary is grouped into 3 main areas – one for each day – to minimize time traveling between different attractions. There are options to spend a little more time at the places that interest you the most.  

We have also included our favorite London hotels – we think this one is the best for location, amenities and value.

What's in this article

Summary – 3 day London itinerary

Day 1 – views, tower of london and st paul’s, day 2 of your 3 day london trip, dinner: a fine dining treat or a pub meal, day 3 – british museum, covent garden and more, where to stay in london, tips for making the most of your 3 days in london, our favorite london activities, add a day trip from london.

Start your day and get your bearings with a ride on the London Eye for panoramic views of London’s skyline.

A full rotation takes 30 minutes and on a clear day, you can see the city spread out below you for miles and miles. This attraction opens at 10 am each day.

I like watching all the iconic London buses weave in and out of the busy streets past Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament.

TIP: pre-book skip the line tickets for the London Eye – especially in summer – as the queues are very long. Who wants to spend their trip to London waiting in line?

>> Click here for more info and London Eye skip the line ticket prices

Nearest Underground Station: Waterloo [Jubilee, Northern – Charing Cross Branch, Bakerloo lines]

READ: Need to know what to pack for London? Click here .

Thames River cruise or ferry

You can take a cruise boat or the regular London transport river bus down from the London Eye past major landmarks in the city including Somerset House, St Paul’s Cathedral, the Tate Modern art gallery, and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

The journey by river bus takes only 20 minutes and boats leave regularly every 20 minutes.

Seeing London from the river gives a unique perspective on the city. Imagine how Kings and Queens felt as they traveled from palace to palace, surveying the city around them.

A one-way ticket from the London Eye will take you to the Tower of London where you continue your London adventure.

The cruise boat is a great way to get around even if the weather isn’t great. The covered boats offer a 24 hour hop on, hop-off pass to get around the city >> Click here for cruise info .

Tower of London

The Crown Jewels of Queen Elizabeth II and other members of the Royal Family are kept in the Tower of London .

This royal fortress also holds many secrets and stories and is a must-visit stop on your first trip to London.

Apart from viewing the royal jewels you can meet the famous Beef Eater guards and take a stroll around the castle walls looking out for the ravens along the way.

See where Anne Boleyn met her fate and wonder what happened to the two small princes who were held in the Tower by their ambitious uncle King Richard III >> Click here for more info and skip the line tickets for the Tower of London .

Nearest Underground Station: Tower Hill [District and Circle lines]

Tower Bridge

Grab a snack and eat your lunch on the benches outside the Tower of London looking up at Tower Bridge and across to the Shard and south bank of the Thames.

Many people think the famous bridge is called London Bridge but that is actually a nondescript structure you find heading back west along the Thames.

If you are lucky or do some forward planning you may see the iconic bridge lift to let through oversized river traffic.

TAKE A BREAK: it can be difficult to find good value, healthy food in London. Check out my guide on the best chain restaurants and eateries in London  for ideas on where to eat when you are out and about in the city.

Borough Market

Foodies may want to walk 20 minutes to Borough Market for lunch. Here you can browse the food stalls for almost anything you feel like – from paella to pork buns.

This area is also home to some of my favorite London coffee shops – Monmouth Coffee and London Grind.

On a sunny day take your lunch and sit in the grounds of Southwark Cathedral for a picnic. If the weather isn’t on your side there is an indoor seating area.

The full market runs Wednesday to Saturday with a limited market (fewer traders) on Monday and Tuesday. Borough Market is open on Sundays between 10am and 4pm.

Nearest Underground Station: London Bridge [Northern – Bank branch and Jubilee lines]

Want this itinerary as a printable PDF document? Click me!

A walk through the City of London

From the Tower of London, take a 20-minute walk past the Monument to the Great Fire of London to St Paul’s Cathedral.

If you have time you can pop into Leadenhall Market a beautiful Victorian covered market that is now home to shops and restaurants. The market was used as the setting for Diagon Alley in the Harry Potter films.

You might also like to drop by the Sky Garden at 20 Fenchurch Street, 10 minutes from the Tower of London. Located in the “Walkie Talkie building” the terrace provides stunning views of London and entry is free.

To avoid disappointment book tickets in advance on their on the Sky Garden website .

From Borough Market follow the river past the replica of Sir Francis Drake’s ship the Golden Hinde and Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre to Millenium Bridge.

There you will cross back over the Thames and enjoy some striking views down the river and towards St Paul’s. This walk will take around 20 minutes without stops.

St Paul’s Cathedral

Rebuilt after the catastrophic Great Fire by Sir Christopher Wren, St Paul’s Cathedral   is one of the most instantly recognized landmarks on the London skyline.

Inside, the Cathedral is beautiful and ornate and designed to maximize the impact of natural light.

For more spectacular views of London climb more than 500 steps to reach the Golden Gallery.

The crypt of the Cathedral holds the tombs of British military heroes Admiral Lord Nelson and the Duke of Wellington.

The Cathedral opens Mon, Tue, Thur, Fri, Sat 08:30-16:30 (last admission 16:00), Wed 10.30-16.30 and Sun 08.00-18.00. Introductory talks and guided tours are included in your admission fee.

Once again I recommend getting your tickets in advance, particularly during the peak spring and summer seasons >> Click for more info and fast track tickets to St Paul’s Cathedral .

Nearest Underground Station: St Paul’s [Central line]

Dinner in Soho

I recommend a visit to Soho for dinner. There are hundreds of restaurants to choose from and you can stop and watch the street performances in Leicester Square before or after your meal.

Berner’s Tavern – Grand dining room with a modern British menu –  10 Berners Street W1T 3NP

The Ivy Soho Brasserie – modern British – 26-28 Broadwick Street W1F 8JB

Dean Street Townhouse – posh fish and chips – 71 Dean Street, W1D 3SG

Dishoom Carnaby – retro Bombay cafe inspired restaurant – 22 Kingly St, Carnaby, W1B 5QP

Wahaca Soho – fresh and tasty Mexican – 80 Wardour St, Soho, London W1F

TIP: It’s always a good idea to make reservations in London – you can do this on the go with the  Open Table app

On the previous day, you explored the London of Kings and Queens past.

Today there is a little more of the same but you will catch a glimpse of the lives of how the current royal lives and enjoy the pomp and ceremony of some unique British traditions.

Palaces of Westminster and Westminster Abbey

Start your day outside the Palaces of Westminster (also known as the Houses of Parliament ) and pay your respects to Big Ben.

Actually, Big Ben is the name of the clock inside the famous tower which is in fact called Elizabeth Tower.

You can take a 90-minute tour of the Houses of Parliament   followed by afternoon tea if the government is not sitting.

This is one of my favorite London experiences. There’s nothing quite like being inside one of the world’s most famous buildings, hearing its stories from a knowledgeable guide.

Walk through Parliament Square past the statue of Winston Churchill to Westminster Abbey .

The impressive Gothic church is the final resting place of significant people in British history and the location of royal weddings and coronations. For this reason, the Abbey is a fascinating place to visit.

Do check the Westminster Abbey website  for information on opening times and ticket prices. As the Abbey is a working church it may not be open to visitors on the day you are there.

Nearest Underground Station: Westminster [Jubilee, District and Circle lines]

Changing of the Guard – 2 options

Now experience the grandeur of the Changing of the Guard ceremonies.

Soldiers wearing the famous red tunics and bearskin hats continue a centuries’ old tradition of guarding the Sovereign and Royal Palaces. These days the marching is accompanied by a full military band and the atmosphere is festive.

Option 1 –  walk to Buckingham Palace from Westminster Abbey which will take around 15 minutes.

The ceremony starts at 11am at Buckingham Palace, however, preparations including the brass band ensemble and guard inspection take place at Wellington Barracks close by at around 10am. Visit this amazing practical guide to the Changing of Guard for more information on the best vantage points and timings of the parade. Currently, the ceremony is held on Monday, Wednesday, Friday and Sunday.

This page has an up-to-date list of confirmed times and dates for the ceremony.

During the Summer months Buckingham Palace, the Queen’s London residence, is open to visitors. Check the Palace website for opening times and ticket prices.

Option 2 –  view a more intimate ceremony featuring the Queen’s cavalry at Horse Guard’s Parade.

To get there walk 10 minutes down Whitehall past 10 Downing Street, home of the Prime Minister of Great Britain. The ceremony takes place outside the Household Cavalry Museum .

Here the Queen’s Life Guard change, at 11am Monday – Saturday and at 10am on a Sunday.

Kensington Palace and Hyde Park

Make your way to Hyde Park and Kensington Palace for lunch or a snack. From Buckingham Palace, you can walk in around 40 minutes through Hyde Park or walk through Green Park to Constitution Hill and take the number 9 bus to Palace Gate.

From Horse Guards Parade take the number 9 bus from Trafalgar Square to Kensington Palace.

Lunch at the Orangery, Kensington Palace

The Orangery at Kensington Palace is one of my favorite venues for breakfast, lunch or afternoon tea in London. I like that the menu is posh without being stuffy and it is also great value >> Click here for more info .

The grand venue, royal touches and attentive service mean you feel like you have had a special treat. For a snack or more casual sandwich, there is a nice cafe with outdoor seating at Kensington Palace.

An option for the afternoon is to visit Kensington Palace where you can visit the State Apartments and special exhibitions, many of which feature Princess Diana who once lived at the palace.

The grounds and gardens are lovely to wander around and if you are travelling with children the nearby Diana Memorial Playground is one of the best in London.

Nearest Underground Station: Kensington High Street [District and Circle lines]

Visit the V&A, Science or Natural History Museum

After lunch, you might like to wander around Hyde Park or visit one of London’s famous and free (except for special exhibitions) museums.

From Kensington Palace, it is a 20-minute walk through Hyde Park past the Albert Hall and Albert Memorial to Exhibition Road where you will find the V&A, Natural History and Science Museums.

My favorite is the V&A – the world’s leading museum for art and design. You could spend days exploring their collections of paintings, sculptures, textiles and fashion. Check their upcoming special exhibitions too as these are some of the most brilliantly curated shows I have ever seen.

The Natural History Museum is famous for its dinosaur exhibit and the Science Museum has brilliant interactive displays and play areas for children. There’s also a wonderful space exhibit on the ground floor.

Nearest Underground Station: South Kensington [District and Circle lines]

Dinner on your second night could take two paths. My first suggestion is to advance book one of London’s many fine dining establishments, many of which are Michelin starred. Your second option is to visit a traditional pub.

Recommended fine dining restaurants – you must book well in advance

Dinner by Heston – enjoy the cuisine of one of Britain’s most celebrated chef’s Heston Blumenthal at the Mandarin Oriental

The Ledbury – this 2 Michelin starred restaurant is in the world’s top 20 and is run by Australian chef Brett Graham

Spring – an elegant Italian inspired restaurant with a strong emphasis on fish and seafood at beautiful Somerset House

We love taking visitors to Portrait the restaurant on the top floor of the National Portrait Gallery.

With sweeping views of London over Trafalgar Square and towards Big Ben and a well-executed European menu, it is a great night out. Bookings recommended.

Traditional pub dinner recommendations

The Lamb, Bloomsbury – 300-year-old pub near the British Museum with traditional fare taken up a notch

The George Inn – this 17th Century staging house near Borough Market is owned by the National Trust. Try the beef and ale pie or sausages and mash

The Grenadier – visit this historic Belgrave Square pub and dine on Beef Wellington

FIND: more tips on what to do in London after dark here

British Museum

Start your day at the British Museum , London’s most visited attraction.

The museum is free to enter and includes treasures from all over the world. There is a lot to see so pick some highlights of the museum  and get there when it opens at 10am to avoid the crowds.

Nearest Underground Stations: Holborn, Tottenham Court Road [Northern – Charing Cross branch and Central lines]

Covent Garden

Make your way to Covent Garden, London’s famous covered market that now houses shops and restaurants.

There are many restaurants and cafes here to pick up a snack or lunch – there are outlets of Le Pain Quotidien, Ladurée and Shake Shack though I suggest you eat lightly and save your appetite for afternoon tea.

Enjoy the atmosphere at Covent Garden. We like watching the street performances by the many talented buskers that draw huge crowds.

Nearest Underground Station: Covent Garden [Piccadilly line]

The London Transport Museum is found at the market and is a family favorite. There is a treasure trove of buses and trains to explore inside.

So much of London’s transport is iconic that even if you don’t visit the museum, the shop is a great place to pick up high-quality well-designed souvenirs.

Oxford Street shopping

This activity seems to be on many visitor’s lists of things to do in London. So much so that I wrote a guide to shopping on London’s Oxford Street .

This is the place to find all the big high street brands like Zara, Marks and Spencer and H&M but I prefer the uniquely British atmosphere of Liberty of London in Argyll Street where you could pick up a special scarf or other unique London souvenir .

Continue your walk down Carnaby Street, famous in the 1960s and 70s as the hangout for stars such as David Bowie and the Beatles. Then turn right until you reach Regent Street and continue on to Piccadilly Circus.

Alternatively, you could continue your walk down Oxford Street to iconic London department store – Selfridges .

Afternoon tea and art fix

Afternoon tea is a ritual you must not miss in London. Typically taken between 2 and 4pm it consists of sandwiches, cakes, scones, sometimes champagne and, of course, tea. I have never needed to eat dinner afterwards!

Option 1 – From Piccadilly Circus make your way down Piccadilly where you can duck into the elegant shopping arcades. Your destination is Fortnum and Mason   where you can take afternoon tea in the Diamond Jubilee Tea Salon   opened in 2012 by Her Majesty the Queen.

Fortnum and Mason have been suppliers to the Royal household for over 300 years and is another place I like to shop for gifts and souvenirs of a particularly British flavor. Here you will find the best British tea, marmalade and chocolates among other fine food items.

For the ultimate in British afternoon teas, you can try ‘ tea at The Ritz ‘ a little further down Piccadilly. Bookings for this experience are essential.

After your tea, cross the road to the Royal Academy of Arts   where you will always find a well curated and thought-provoking exhibition.

Or walk 10 minutes back down Piccadilly where you can visit the National Gallery or National Portrait Gallery . Both these galleries have magnificent collections and are free for the main exhibitions. Both are open until 6pm every day and until 9 pm on Fridays with the Portrait Gallery also open Sunday until 9pm.

Read more about these galleries in my guide to London’s best galleries

Option 2 – from Selfridges it is a short walk past Manchester Square to one of my favourite museums and galleries The Wallace Collection .

This free-to-enter museum houses works by Dutch masters and gorgeous French antique furniture among other treasures.

You can take a very delicious and reasonably priced afternoon tea in the beautiful Wallace Restaurant found in the central atrium courtyard of the museum.

Catch a show in the West End

Make your last night in London one to remember by booking tickets to see a show at one of the city’s famous West End theatres.

There are always hundreds of shows on at any time. From theatre, musicals, dance and concerts, you will certainly find a show that suits your tastes >> Click here for more info and ticket prices for theatre in London .

As you can see, there is so much to do in London – and we have barely scratched the surface! I recommend staying as centrally as your budget allows to minimize transport costs and maximize the time you have to enjoy the city.

3 London hotel recommendations

Upscale – Rosewood London This luxury hotel in Holborn is close to the British Museum, the theatres of Covent Garden and shopping on Oxford Street. The Rosewood is in a historic building that captures the essence of London’s grandeur >> Click for more info and reviews .

Mid-range – Piccadilly London West End Location is everything in London. At the Piccadilly London West End you are in the heart of the city in a hotel that adds those extra touches travelers really appreciate like fluffy bathrobes and free toiletries >> Click for more info and reviews .

Budget – London City Hotel With a great location close to Borough Market and London Bridge station, this hotel also offers apartments suitable for families >> Click for more info and reviews .

Finding rental apartments in London

We stay in many rental apartments on our travels and I have come up with a system for choosing the best accommodation rentals  on our preferred sites AirBnB and Booking.com.

In London, make sure you choose an area close to transport and some attractions for your stay. Here are the areas we recommend:

• West End – Covent Garden, Soho – right in the heart of the action! Prices reflect this – >> search here
• Shoreditch – funky Shoreditch is the best value inner city area close to transport – >> search here
• Waterloo – enjoy wandering along the Thames plus great transport links south of the river – >> search here
• Kensington – classic west London neighborhood close to museums – >> search here

You can find accommodation options on Booking.com and Plum Guide . Plum Guide handpicks the fantastic properties on their website, only accepting a small percentage of applications, and all rooms are of superb quality.

TIP: If you find a property you like on Plum Guide , be sure to add the code “Untold5” for a 5% discount.

Go to our travel and trip planning resources page for all our recommendations for booking hotels, tours and flights for your travels.

Eating in London

If you are staying in a hotel take advantage of the hearty English breakfasts with eggs, bacon, sausages and toast. That way you can keep yourself going until dinner with a few small snacks in between.

London has some of the world’s finest restaurants so book well in advance to secure a reservation for a meal to remember. You can use the OpenTable app to do this.

Also, check out my guide to London’s chain restaurants and cafes   and best coffee shops .

London transport

Buy an Oyster card or get the contactless app which you can use on all forms of transport – underground and overground trains, light rail, buses and riverboat services.

You will find information about fares, service outages and travel times on the Transport for London website .

Note: children under the age of 5 travel free when accompanied by an adult. Children under 11 travel free with an Oyster photo card See fare information .

There’s nothing quite like riding in a black cab through the city’s streets. You can easily hail black cabs on the street or feel free to use my code GTCTIES when using the black cab app Gett   for £10 free credit when you book your first ride.

I love black cabs because they are pram and wheelchair friendly and can hold 5 passengers with seat belts.

Both our double prams fit into cabs without having to collapse them and that is such a relief as most parents would agree.

Uber is back in London after a lengthy ban (you can read about it here ) Thank goodness because Ubers are often the most available and convenient way to get around town if you don’t want to use the public transport network. Use it as you would in your home town or city.

We recommend Black Lane  for efficient and friendly airport transfers.

DISCOVER: our favorite travel apps in our Best apps for London guide .

What to pack for London

Famous for its weather for all the wrong reasons, London is a place that demands layers when you pack. Even in summer, I would recommend bringing a jumper/sweater and a lightweight raincoat.

If you are visiting during a London winter you will need boots, a warm coat, hat and gloves.

And always, in any season, an umbrella!

You can find our full guide to packing for London here

Here’s a list of other activities to consider for your trip to London. We always enjoy walking tours on our travels. These are my top 3 walking tours for first time visitors to London:

• Royal palaces walking tour with afternoon tea – Build your appetite for scones and jam in the grounds of Kensington Palace with this walking tour around the royal palaces of London >> Click for more info
• Changing of the guard walking tour – march in time with the guards and learn all about this British institution at the same time   >> Click for more info
• Historic pub walking tour – follow in the footsteps of London greats like Charles Dickens on this quirky tour of London’s best pubs and drinking establishments >> Click for more info

Popular London tours

• Big Bus hop on and hop off tour – the best way to get to attractions and see things quickly in London if you have limited time. The commentary is a bonus >> Click for more info
• Harry Potter landmarks tour – starting at platform 9 3/4 and stopping at Diagon Alley and many other HP stops along the way, this is a must for Potter fans >> Click for more info
• London by night bus tour

Activities a little off the beaten track

• Take a street art tour of London’s east end 
• Join a unique Camden and Primrose Hill walking tour
• 11 London galleries for art lovers
• The best London photo spots
• Take a boat ride down Regent’s canal to Camden Lock
• Enjoy a stroll around London’s famous parks and gardens

London is fantastic but there are so many places in the UK to explore beyond the capital. Here are some ideas for taking a day trip from London

• Greenwich – technically in Greater London, this area warrants a full day of exploration on its own. Greenwich is easily reached by river bus, light rail or train services from London Bridge
• Hampton Court Palace – visit Henry VIII’s palace and explore the world of the Tudors at this most English of castles complete with ornate gardens (see above)
• Brighton – a favorite English seaside resort just over an hour from the capital
• Cambridge – just an hour from London by train, the famous university city is incredibly pretty and packed full of history

I hope you found this post useful for planning your trip to London. If you did, I’d love if you could share it using the buttons below – thanks!

If you want to visit all the classic sights in just a few days I think this is one of the best itineraries that you could follow to fit it all in but as always, happy to hear suggestions on how it could be improved.

Disclaimer –  Untold Morsels assists our readers with carefully chosen product and services recommendations that help make travel easier and more fun. If you click through and make a purchase on many of these items we may earn a commission. All opinions are our own – please read our  disclosure  page for more information.

The creator, writer and photographer behind Untold Morsels , Katy has been travelling and tasting the world since she was a teenager.

Now the proud mum of twins, she hopes they grow up to share her passions of great food, wine and travel. Favourite destination: Italy

London in Three Days

When planning a trip to London in three days , you want to make the most of this amazing city.  We have designed a free itinerary for you to follow, which includes London’s top attractions, like Big Ben, the London Eye , Westminster Abbey, The Tower of London and St Paul’s cathedral.

There is so much to see in London that my first advice when spending three days in London is to make sure that you have chosen a fairly central hotel, preferably in zones 1 or 2 if possible, as you will then spend less time and save money on public transport. I would also recommend that you plan and know what routes or itineraries you are going to follow. That’s why we have written this 3-day London itinerary based on our experience .

London in three days

If it’s your first time in London  and you want to see as much as possible, you need to think about going on a hop on hop off bus tour . It’s just an easy way to see a lot in a city as big as London, and it really helps you to figure out where things are if you use it on your first day. You will also get a free river cruise which is absolutely brilliant and something that I would very highly  recommend.

London in Three Days: Day 1 in London

Day 1 in London > Changing of the Guard > Westminster Abbey > Big Ben and London Eye > Regent Street and Carnaby Street > Trafalgar Square and Piccadilly Circus > Leicester Square and Covent Garden > Route Map Day 1 in London

We are obviously going to head for Big Ben and London Eye for our first day in London if we are planning on visiting London in three days, so we have designed a walking route that starts at Buckingham Palace to see the famous ceremony of the Changing of the Guard , and then we will go on to explore some of the city´s most important landmarks, such as Westminster Abbey , Big Ben , Covent Garden , Trafalgar Square , Piccadilly Circus …

This walking route is approximately 4.5 miles long, and I would allow at least 4 – 6 hours, although it could easily take you all day, especially if you go on the London Eye or visit Westminster Abbey.

Changing of the Guard at Buckingham Palace

Our walking route that starts at Green Park Tube Station. From here, we´ll walk across Green Park to get to Buckingham Palace , where you’ll get a chance to watch the famous Ceremony of the Changing of the Guard. This ceremony takes place at 11 am, but we recommend that you arrive at least 30 minutes in advance as it does get quite crowded. Check confirmed dates here: Changing of the Guard in London . After watching the changing of the guard ceremony, we will then walk through the small but absolutely wonderful St James’s Park.

Westminster Abbey

We will then walk along Whitehall, passing 10 Downing Street, and make our way towards Westminster Abbey . It really is a shame to visit London and not visit Westminster Abbey, so it´s something that we would recommend. If you buy your tickets in advance , you´ll skip the queues and it will be cheaper than buying the entry ticket at the door, or you can enter for free if you have a London Pass . It will take you around 2 hours to visit Westminster Abbey.

Big Ben and London Eye

Once we cross Westminster Bridge, we can go towards the London Eye , and continue walking along the Southbank until we get to the Royal Festival Hall. This is the perfect place to stop for a coffee or a bite if we´re feeling a bit hungry, as there are plenty of restaurants and cafes. Just behind the Royal Festival Hall there is also a food market during the weekends, so that´s worth a visit.

Trafalgar Square and Piccadilly Circus

We will cross the Thames along the Golden Jubilee Bridge and head towards Trafalgar Square , the famous piaza with the 4 lions. This is where you will find one of London´s most famous galleries, The National Gallery , which is free to enter. From here it´s only a short walk to another of London´s famous landmarks , Piccadilly Circus .

Regent Street and Carnaby Street

From here we would recommend that you walk along Regent Street , where you will spot Hamleys’ on your right, London´s most famous and biggest toy store. We will then go past Liberty , one of London’s most famous stores and discover Carnaby Street and London´s famous Soho . We will end our route through Soho, exploring the infamous Chinatown of London .

Leicester Square and Covent Garden

We will then discover Leicester Square , where you will come across another two very famous shops – M&M’s and Lego Stores. Leicester Square is where London’s Film Premieres take place, so you might bump into a famous actor if you’re lucky! From Leicester Square it’s only a short walk to Covent Garden , one of the most beautiful places in London, perfect to end your very first busy day of your trip to London. You will find lots of restaurants in this area, so it’s the perfect place to have something to eat or drink before heading back to your hotel.

This is also where you will find the vast majority of theatres in London, where we can watch the most famous musicals in London .

Map: Day 1 in London

Find out more about this walking route here: Itinerary 1: Buckingham Palace to Covent Garden

Day 2 in London

We will start our second day in London by walking along what is possibly London´s busiest and most popular street: Oxford Street , and then we´ll discover every secret that Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens have to offer before heading to explore at least one of London´s most famous museums. At the end of our route we will obviously go to Harrods , London´s most famous department store.

Day 2 in London > Oxford Street and Marble Arch > Hyde Park > Kensington > Route Map Day 2 in London

Oxford Street and Marble Arch

Our starting point for our second day in London is Oxford Street Tube Station. From here we´ll head west, discovering all the high street shops that Oxford Street has to offer. We will walk past John Lewis, Marks and Spencer´s, and Selfridges, being this last department store one that I would encourage you to enter. As you walk along Oxford Street keep an eye out for a little sign that indicates St Christopher´s Place , a little piazza with several restaurants and cafes that is hidden away and that definitely deserves a visit. Once you get to the end of Oxford Street you´ll find Marble Arch .

As soon as you enter Hyde Park you´ll bump into Speaker´s Corner . From here we have designed a route through Hyde Park and Kensington Gardens for you to discover the most important sights of these two beautiful parks, including Peter´s Pan statue , the Italian Water Gardens , Kensington Palace and the Albert Memorial . If you are visiting London with kids don´t forget to take them to Diana Princess of Wales´Memorial Playground .

As we exit Hyde Park we´ll find ourselves in front of the amazing Royal Albert Hall . You can take a tour inside the Royal Albert Hall , and explore one of the world’s most famous concert halls. We will then walk towards South Kensington, where we’ll find some of London’s most famous museums, such as the Natural History Museum,  the Science Museum  and the Victoria and Albert Museum . It can take you a few hours to visit each of these museums, but they offer free entry, so it’s worth visiting at least one if you have time.

Our route takes you along Kensington High Street and Brompton Road until we get to Harrods , but before we head this way you can always stop for a coffee or something to eat around South Kensington Tube Station, as there are several cafes and restaurants in the area.

Map: Day 2 in London

Find out more about this walking route here: Itinerary 2: Oxford Circus, Hyde Park and Knightsbridge .

Day 3 in London

If you’re visiting London in three days, then we would recommend that you spend some time visiting the famous Tower of London and walking along the Southbank , as well as admiring St Paul’s Cathedral .

Day 3 in London: > Monument and North Bank of the River > Tower of London and Tower Bridge > Southbank > Route Map Day 3 in London

Monument and North Bank of the river

Our walking route starts at Monument’s Tube Station, where we will start walking towards London Bridge. You will see The Monument to the Great Fire of London on your left-hand side, which has a viewing platform reached by a narrow winding staircase of 311 steps. You can visit The Monument, and it’s viewing platform. As you continue walking, you will get to London Bridge, and you are then able to walk along the South Bank of the river. From here, you will get some awesome views of Tower Bridge and The Shard, London’s tallest building.

Tower of London and Tower Bridge

Walking along the North Bank of Thames, you will reach a point where you can no longer continue along the Bank of the river, and you just need to follow the road until you see one of London’s most important landmarks: The Tower of London . We highly recommend that you visit the Tower of London, as no one should visit London and miss the opportunity to see the Crown Jewels. It will take you about 2 hours to visit the Tower of London, and it’s much better if you buy the tickets in advance or you can enter for free if you have a London Pass . Inside the Tower of London, there is a wonderful cafe/restaurant where we’d recommend you try an authentic British Pie and Mash or stop for tea and cake.

Our next stop will be Tower Bridge , and not only do you get to see it, but we will cross Tower Bridge on foot. Before we go up the steps to get to Tower Bridge, though, I would recommend that you have a wander around St Katharine’s Dock, as it’s one of London’s best-kept secrets. There are numerous restaurants in this area, so it’s the ideal place if you are looking to have lunch somewhere. In St Katharine’s Dock is where we can find The Dicken’s Inn, a unique pub housed in a beautiful 18th-century warehouse serving pub food as well as fine grill and pizzeria.

We continue to walk across Tower Bridge, admiring it’s beauty. Tower Bridge Exhibition is also open to the public, and it has an astonishing viewing platform from where the views are amazing. You can buy tickets in advance or enter for free if you have a London Pass .

Once we cross Tower Bridge, we will be able to walk along the South Bank of the river Thames, a very enjoyable walk that will allow you to get a proper feeling of what it means to visit London.

You will first walk past London’s City Hall (Greater London Authority’s headquarters) and the HMS Belfast ,  Europe’s only surviving second world war cruiser, a historic warship and museum where you will get the opportunity to explore what life was like at war at sea. You can buy tickets in advance to visit HMS Belfast or enter for free if you have a London Pass.

As we continue walking along the South Bank, we will come to Hay’s Galleria , one of my favourite places in London. Here you will find a selection of restaurants and cafes as well as a few shops and stalls. Our next stop will be Bourough Market, one of the most spectacular markets in London. Make sure to visit during market opening days (Wednesday – Saturday) as this area is definitely not the same if the market is closed.

Continue walking along the South Bank, passing Shakespeare’s Globe , Butler’s Wharf until you reach the Tate Modern and the Millenium Bridge , with a perfect view of St Paul’s Cathedral  on the other side of the river. You can then cross the Millenium Bridge to go and see St Paul’s Cathedral or continue walking along the South Bank, as you can walk all the way to the London Eye .

Map: Day 3 in London

Find out more about this walking route here: Itinerary 3: St Paul’s Cathedral, Tower of London and South Bank

More suggestions to spend three days in London

• London Markets : We highly recommend  a visit to Camden Market or Portobello Road in Notting Hill . You could always go to one of these markets first thing in the morning and then head to Tower of London and start walking along the south bank as I mentioned above. it will be a very long day, but you can always stop and go to your hotel when you have had enough!
• London Museums : Such as the Natural History Museum, Science  Museum or the Victoria and Albert  Museum. You could spend a whole day in some of these museums if you’re not careful, so it really depends on how much you want to see. you could always combine a market and a museum, or a museum and the south bank walk mentioned above.

Best Travel Options when visiting London in three days

If you are visiting London in three days, the best way to get around the city is by using an oyster card or a visitor oyster card . You can also use a contacless debit or credit card on London’s public transport system, but check bank commission charges if it’s a non UK card. This is definitely the cheapest way to get around London in three days, and you can use any of those cards to go on public buses, tube, dockland light rail trains or trains within London Travel Zones .

Recommended hotels to spend three days in London

As mentioned above, you really want to be as close to zone 1 as possible, as you’ll save on transport fees as well as time. We have shortlisted a few hotels for you, based on price and location. Check them out here: Recommended hotels in London .

Related Posts

Changing of the guard in london: dates 2024, the best black taxi tours in london, best musicals in london in 2024, thames river cruises in london: options, offers and available routes.

Hello, wow, this is great information and I plan on following it to a T! One comment, the wording on the second map states it is itinerary 3 but I think it should be 2? A couple of questions, I see that itinerary 1 actually listed the mileage and the estimated time of the walk, do you have any estimations for the mileage on walking through day 2 and 3. Also, could you offer a reasonable time for itineraries for days 2 and 3 please?

I hope you don’t mind my comments, just wanted you to know that I loved your suggestions and thank you very, very much for sharing. You have made planning my trip to London so much easier. And…yes…it is the best city in the world!

Hi Kay, Thank you for your comment. Well spotted, we have edited the wording on the second map – it should be itinerary 2, not 3! You will find a link beneath each map with an article for each route – each article has mileage and estimated time – check it out. Let me know if you still can’t find it though! Hope you have a great trip to London!

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me via e-mail if anyone answers my comment.

Type above and press Enter to search. Press Esc to cancel.

3-Day London Itinerary

So you can enjoy your stay in London to the fullest, we have created a three-day itinerary, taking in the most important sights in the city. Find out what to see in London!

If you’re visiting Europe and would like to stop over in London, but only have a few days to spare, you need not worry, as with our three-day itinerary, that includes the city’s top attractions, you’ll be able to make the most of your stay.

The best idea is to check the opening hours of London’s different landmarks before traveling , since these can vary depending on the season and day of the week. This is absolutely necessary if you want to see  Changing the Guard at Buckingham Palace, as it doesn’t take place every day during winter. Based on this, you can alter the order of the first two days of your visit.

If you're not too keen on walking, you can always buy tickets for the London sightseeing bus .

The first day in London begins bright and early, before 10 am . Take the Tube to Marble Arch and explore the popular Hyde Park . We recommend going for a stroll through the park heading south to Wellington Arch. Walking through the adjacent woodland, Green Park , you will get to the forecourt of Buckingham Palace , where you will have to wait patiently until 11:30 am to witness the famous ceremony of the Changing the Guard (remember to check the dates before heading to Buckingham Palace to make sure the ceremony takes place).

After seeing the regiments and the bands, crossing another of London’s green lungs, St. James’s Park , you’ll get to Westminster Abbey . This visit will normally take you over two hours, but is the city’s most important landmark and is definitely worthwhile.

For your convenience, you can buy tickets for Westminster Abbey here .

When you leave the abbey, head towards the River Thames, where you will spot the city’s main symbols;  Big Ben and Westminster Palace .

Crossing Westminster Bridge, you’ll arrive at the London Eye , where you can enjoy the best views of the city . Before going up, you can stop for a quick bite to eat nearby.

For your convenience, you can buy tickets for the London Eye here .

After visiting the Millenium wheel it’ll be too late to see any other attractions, so we suggest heading to Knightsbridge on the tube and walking to Harrods , a world-famous department store and a great place to spend a couple of hours.

Piccadilly offers an excellent range of places for dinner. Since you have to get up early the next day, try not to stay out too late!

We shall begin the day at the Tower of London . Since the visit will take you most of the morning, we recommend getting there as early as possible.

You can buy Tower of London skip-the-line tickets here .

After getting to know the secrets of the Tower of London, you'll have to cross Tower Bridge to get to the south bank of the Thames. If you want to take advantage of this moment to visit Tower Bridge, you can buy tickets here to avoid the queues.

On the right-hand side, you'll see the extravagant figurehead of London's City Hall and, a little further on, you'll see the impressive warship HMS Belfast.

When you arrive at the London Bridge tube station, take the underground to Camden Town and discover one of London’s most striking and authentic neighbourhoods . Camden Town is an area with plenty of shops and stalls, where you’ll also find international street food stands.

Take the tube to Goodge Street and you’ll get to the British Museum , one of the world’s most famous museums. Some of the top attractions are the Rosetta stone, Nereid Monument and the section on Egypt .

Finishing with the cultural part of the day, it is time to visit two of the most important shopping streets that are also packed with restaurants and theatres; Oxford Street and Regent Street. Firstly, head to Oxford Street and then to Regent Street and you’ll finally get to Piccadilly Circus , one of London’s best-known squares.

You can have dinner in this area or if you like Asian cuisine, head to Chinatown , which is close by and has a unique atmosphere. Here, you’ll find dozens of authentic Chinese restaurants. 

The last day in the UK’s leading city starts at 10 am with a visit to St. Paul’s Cathedral , located close to St. Paul’s tube station, where you can visit the crypt and climb the dome.

You can buy skip-the-queue tickets for the Cathedral here .

Head back to the tube station and get off at Charing Cross until you arrive at Trafalgar Square , one of London’s most distinguished squares. After wandering around and taking a few photos, head to the neoclassical building that looks onto Trafalgar Square. This is the National Gallery , one of the UK’s most important and well-known museums that houses a collection of over 2,300 paintings.

After visiting the museum, head northeast on foot till you get to the charming neighbourhood of Covent Garden , an area full of shops, theatres and restaurants, where you’ll easily find a restaurant of your liking and spend the rest of the afternoon until you have to head to the airport.

If you want to book a transfer to the airport so that you don't have to worry about anything, you can do so by following this link:

• Book a transfer from your hotel in London to the airport .
• If you are flying from Heathrow Airport, you can also buy tickets for the Heathrow Express here .

Staying over three days?

If you’re staying in London for over three days, there are an infinite number of other places to see and visit. We recommend going to The Old Operating Theatre , the oldest emergency room in Europe , the renowned Madame Tussauds wax museum, the Globe Theatre , where Shakespeare’s fame grew as playwright and actor, or one of the world’s most important war museums , the Imperial War Museum .

London is a city with infinite attractions and things to see , so it's almost impossible to get bored.

If you're a Harry Potter fan, we recommend booking this Harry Potter walking tour and this Warner Bros. London Studio Tour: The Making of Harry Potter .

If you have even more days to spend in the city, you can take a look at the best day trips from London:

• Windsor Castle Excursion
• Stonehenge D ay Trip Shakespeare's Stratford & Cotswolds Tour

You may also be interested in

Portobello Road Market

The Portobello Road Market is named after the street it’s found on, and is the world’s largest antiques market with every kind of antique and collectable, including watches, furniture, jewellery and stamps.

London Itinerary – Planning the Best 3 Days in London In 2024

Written By: ThePlanetD Team

City Guides , England

Updated On: February 8, 2024

Visiting London is incredibly exciting. As you will already know, the city is packed with  amazing things to do . Whether you want to embrace quintessential British culture with afternoon tea, visit Buckingham Palace, or explore one of the many museums, London keeps you on your toes. It is impossible not to love such a diverse and action-packed city.

Table of Contents

The Ultimate 3-Day London Itinerary

Planning your trip to London can be overwhelming, especially if you are a first-time visitor. But don’t worry, we have you covered. We know you are excited but are probably asking yourself how do you condense this excitement into a ‘3 days in London’ itinerary. This guide will cover exactly that, providing you with the ultimate London itinerary to follow step-by-step. Plus, we have some extra-special tips at the end for you. Let’s get started.

Day 1: Central London

Day 1 of your 3 days in London itinerary is full of monarchs, MPs, and West End stars. Today will be dedicated to Central London. Specifically, we’ll keep to Westminster, Mayfair, Covent Garden, and Soho neighborhoods.

This region is best known for its two large parks – St James Park and Hyde Park – and the two palaces of Kensington Palace and Buckingham Palace. Of course, you also have the Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey closer to the River Thames. For your first day in London, there seems no better place to start than British politics and ruling history. After all, the British Royal Family is famed worldwide and offers one of the biggest draws to visit the UK.

Think of today as a self-guided walking tour around the inner city center. For many of these attractions, you can’t officially enter inside. Still, you can admire it from the outside and take as many pictures as you wish. It will be mostly a day of bucket list ticking and spotting iconic landmarks. But when there is an option to enter one of these important buildings, we’ll be sure to let you know.

Ready for your first day in London? We bet. Grab your most comfortable walking shoes, and let’s go. This is day 1 of your 3-day London itinerary.

Visit Hyde Park and have breakfast in St James’s Park

• Opening times: 5 am-midnight
• Suggested tour: Visit independently

Hyde Park and St James Park are just minutes apart. The two parks sit centrally in this area of London, and both feature a royal palace. Hyde Park is the largest and has a massive lake in the middle, with Kensington Palace and Kensington Gardens at the far end. You can grab a takeout coffee and take a leisurely stroll through the park, often spotting the Household Cavalry training en route. A walk through London’s most famous parks is a great way to wake up slowly and is beautiful all year round.

Head through Green Park and into St James Park for breakfast at St James’s Cafe. While these parks are free, you can purchase a coffee and breakfast for around $15 with stunning, leafy views. This is a pleasant way to start your morning, and aim to get there after 8 am. This way, you’ll visit after the manic rush hour and before the rest of the tourists descend.

Buckingham Palace

• A 3-minute walk from St James’s Cafe
• Opening times: 24 hours a day
• Suggested tour: The State Rooms ticket

This royal palace is one of London’s famous attractions. Buckingham Palace is massively associated with the late Queen and has been immortalized by international films, including Paddington Bear and the Bond films. Most people visit Buckingham Palace to stand at the black, wrought iron gates. You can peer through the bars and watch the guards, and at 11:30 am every day, the Changing of the Guard is a brilliant free activity in London.

You can book one of the walking tours of the Buckingham Palace State Rooms to get a closer look. These tickets cost around $35 and give you access to the rooms that His Majesty the King receives members of the public in. These rooms are adorned by private collections of art and finery. If you’d like an insight into the world of the Royal Family, this tour of Buckingham Palace is a must. If you time it right, you might finish the Buckingham Palace State Rooms tour just in time to watch the Changing of the Guard.

10 Downing Street

• 18-minute walk from Buckingham Palace

10 Downing Street is one of those quick stop-and-look places. The address is marked in the brains of everyone in England and lots of people across the globe. The home is gifted to every Prime Minister and acts as a private residence. For obvious reasons, the house is closed to public visitors as a relatively small property. Unlike Buckingham Palace, the Prime Minister can hardly shift to a different wing to avoid guests. Besides, security is so strict that Downing Street is gated off and guarded 24 hours a day.

Despite this, you can visit and peer at the Prime Minister’s house through the gates. The gates of Downing Street are also a hot spot for protests. If you have political interests, it is a fascinating place to visit and witness firsthand. Reading the protest signs and speaking to people protesting is a great way to catch up on current affairs. Since it is heavily guarded, the protests tend to stay very peaceful.

Churchill War Rooms

• 8-minute walk from 10 Downing Street
• Opening times: 9:30 am – 6 pm
• Suggested tour: Churchill War Rooms and Walking Tour

The Churchill War Rooms are one of London’s most thought-provoking and inspiring attractions. The headquarters are underground, not far from Buckingham Palace, and marked where Winston Churchill lived and worked throughout World War II. The PM is hailed as a hero for how he maneuvered Britain toward victory in the war. Since today is dedicated towards monarchs and MPs, it is only fitting to add an attraction relating to Churchill – one of the most famous British PMs of all time. His story is told through interactive exhibits and animated stories.

You can book numerous tours, like the one linked above lasts for 1.5 hours. For those wanting to save money, consider the London GoCity Pass , which grants you access to a selection of London attractions for a lower price.

Westminster Abbey

• 5-minute walk from Churchill War Rooms
• Opening times: 9:30 am to 3:30 pm
• Suggested tour: Westminster Abbey Entrance Ticket

Westminster Abbey is one of the most famous churches in London. The protestant church is next to the Houses of Parliament and has a dramatic Gothic appearance. It’s stunning to visit and admire from the outside. This is best if you are pushed for time or on a budget. But otherwise, carve out half an hour or so to explore inside. Inside, you’ll find that the grandeur continues, with beautiful architecture and decorations. There are also exhibits of wax effigies.

Westminster Abbey is such an icon in London. It is the home of British coronations, dating back to William the Conqueror. It is also popular for royal weddings, including Prince William and Kate Middleton in 2011. It is a convenient, impressive addition to your itinerary. And for just upwards of $13, it is one of the more budget-friendly attractions to visit in your 3 days in London.

Houses of Parliament and Big Ben

• 4-minute walk from Westminster Abbey
• Opening times: 9 am – 5 pm
• Suggested tour: Houses of Parliament and Westminster Abbey

The Gothic structure of the Houses of Parliament is another iconic London landmark. The parliament building houses the debating chambers and is the heart and soul of England’s political scene. Many people see the Houses of Parliament as a symbol of democracy. The parliament is famed for its adjoining clock tower, often falsely nicknamed Big Ben. True London enthusiasts will know that the name refers to the famous Big Ben bell – right at the top of the tower.

Visitors can tour the Houses of Parliament, learning more about how the parliament functions and the roles of its different chambers. A designated UNESCO World Heritage Site, it has a lot of history and depth. It makes the perfect addition to your itinerary. You can read all about the Houses of Parliament in our detailed guide  here . As a quick side note, when you exit the parliament, make sure to appreciate the view of Westminster Bridge. It is one of the most famous bridges in London.

Trafalgar Square

• 13-minute walk from Big Ben

Trafalgar Square is another incredible landmark. The 19th-century square is characterized by the statue of Admiral Nelson. Admiral Nelson led his troops to victory in the Battle of Trafalgar during the Napoleonic Wars. Since it was built, the square has seen many protests and a lot of political action. Nowadays, it features fountains and lion statues, and even London’s Smallest Police Station.

You only need ten minutes or so to appreciate Trafalgar Square in full. It is an easy attraction to slot into a busy itinerary yet has a lot of oomph and history to it as well.

Optional detour: Charing Cross Road

• 3-minute walk from Trafalgar Square

If you are a Harry Potter fan, you will love London. Many of its streets were used as film locations, and Charing Cross Road was used throughout all eight films. True Harry Potter fans might already recognize the street from the films, but if not, take a few pictures and re-watch the snippets on YouTube. There are loads of Harry Potter-related things to do around London, so keep your eyes peeled.

This Harry Potter Tour is one of the most popular in the city and takes you to the Studios where it was filmed!

National Gallery

• 1-minute walk from Trafalgar Square
• Opening times: 10 am to 6 pm (9 pm on Fridays)

While you are in Trafalgar Square, pop into the National Gallery. The National Gallery traces the history of Western European painting. It features some of the most beautiful paintings you’ll ever see. The gallery has everything from colorful and chunky abstract art to classic garden landscape scenes. The National Gallery has some big names, too, including Van Gogh, Da Vinci, and Turner.

Specific exhibits cost to visit, but entering the gallery itself is free. It also has air conditioning – a win, win in summer. On Fridays, it makes a great evening attraction too. A late-night visit to the National Gallery followed by a glass of wine at one of the cocktail bars is a romantic way to spend an evening.

Evening: Watch a West End Show at Leicester Square

• 3-minute walk from the National Gallery
• Opening times: Shows tend to start at 7:30 pm, but this varies per performance
• Cost: $140 average

West End shows are one of the most popular evening entertainment choices. While there are no official dress codes, it is customary to get dressed up, and the performances are associated with being a bit of a splurge and treat. You can buy tickets at the box office or online. Sometimes, you can snag cheap tickets by visiting the box office on the day and asking what tickets are left over.

The shows last for around two hours and 30 minutes, usually with a break in the middle for refreshments. Most performances finish by around 10 pm, so plan to go for a drink or two at Covent Garden after.

Day 2: London Neighborhoods and Culture

Welcome to day 2 of our 3 days in London itinerary. Today will be dedicated to London’s most distinct neighborhoods and culture. One of the best things about London is its different boroughs and diversity. There are so many to explore, and each offers a different experience and cultural atmosphere. Selecting just a few is really tricky. You could spend months in London and not even scratch the surface.

Today, you’ll explore the classic neighborhoods of Piccadilly Circus, Brixton, and Camden. This selection should give you a good taste of  alternative things to do in London  and give you a sense of community feel. Today is more than just a whistle-stop tour of the most touristy museums and landmarks. We’ll take today slower and offer a less rigid structure so you can get lost a little, especially in Brixton and Camden markets.

While yesterday was spent walking around, we will also use the tube more today. This is an experience in itself. The colored tangle of tube lines and dotted tube stations is like a giant puzzle. The constant screeching of tubes and the patter of business shoes are definitely sensory overloads. Download an offline map of London using Google Maps as the signal cuts off underground and just embrace the craziness. Using the London Underground is lots of fun, and even if you get lost, any staff member will be happy to help.

Sound exciting? We told you that today would be an insight into local London living. You’ll finish today with a deeper understanding of London’s most diverse neighborhoods and how to navigate the city like a local.

Piccadilly Circus, Oxford Street, and Regent Street

Piccadilly Circus, Oxford Street, and Regent Street are some of the most classic streets in London. The roads are lined with elegant buildings of Portland Stone and feature those photogenic curved side streets. Piccadilly Circus, Oxford Street, and Regent Street are best known for being great shopping streets.

We recommend spending just half an hour or so wandering these areas, snapping photos of the architecture, and lapping up the atmosphere. For that classy London aesthetic, Piccadilly Circus, Oxford Street, and Regent Street are all fantastic spots.

Appreciate music and art culture in Brixton

• 9 minutes on the Victoria tube from Green Station and a 3-minute walk
• Suggested tour: Private Brixton Tour with Local Guide

Brixton is a diverse neighborhood in south London. The area is known for its Caribbean influence and has countless street food stalls and vintage clothes shops. It is somewhere to escape the occasionally stuffy atmosphere of central London and more western neighborhoods like Chelsea. Brixton has a real salt-of-the-earth vibe.

You can check out the David Bowie Memorial Mural, Brixton Market, and the impressive range of live music venues. To appreciate art, food, and music, Brixton is the place for you.

Head to Camden Market

• 16 minutes on the Victoria and Northern tubes, then a 4-minute walk
• Suggested tour: Camden with a local

Camden Market is north London’s answer to Brixton. This part hippie, punk, and goth area is full of character. You’ll be walking down the street with fancy dress costumes in one shop, CBD cookies in another, tattoo deals over the road, and knock-off designer shoes in front of you. Camden attracts a range of people too. You’ll get a leaflet from a lady preaching about Jesus and a man with face piercings handing out vegan awareness flyers.

Camden is a good choice for anyone wanting to experience a different side of London. Head straight to the market by the canal and treat yourself to some delicious food – they have everything from Pad Thai to Pho and burrito bowls.

Evening: Sunset at Primrose Hill

• 8-minute walk from Camden Market

Finish your day in style at no extra cost by catching the sunset at Primrose Hill. The 213-foot hill treats you to stunning views over London’s skyline. The combination of good views and a safe neighborhood is fantastic at sunset. Bring a picnic blanket, snacks, and vino, and settle in for the evening.

Day 3: Museums

Day 3 is the final day in our 3 days in London itinerary. We couldn’t miss a day dedicated to London’s world-class museums, so here it is. From the Natural History Museum to the Tate Modern – these museums are the absolute creme de la creme. Today you’ll be utilizing the tube skills you picked up yesterday to hop across London to its most exciting museums. Hopefully, tube navigation is now just a breeze. Still, we’ll add some additional instructions to help with navigation.

We didn’t want you to be too rushed off your feet (although everyone else in London seems to be, so you’ll blend in fine if you are). If you want some extra museum suggestions, visit the British Library, the London Transport Museum, the Vktor Wynd Museum of Curiosities, the Foundling Museum, and the Charles Dickens Museum. You can also check out our top five museum guides  here .

For now, though, you’ve definitely got enough on your plate. Your last day in London will be exciting, and remember to bring a camera to freeze the memories.

Breakfast in Sky Garden

• Opening times: 8 am to midnight

The Sky Garden is a beautiful spot for breakfast. Set at the top of the ‘walkie-talkie’ building, the glass conservatory-style property is full of tropical plants and garden walkways. It feels like a bit of a glass jungle, with the benefit of having sweeping views of London. Spot everything from Big Ben to the London Eye; the Sky Garden is a killer vantage point.

At the front of the space, there’s a small cafe where you can treat yourself to a coffee and breakfast snack. Since it is free to enter, this will be your only cost this morning. Just note that you must make reservations and aim to do so at least a week before visiting.

Optional detour: St Paul’s Cathedral

• 15-minute walk from the Sky Garden
• Opening times: 8:30 am to 4:30 pm
• Suggested tour: Skip the queue entrance ticket

St Paul’s Cathedral is one of London’s most beloved landmarks. Not only a religious symbol and architectural beauty, the cathedral was also used in notable historical events. These events include Princess Diana Spencer’s marriage and Winston Churchill’s funeral.

Admire from the outside or take a peek inside for a relatively modest fee. You’ll have mosaics and beautiful decorations to revel at, plus the option to climb to the Golden Gallery for views over London.

Tower of London

• 22-minute walk from St Paul’s Cathedral
• Opening times: 9 am to 4:30 pm
• Suggested tour: Early Access Tower of London and Crown Jewels Exhibition

The Tower of London is a medium length walk from St Paul’s Cathedral and passes the iconic Tower Bridge. The Tower of London is a UNESCO World Heritage Site with a bloody and brutal history. The tower was where prisoners (usually political prisoners) were held before execution and was built within an old medieval castle. There is even an ancient torture chamber on display and, of course, the beloved crown jewels.

The Tower of London is where to visit for an insight into London’s darker history. Allow at least an hour to visit if you get access to the crown jewels exhibition, and make sure to stop by Tower Bridge on your way. The tower is a must when visiting for 3 days in London.

British Museum

• 13-minute walk and 18 minutes on the District and Elizabeth tube lines from the Tower of London
• Opening times: 10 am to 5 pm
• Suggested tour: British Museum Guided Tour

The British Museum is out of your way, but it is definitely worth it. And while you are on a mission to see London’s museums, it is best to detour early when you still have plenty of energy. The museum showcases thousands of global exhibits, from Egyptian mummies to Greek sculptures. It is free to enter, but you can choose to treat yourself to a guided tour for $35 upwards. You’ll get plenty out of the experience either way, as the exhibits have plenty of information and insightful details. If you are interested in international history and ancient history, the British Museum is a must.

Victoria and Albert Museum

• 58-minute walk and 25 minutes on the Piccadilly tube from the British Museum
• Opening times: 10 am to 5:45 pm

The Victoria and Albert Museum is one of the best in London. It has everything from classic sculptures to obscure and rather eclectic modern exhibits. It covers themes from textiles and fashion to ancient artwork. After the informative, intense experience at the British Museum, the Victoria and Albert Museum is diverse enough to keep your attention. Not many museums can pull off being the third in a row, but this one does fantastically.

Natural History Museum

• A 1-minute walk from the Victoria and Albert Museum
• Opening times: 10 am to 5:50 pm
• Suggested tour: Guided tour of the Natural History Museum

Another celebrity addition to our ‘3 days in London’ itinerary, the Natural History Museum needs no introduction. The beast of a museum offers hours’ worth of natural history exhibits, including animatronic dinosaurs and a giant whale skeleton.

Totally free to enter; you can splash out on a paid guided walking tour if you wish. We recommend just visiting independently, as it is an excellent museum to explore at your leisure, with cafes and marbled benches dotted all over.

Tate Modern

• 1 hour walk or 28 minutes on the District tube from the Natural History Museum
• Opening times: 10 am to 6 pm

We are heading to London’s South Bank, a famed district known for its street art and modern culture. You’ll cross the River Thames – putting those tube navigating skills to the test again and visit the Tate Modern, home to London’s modern art.

Not only does it have works from across the globe. It also has a cafe with gorgeous views of the River Thames, perfect for a late-afternoon caffeine fix. If you are an art enthusiast, you could spend hours at the gallery, but keep it to around an hour. You’ve got a schedule to keep, after all.

• 20-minute walk from the Tate Modern
• Opening times: 11 am until 6 pm
• Suggested tour: London Eye Fast-track

Get ready to finish your day with another beautiful London skyline view. The London Eye is the tallest Ferris wheel in Europe, and from it, you can spot landmarks like the London Bridge and Shard. One rotation takes around 30 minutes, so you’ll have plenty of time for sightseeing out of the pod windows.

You’ll walk to the London Eye along the Queen’s Way, a beautiful cemented walkway along the River Thames. The walkway is always alive with street performers and is one of the most scenic walks in all of London – so enjoy the journey.

Evening: Shakespeare’s Globe

• 23-minute walk from the London Eye
• Opening times: 11 am to 6 pm
• Cost: $6 to $70
• Suggested tour: Book directly through Shakespeare’s Globe

Shakespeare’s Globe is an old-fashioned open-air theatre right opposite Millennium Bridge. The Globe is a traditional theater, and because of that, you can purchase standing tickets for just $6. Actual seats (covered by a thin roof) can rise to $70, with hard and soft seat options. All the performances are classic Shakespeare plays, and the Globe keeps the experience as authentic as possible. Embracing iconic English literature and watching a play at the Globe is how to finish your trip to London with a bang.

We recommend snagging tickets for an evening performance at 7:30 pm, giving yourself time to get dinner beforehand. Make sure to wrap up warm and bring a blanket for your legs, as it gets cold and exposed to all the elements.

FAQs: 3 days in London

Now that we’ve covered the ultimate 3 days in London itinerary, what about all the other essential details you should know? This section is dedicated to common FAQs and absolute must-know snippets of insider information.

Is 3 days enough to visit London?

3 days is  just  enough time to visit London. You have enough time to visit a selection of the best things to do and one or two off-the-beaten-track attractions.

What would you do if you spend three days in London?

In 3 days in London, you can visit tourist spots like Westminster Abbey, Tower Bridge, and Covent Garden. You can visit museums, galleries, palaces, and community spots like markets.

How many days is ideal in London?

4 days is the perfect amount of time to visit London. In 4 days, you’ll balance the expense of visiting the city, tick off a lot of attractions, and have a day spare if you want to take a day trip.

Is 4 days enough time in London?

Yes, 4 days is enough time in London. You have enough time to see significant sights and take a day trip, which you don’t have time for with 3 days in London.

These are some quickfire tips to get the most out of your trip to London. From the London Pass to outfit choices, pay attention to these insider tips.

• Get a London Pass

The London Pass gives you access to over 90 different attractions in London, and you can purchase a pass for a single day or multiple days in London. Single-day prices start at around $110 per person, and two-day prices at about $140. However, considering that many attractions are over $30 each, it is more economical to pay a single upfront fee. Considering the London Pass for this itinerary is a good idea, especially for day 3.

Westminster Abbey, Tower Bridge, the Tower of London, St Paul’s Cathedral, Shakespeare Globe, Houses of Parliament, and even certain cinemas are included in the London Pass. Get Your Pass here.

• Walk or take the tube – never a taxi

It might go without saying, but in London, public transport and good old walking reign supreme. It might be a little strong to say if you can’t walk there or get the tube there, it isn’t worth going to, but in your 3 days, you really have no need for taxis. All the areas you visit are easily accessed on foot or the tube. A taxi can be more expensive and time-consuming when you hit a London traffic jam. Grab an Oyster Card to get around on public transport.

• Bring some comfy shoes

Off the back of that, comfy shoes are a must when visiting London. You will walk a lot, whether around a vast museum or between attractions. Comfortable shoes are the best way to make walking enjoyable. The last thing you want are blisters to contend with, and the wet ground can also get slippery.

• Download offline Google Maps

As we mentioned, having offline directions is essential if you want to use Google Maps to navigate the underground (which is recommended). Luckily, downloading maps to use offline is really easy.

Just open the Google Maps app on your phone, and click on the letter of your first name in the bubble at the top right corner of your screen. Select ‘offline maps’ from the list of options, then click ‘select your own map’, zoom in on London, and click ‘download’. Voila, you now have Google Maps whether you have a signal or not.

• Bring an umbrella

It’s no secret that it rains a lot in England. When visiting London, the best idea is to carry an umbrella. This way, a little shower won’t ruin your day or outfit. The last thing you want is to be cold, wet, and miserable. You could bring an umbrella with you or even treat yourself to one when you arrive.

• Check whether your accommodation has AC

In summer, London tends to have at least one heatwave. Since the city is built to deal with the cold rather than the heat, only a few accommodation options have AC. If you are visiting when a heatwave is predicted or don’t want to risk it, try to book accommodation with an AC option.

When to visit London

The best time to avoid crowds in London is between October and March. These months are shoulder months and avoid major holidays (Halloween aside). October and March also tend to have decent weather – not the minus temperatures and non-stop rain you get across winter. October is perfect if you want to experience London in autumn, too, when areas like Hyde Park are extra pretty.

That being said, though, London is beautiful all year round. The fun atmosphere is contagious in summer when people flock to picnic and party in parks, and the long nights are packed with football and barbeques. If you are okay with booking skip-the-queue tickets for attractions and coping with extra crowds, summer is an excellent time to get a fun vibe from London and spend time outside.

Winter, mostly December, has a similar fun vibe when all the Christmas decorations go up and festivities begin. In December, people visit Harrods just to admire the decorations, never mind what’s actually for sale. And you have events like Winter Wonderland, a vast alpine Christmas festival that opens up in Hyde Park. You may even get snow if you are lucky.

How to get around

Of course, walking is the ideal way to get around London. In our 3 days in London itinerary, the first day doesn’t require public transport as the attractions are just a short walk apart. Depending on what you want to visit and if you stay centrally, you can walk everywhere.

To visit different areas of London though, you will need public transport. The most well-connected form of public transportation is the London Underground. Most neighborhoods have tube stations, and districts are marked as zones, with Zone 1 being the immediate central circle. You tap on and off, usually entering and exiting through ticket barriers. You can use either your card or an Oyster Card , so don’t worry about buying an Oyster.

London has a train service, most commonly used to travel to destinations on the outskirts of London without underground connections. Many people use the London rail system to travel on long-distance trains to and from other cities in the UK. The city also has a ferry network, with a fleet of Uber boats shuttling passengers up and down the Thames. An Uber boat is an excellent option if you fancy an alternative to a pricey Thames River cruise.

To get tactical, you could book a hop-on hop-off bus . A hop-on hop-off bus ticket lets you jump on a specific bus that runs you around a designated tourist circuit, letting you take advantage of door-to-door transportation. And lastly, there are more Ubers and taxis that you could count, so there is always that option. Don’t bother renting a car, as it is more of a hindrance than helpful.

Luggage Storage

Storing luggage is a great idea. It’s worth mentioning that some attractions will only let you bring oversized bags inside and often don’t offer storage rooms either. Luggage storage is a fantastic choice. Always check with your hotel first, as they usually store luggage for free or for a meager fee.

Otherwise, head to one of the main stations to store luggage there (Victoria Station offers storage). You can also use websites like Bounce, Stasher, and Radical Storage to find secure places that provide storage for low prices all over London.

How to get to London from the Airport

We have a complete  guide  on how to get to London from its many different airports, but we’ll provide a quick summary here.

The best airport to fly into London from is London Heathrow. An airport train runs from London Heathrow to Paddington Station in just fifteen minutes. London Heathrow makes the airport the quickest to reach, apart from London City Airport in central London. Your other options are as follows:

• Stansted Airport
• Gatwick Airport
• Luton Airport
• London City Airport
• London Southend Airport

Gatwick Airport is located south of London and has a similar train service that takes a little longer, with a 30-minute journey to Victoria Station. Luton Airport is located north of London and requires you to take a shuttle bus and then a direct train from Luton Airport Parkway to central London in around 25 minutes. London Stansted Airport takes 50 minutes to reach London Liverpool Street Station by train. London City Airport is connected to central London by a 10-minute tube ride on the DLR line. However, it has limited flights and destinations. Finally, London Southend Airport is located in the southeast and takes around 50 minutes to reach London Liverpool Street Station.

As you can see, you have plenty of options. The good news generally is that all the airports are very well-connected to the city center.

Where to stay in London for 3 days

Finding a London hotel to fit your budget is really straightforward. London has a fantastic selection of accommodation, and you can read our detailed guide  here . However, these are our top favorites.

• Budget: Wombat’s City Hostel

Wombat’s City Hostel  is easily one of the best hostels in the city. It is well known for its safe and friendly atmosphere and is decorated tastefully in light, airy colors. The hostel has free wifi, a communal terrace, and a bar – perfect for making new friends. It’s also located in Tower Hamlets, ideal for walking to attractions like the Tower of London.

• Mid-Range: The Resident Kensington

The Resident Kensington  is the best mid-range option in London if you want good value for money in the Kensington and Chelsea area. Each room is laid out apartment-style, with kitchens that guests can use to cook up their own culinary masterpieces.

• Luxury: Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square

Four Seasons Hotel at Ten Trinity Square  is the epitome of luxury in London. From the elegant columned entrance to the in-house spa and restaurant with Michelin-starred chef, guests have all the precious luxuries. Plus, you are just 550 meters from Tower Bridge.

Where to eat in London

There are so many great places to eat in London we could do just a post on that. These are some of our recommendations for where to eat after a few trips to London. If you want to get more familiar with the food here check out our post dedicated to the Best British Foods .

• Afternoon tea at The Savoy
• Vietnamese food (including egg coffee) at Caphe House
• Fish and chips at the Mayfair Chippy
• Pied a Terre for Michelin dining

To Conclude

Feeling inspired by our 3 days in London itinerary? Great news. 3 days in London might seem short, but as you can see, there’s plenty that you can fit in during that time. You have seen a minimum of 24 different bucket list attractions, all conveniently linked together to save you the most time and energy for the most enjoyable experience. How many spots do you recognize in these photographs of  classic London landmarks ?

If you have 4 days in London, you can consider extra activities like taking a day trip out to Windsor Castle, Hampton Court Palace, or Richmond Park. In 3 days, it is best to only venture as far as 30 minutes or so out of the city center. With 4 days, you can easily dedicate one day to heading further afield. These are some great day trips from London that you can check out. If you are really ambitious, you could even add a day trip to somewhere like Stonehenge or the White Cliffs of Dover to your list. Should you still be choosing how long to visit London for, that is something to consider.

Either way, have a wonderful time in London. We hope you have a fantastic stay and tick off as many of your dream attractions as possible.

Plan Your Next Trip to London with These Resources

• 38 Best Things to Do in London, England
• 18 Best Day Trips From London
• How to Visit The Palace of Westminster and the Houses of Parliament in London
• Where To Stay In London – Guide to The Best Neighborhoods
• How to Get from London Airport to City Centre
• British Food: 23 Best UK Dishes to Try at Home or Abroad

Travel Planning Resources

Looking to book your next trip? Why not use these resources that are tried and tested by yours truly.

Flights: Start planning your trip by finding the best flight deals on Skyscanner

Book your Hotel: Find the best prices on hotels with these two providers. If you are located in Europe use Booking.com and if you are anywhere else use TripAdvisor

Find Apartment Rentals: You will find the cheapest prices on apartment rentals with VRBO . 

Travel Insurance: Don't leave home without it. Here is what we recommend:

• Allianz - Occasional Travelers.
• Medjet - Global air medical transport and travel security.

Need more help planning your trip? Make sure to check out our Resources Page where we highlight all the great companies that we trust when we are traveling.

You May Also Like

15 Places to Ring in The New Year Around the World

The Ultimate One Day in Rome Itinerary: How To Maximize Your Visit

3 Days in Rome: Planning the Perfect Rome Itinerary In 2024

About ThePlanetD Team

Guest writers for The Planet D offer insider tips and information on destinations that they are experts in. We can't be everywhere at once, and it is important to have the highest level of travel information from local writers and experienced travelers.

Join thousands of others who get our monthly updates!

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

20 thoughts on “London Itinerary – Planning the Best 3 Days in London In 2024”

Thanks for sharing great details about London. And I am sure I just check all of place in your blog.

Wow… Very informative .

Nice article. Great to read.

My husband and I went to London for the first time last summer. Your itinerary would have been so helpful! I wish I had found it before our trip.

Congrats that you have made this possible for just 3 days! Cant wait to share mine too.

Wow! I just cant wait to visit London after seeing this.

Definitely a life-saver!! I’ve been planning a trip to Europe next year and thank Goodness I’ve came across your blog. Love this so much! Thank you!

Hi Karen — Do you happen to assist in planning a family trip to London and Paris? We are traveling with a 12 and 15 year old. Are you available to contact off-line?

Articles in your blog is time and money saving. I got 14 days at one time of vacation twice a year and these travel plans are perfect!

My long time dream was to be able to travel to London. How I wish these tips should be done once I will be given a chance to travel there!

Great Article. Thanks for sharing this. Kindly post continuoulsy like that.

James…I couldn’t agree more with you! 🙂

Great stuff as always. My question is how much does 3 days in London actually cost? I know the pound is much stronger than the USD. Please share some insight.

Oh my god you made it so simple.Lovely article with it’s order and included great places. Specially the day 1 itinerary for me is the best and it is followed by day 3 Itinerary. Your writing skill is truly amazing.

While reading this I realize that it is the best blog as compare to others. So keep posting this type of blogs. Its good

Thank you for sharing this information about the UK’s capital London. I would love to go there, your this information will help me that time.

Glad the post could help and hopefully you get to visit London soon!

Wow, I am visiting London next week and this post cleared many of my doubts, thanks a lot. cheers..!

Have a great time! I wish I was going back with you!

I’m sure the food over there is delicious 🙂

Jetsetting Fools

Travel Far. Discover More. Spend Less.

3-Day London Itinerary: How To Spend 3 Days in London

Welcome to JetSetting Fools, here you will find our best travel tips for destinations worldwide. Some of the links on this site are Affiliate Links and if you use them to make a purchase, we may earn a commission. For more information, read our Disclosure Policy .

London is one of the most visited destinations in the world – and it’s easy to understand why. The city is both historic and modern and is home to royalty and celebrities. London is also packed with iconic sights, museums, palaces and parks. Spending 3 days in London is just enough time to get a taste. We created a perfect 3-Day London Itinerary that includes all the best sightseeing!

Planning an Itinerary for London in 3 Days

Planning a trip to London is a big task – especially if you only have three days. In addition to determining which sights to see, travel planning in London also involves figuring out how to get there, how to get around, where to stay and what to pack.

Furthermore, as you plan travel in London you need to consider your overall trip budget. From flights to sights, hotels and food – London is not cheap to visit. The high price of sightseeing in London in 3 days can quickly add up.

3 Days in London On A Budget

Before visitors plan travel to London, it is important to consider a budget. Entrance fees to some of the top attractions cost upwards of $30 per person. The price of accommodations in central London can be astronomical and dining out can put a real dent in any travel budget.

Budget travelers might fear a visit to the city might be cost prohibitive, but it is possible to see London on the cheap. And we are showing you how!

In this 3-Day Itinerary in London, we focus on experiencing it all on a budget. Our plan for what to see in London in 3 days highlights budget activities. We include self-guided walking tours and taking advantage of the many free sights the city has on offer. That said, the route passes by some of the top ticketed London attractions. You can decide whether or not to enter these based on your personal UK trip budget. 

Organizing a London Travel Plan

Our outlined 3 Day London Trip Itinerary provides heaps of information that you need to create your European Travel Plan . However, staying on top the details is essential. We recommend using Travel Planning Printables – so that you can get your vacation to London organized!

3 Days in London Travel Itinerary FAQs

Before we jump into our day-by-day 3-Day Itinerary of London, we want to answer a few frequently asked questions. 

A Perfect London Itinerary…for Who?

We designed our London 3-Day Itinerary with budget travelers in mind. That said, anyone going to London for 3 days can use our guide to help plan their trip. Although we feature free attractions (and who doesn’t like free?), we include information about ticketed sights and money-saving London attraction cards, as well.

Whether you are traveling to England solo, with a group of friends, as a couple or with an entire family, you can use our 3 Days in London Itinerary to plan your adventure!

How Many Days to Spend in London?

We think 3 days in London is just enough time to get acquainted. However, we know other travelers to London may have more (or less) time. At the end of the article, we offer budget-minded travel plans for a 1-Day London Itinerary along with what to do in London for the weekend and tips on how to spend a week in London.  

What Does this 3-Day London Itinerary Include? 

Our 3 days Itinerary in London features the best sights and attractions in a well-planned day-by-day format. At the end of the post, we also provide a Sightseeing Map of London that is marked with all of our mentioned attractions.

We do include ticketed sights in our 3 Days London Itinerary, and if there is a charge, we indicate that. In an effort to keep our London budget in check, we did not feel the need to enter every single sight. In fact, we were content seeing many of the historic London buildings from the outside – or found ways to go at a discount or for even for free!

Budget Tip : For discounted entry into top London sights, consider the National Rail Pass 2-for-1 vouchers or a London sightseeing pass. We provide more information on both options at the end of the article.

3-Day Itinerary for London on a Budget

We have packed our 3-Day London Itinerary to the brim – including all of our budget tips. It is possible to see each day’s activities in one day. However, timing will vary based on your walking pace and how long each sight holds your interest. Be aware of opening hours and daily events (like Changing of the Guard) and adjust according to your schedule and preference. Alright, let’s see London!

DAY ONE: ICONIC WESTMINSTER

Spend the day walking through London’s best-known borough, Westminster. In the evening, wander into Chinatown before ending the day window shopping at Piccadilly Circus and on Regent Street.

Kensington Palace

Begin Day 1 of your 3-Day Itinerary London at Kensington Palace, a royal residence since the 17th century. Formerly the official home of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge and Cornwall (aka the Prince and Princess of Wales, Will and Kate). Part of the palace – including the King and Queen State Rooms and rotating special exhibits (such as Princess Diana’s dress collection and Life Through A Royal Lens) are open to visitors.

Pro Tip : Tickets are required to enter Kensington Palace, but Kensington Gardens are open to the public and free to visit!  

After seeing Kensington Palace, walk through Hyde Park – one of the eight Royal Parks of London. Marked with walking paths and ponds, Hyde Park features numerous statues and memorials. One of the most popular is the Princess Diana Memorial Fountain, which sits in the center of the park. Hyde Park is also home to the festive (and massive) London Winter Wonderland Christmas Market .

Pro Tip : Wander your way toward the southeastern Hyde Park Corner and the Wellington Arch. From there, set off on a discovery of the famous London borough: City of Westminster.  

Westminster Walk

Embark on a walk through the City of Westminster to some iconic London sights. Use our Free, Self-Guided Walking Tour London for detailed information and walking directions for the sights in Westminster.

Buckingham Palace 

From the Wellington Arch, it’s just a short jaunt to Buckingham Palace (ticket required to enter) – where the royal family has resided since 1837. Take in the enormous size of the palace from the front gates – or time your visit to coincide with the spectacle of the Changing of the Guards. 

London Afternoon Tea

High Tea in London is tradition that many visitors will want to include in their 3 Day London Itinerary – and it’s a fantastic first-day, mid-day meal! Experiencing the afternoon meal of finger sandwiches, scones and cakes – along with tea, and often Champagne – is quintessentially British. 

London High Tea can be a luxurious experience – and, therefore, can be a bit expensive. The most glamourous place for Afternoon Tea is The Ritz – but visitors can also opt for a guided High Tea Experience at Kensington Palace. Budget travelers, on the other hand, can find more affordable experiences at tea shops (like the nearby English Rose Café), restaurants and hostels.   

Trafalgar Square and Sights

Stroll down The Mall to Trafalgar Square – a must see on your Three Day London Itinerary. Trafalgar Square is home to numerous free London tourist attractions, including a couple of the city’s most famous museums.

The National Gallery features masterpieces by Leonardo da Vinci and Vincent Van Gogh. The National Portrait Gallery displays portraits of famous British figures, such as Sir Isaac Newton and Anne Boleyn. St. Martin in the Fields Church is also on Trafalgar Square and, in addition to being free to enter, provides free musical concerts (plus has an inexpensive café in the crypt).

London Landmarks

Next, walk down Whitehall, the political thoroughfare that is home to historic monuments. Pass by the Horse Guards Parade and nearby 10 Downing Street, where the UK Prime Minister lives and works.

Continue walking to the famous Westminster Abbey (ticket required to enter, unless attending a service). Westminster Abbey is one of the London UNESCO World Heritage Sites and is a sight not to be missed. 

Then take in the sights of the enormous UK Parliament Building and iconic Big Ben Clock mounted on the Elizabeth Tower.

London Riverside Gardens and Views

End your tour of Westminster strolling along the Thames Riverside on the Victoria Embankment to the Golden Jubilee Bridge. Walk out onto the bridge for a spectacular viewpoint over the River Thames. The views over London from the bridge encompass the London Eye Ferris Wheel (ticket required), Parliament and Big Ben.

Pro Tip : Our Self Guided Westminster London Walking Tour ( get it here ) details more of this walk. Visitors can also join a guided tour ( like this one ) for in-depth information and a local’s perspective. 

West End London

In the late afternoon and evening of your first day in London, spend time exploring the vibrant West End.

Characterized by theaters, high end shopping districts and nightlife, the London West End is a top traveler destination. Starting in Leicester Square, wander through to Chinatown, then on to Soho and Regent Street (London’s most prestigious shopping district).

Leicester Square

London’s Leicester Square is a hub of entertainment. Home to numerous theaters and cinemas (keep an eye out for celebrities on Red Carpet events), there are also festive markets, fun shops and street entertainers. This is not where you will find cheap shopping in London, but two fun stores to visit (especially if you are traveling to London with kids) are M&M World and the Lego Store.

Pro Tip : While most London theater tickets are expensive, the TKTS ticket booth on Leicester Square sells last-minute tickets that are deeply discounted.

Chinatown London

On the north side of Leicester Square is London Chinatown, marked by an ornamental gate. The bustling streets are draped with red paper lanterns and there is a choice of affordable Asian eateries (although, there are tourist traps, too!).

We recommend eating dinner in Chinatown. Sit down to a delicious meal of dim sum and roasted duck at Lido (which has been serving classic fare since 1969) or go to the famous Café TPT to indulge in a variety of Asian fare.

Budget Tip : For more budget food in Chinatown options, try Bun House, Good Friend Chicken, Baozi Inn or Jen Café for dumplings. 

London Soho

End the first day of your London Itinerary for 3 days in Soho. The atmospheric district is a haven of theaters, restaurants, shopping and nightlife. Walk under the bright lights of Piccadilly Circus, go window shopping along Regent Street and stroll the length of Carnaby Street.

Piccadilly Circus

Similar to Times Square in NYC , Piccadilly Circus is known for its flashing neon signs and brightly lit billboards. The intersection was built in 1819 as a circle (thus the name, circus). The Shaftesbury Memorial Fountain stands in the center of Piccadilly Circus, which is ringed by historic buildings, such as the London Pavilion and the Criterion Theater.

Regent Street

Regent Street – London’s shopping street – curves away from Piccadilly Circus to the north. While some budget travelers may shy away from a street lined with flagship retail stores, Regent Street is a must-see in London (especially during Christmas in London !).

We recommend window shopping the name brand stores, but pop in the famous Hamlesy Toy Store, which features incredible displays, interactive stations, unique finds and classic toys.

Carnaby Street

Firmly rooted in the cool music culture of London, Carnaby Street has had a front row seat to top cultural revolutions, from the London Swinging Sixties to the 80s punk scene to modern day hip hop. 

Pro Tip : Other Soho attractions include The Photographer’s Gallery (free after 5:00pm), the BBC Broadcasting House and the Handel & Hendrix in London Museum (tickets required to both).

London Nightlife in Soho

There is nothing quite like a night out in London’s Soho district! From ridiculously fun karaoke bars to an iconic basement jazz club, Soho is bursting with fun things to do in London at night. 

Ronnie Scott’s is the long-time jazz club that tops many visitor’s list of Soho nightlife (but tickets are required). Basement Sate and Cahoots are chic cocktail lounges that serve delicious concoctions (but also on the spendy side). Thirst Soho is a fun club (and has a happy hour and more affordable cocktails, too!). 

DAY 2: MUSEUMS, MARKETS AND THE BEST VIEWS OF LONDON

Start Day 2 of your three days in London at the British Museum. Then peruse Covent Garden before exploring London’s South Bank. In the afternoon, visit more of the free museums in London and stroll the Thames Riverside. Next, get an elevated view from one of London’s best observation decks. End the day at a classic London pub.

Pro Tip : Use this helpful Map for suggested directions for your Day 2 route.

The British Museum

The phenomenal British Museum is a must-visit on your 3 day trip to London. This renowned London museum contains a collection of artifacts that date to ancient times – and it is completely free to visit! Some of the highlights are The Rosetta Stone, Egyptian mummies, a stone Moai statue from Easter Island and Elgin Marbles from the Acropolis in Greece.

Pro Tip : Not only is it free to enter, but the British Museum offers complimentary brochures that outline recommended self guided tours of the exhibits!

Covent Garden and London Markets

Once orchards and a produce market, the Covent Garden District still maintains its roots as a top London shopping destination. The main Market Building houses numerous shops – including the Apple Market (homemade crafts, not phones), the East Colonnade Market (unique goods) and the Jubilee Market (antiques).

Pro Tip : One of the highlights of Covent Garden is all the street performers. Slow down and take a listen as you walk through this buzzing area of London, which is especially festive during the holidays!  

South Bank, London

Cross Waterloo Bridge to London’s South Bank. Stretching from Westminster Bridge to Blackfriars Bridge, South Bank is an entertainment destination – including high-priced attractions like the London Eye, the Sea Life Aquarium and the National Theater.

However, what we like best about the South Bank is the riverside Queen’s Walk. The pedestrian promenade offers grand views of the River Thames and City of London skyline.

As you walk east along the riverside, make a stop at the Tate Modern Museum. Entry to the contemporary art museum is free as is the Level 10 rooftop deck.

Pause at the Millennium Bridge (or walk halfway across it) to gaze at the massive domed St. Paul’s Cathedral. Continue walking east along the riverside and take a quick look at the thatched roof Shakespeare’s Globe. The theater is a replica standing on the same site of the original Globe Theatre that was built in 1599. 

Borough Market

On Day 2 of your Three Day Itinerary London, feast at the best food market in the city, Borough Market. 

A bustling market that dates to the 12th century, Borough Market features some of the best food vendors in London. Savory sandwiches, oysters on the half shell, pungent cheese and classic British fare – like Sausage Rolls and Scotch Eggs – are just a few of the items on offer. Better yet, there are heaps of options that cost less than 10 GBP – making it a great place for a budget lunch in London!

Southwark Cathedral

Sitting right next to the Borough Market is one of the fantastic (and free) churches in London to visit on a 3 day trip. The Southwark Cathedral holds more than 1,000 years of history – but has only been labeled a cathedral since 1905. 

The high vaulted, Gothic cathedral, which has exceptional stained-glass windows and an intricate altar, is well known for its choir and organ performances.  

Tower Bridge London

Of the more than 20 bridges that cross the Thames River in London, Tower Bridge is – by far – the most sensational. Built in the late 1800s, the two-tower, two-level bridge is an icon of England.

Visiting the Tower Bridge Exhibition requires a ticket, but walking across Tower Bridge is absolutely free.  

Pro Tip:  Before crossing the river, cross over Tower Bridge Road and find the Horsleydown Steps that lead to a secret eastside water level view of the magnificent bridge. Be sure to watch you step, the stairs are slippery at low tide!

Tower of London

An iconic riverside castle, the Tower of London (ticket required) was first established in the year 1066 and was used as a royal residence. Through the years, the castle has also served as a prison, an armory, the treasury and the Royal Mint – and it stands as one of the UNSECO sites in London.

The top sight at the Tower of London is the Crown Jewels, which are used in the monarchy’s coronations. Informational displays detail the history of the castle – and Beefeaters are on hand to answer any questions, too. 

In fact, guests can join a guided tour by Beefeaters. The Yeoman Warder Tours are included as part of the admission ticket. The guides are known for their wit and humor – in addition to their storytelling. 

The special Tower of London Ceremony of the Keys – which is the daily evening changing of the guard ceremony – is an inexpensive London event. However, the tickets are snapped up in a hurry, so you have to be quick to get them!

Pro Tip: The nearby All Hallows by the Tower Church dates to the year 675 and ranks as the oldest church in the City of London. The ancient church has a fascinating history that is detailed in the crypt museum – and entry to all of it is free! 

St. Dunstan in the East Church Garden

A secret garden set among the ruins of an old church, the St. Dunstan in the East Church is a London hidden gem! 

The Church of St. Dunstan dates to the beginning of the 12th century – but was severely damaged in both the Great Fire of London in 1666 and during the WWII Blitz of 1941. Rather than rebuilding the church after the war, it was turned into a public green space. 

Pro Tip: The steeple that still stands was an addition to the church in the late 1600s by the famous English architect, Sir Christopher Wren. 

Elevated London View

London is an incredible city to see from above – and there are several rooftops where visitors can get sublime views – for free! All three of our featured free London rooftops are close in proximity, so you can choose to go to one…or see them all! 

London Sky Garden

The Sky Garden London is a rooftop oasis located on the 38th floor of the Fenchurch Building (aka the Walkie Talkie) – and it’s free to visit! The attraction actually occupies the top three floors of the skyscraper at 20 Fenchurch Street. With floor to ceiling windows, there are 360-degree views of London – and there is an outdoor viewing platform, full restaurant as well as a bar.

Advance, online reservations are highly recommended, but some walk-ins are allowed when capacity permits. Get all of the details of how to book your free tickets in our complete guide to Visiting the Sky Garden in London .

The Garden at 120

A phenomenal 15-story rooftop garden that requires no reservation or ticket (but does require a security check), the Garden at 120 is a spacious, open-air rooftop.

While not quite as high as Sky Garden, the 360-degree London views encompass many of the same London landmark sights. We think it is one of the absolute best free viewpoints in London – and it’s said to be especially beautiful at sunset!

One New Change Mall Rooftop

One New Change is a modern mall – with an outstanding rooftop view. Only 6 stories high, the One New Change Rooftop is easy to get to – simply take the elevator to the 6th floor! The rooftop offers a unique vantage point of St. Paul’s Cathedral and the London skyline. 

The London Shard – which ranks as the tallest building in Western Europe – stands on the south side of the River Thames. The view does provide incredible vistas, but the experience is pricey. If The Shard is a must on your 3 Day London Itinerary, we recommend purchasing tickets in advance .

Pro Tip: London’s newest and highest free viewing platform is Horizon 22 at 22 Bishopsgate. Booking in advance is required and can be quite difficult to find an available time!

Leadenhall Market 

A gorgeous Victorian-era arcade, Leadenhall Market stands in the heart of the City of London – yet it is often missed. Fabulously decorated for Christmas on our recent visit, the grand architecture – and the fun pubs – are reason to see the marketplace year-round!

Pro Tip: The Leadenhall Market is especially popular with Harry Potter fans, as it was featured as Diagon Alley in the first Harry Potter film. 

Monument to the Great Fire of London

A famous 202-foot-tall commemorative column (now partially overshadowed by towering London skyscrapers), the Monument serves as a memorial of the Great Fire of London in 1666. 

One of the most destructive events in the history of London, the Great Fire blazed for four days and destroyed a third of the city’s buildings. After the smoke cleared, it took 50 years to rebuild – and the team of architects tasked with the massive endeavor were lead by Sir Christopher Wren. 

Pro Tip: The tower is open to visitors (ticket required) who want to climb the 311 steps to the scenic viewpoint. 

St. Paul’s Cathedral, London

St. Paul’s Cathedral is the masterpiece of the London rebuilding program after the Great Fire. The beautiful Renaissance and Baroque building (with credits to Sir Christopher Wren) sits on the highest hill in the City of London and on the site of a previous church that dated to the year 604. St. Paul’s ranked as the tallest building in London until 1963.

Although a ticket is required to enter the church (unless you attend a service), it is well-worth seeing the exterior of the church from up close. 

Pro Tip : St. Paul’s Cathedral has hosted many important events – such as the funerals of Lord Nelson, Winston Churchill and Margaret Thatcher – as well as the wedding of then Prince Charles and Princess Diana in 1981.  

Best London Pubs

We think visiting a classic London pub is an essential experience – and the perfect way to end Day 2 of your 3 Days Itinerary London. The two places we recommend for a meal and pint in the City of London are historic pubs; The Blackfriar and Ye Olde Cheshire Cheese. 

That said, many of the other best London pubs are located along the river. For our top picks, read our complete rundown of The Best Pubs on the Thames .

Pro Tip : Eating and drinking at the pubs in London can be pricey. To enjoy the experience and keep your budget in check, order a half pint, sip slowly and savor the atmosphere. Traditional London pub food – like steak-and-ale pies or sausage-and-mash – are not too expensive and can possibly shared by two.

DAY 3: RIVER THAMES AND GREENWICH

On the last day of your London 3 Days Itinerary, take a river boat to Greenwich. Discover the sights of Greenwich then travel north across (or under) the River Thames to Canary Wharf. Finish the day in London’s vibrant East End for a delicious meal. 

River Thames Boat Ride

A 3 Day Itinerary in London wouldn’t be complete without riding a river boat on the River Thames!

While there are numerous companies that offer Thames River boat rides, the most affordable method of travel on the river is via the Thames Clipper (now in partnership with Uber ). Fares can be paid with an Oyster Card (we cover London Transit in more depth a bit later), purchased online or via the Uber app.

Pro Tip : While there is no on-board commentary on the Thames Clipper boats, visitors can follow along with their London Travel Guidebook .  

Greenwich London

The Royal Borough of Greenwich is an East London neighborhood that is teeming with sights. Known around the world as the location of the Prime Meridian, Greenwich has strong ties to sea navigation and astronomy. Top attractions include the Maritime Museum (free to enter), the Royal Observatory (some free sections) and the Cutty Sark (ticket required).

Visitors can easily spend an entire day in Greenwich, but on a London in 3 Days Itinerary, we recommend only spending the morning seeing one or two of the top attractions. Whichever sights you decide to visit, make the Greenwich Market your last stop for a tasty lunch before crossing under the river to see more of London!

Pro Tip : Get the specific details about what to see and do in the district in our article: Best Things To Do in Greenwich .  

Under River Greenwich Foot Tunnel

North of Greenwich, across the River Thames, is Canary Wharf. To get there from Greenwich, visitors can access the Foot Tunnel, which takes pedestrians underneath the river to the north side. If you’d prefer to skip the walk, hop on the DLR (Dockland Light Rail) at Cutty Sark and ride to Canary Wharf. 

Pro Tip: If you are planning 3 days in London with family and kids, once on the north side of the river, stop by the free inner city Mudchute Park and Farm where there are sheep and pigs to see and feed. 

Canary Wharf London

Considered to be London’s second Business District, Canary Wharf is characterized by the towering skyscrapers. These include One Canada Square, which is the 3nd tallest building in the UK (after the Shard and the new 22 Bishopsgate). The area is also home to London’s wholesale fish market, Billingsgate Market, which remains from the time when Canary Wharf was one of the busiest ports in the world.

Museum of London Docklands

One of the best attractions in Canary Wharf is the excellent Museum of London Docklands – and it’s free! Telling the story of London’s past – from the history of the docks to the slave trade to how the city grew – the interactive and immersive museum is a must see. 

Crossrail Roof Gardens

The Crossrail Place Roof Garden – another one of the free things to do in Canary Wharf – is a lush and tranquil rooftop park right in the heart of the bustling district. As the Prime Meridian crosses through the park, plants from each hemisphere are displayed accordingly. 

Pro Tip : If you are feeling peckish, the nearby Cargo Markethall offers an amazing array of affordable food options (at least less expensive than most London sit-down meals) in a lively atmosphere.

Shoreditch and East End London

The East End of London is an outstanding place to wrap-up your perfect London Three Day Itinerary. Well known as a creative enclave, the district has an edgy vibe. Featuring cool London street art, incredible markets and foodie haunts that are hailed by locals and visitors alike. 

The multicultural district is ideal for wandering, but we are highlighting a few of the top places to see in London East End to help you find your way. 

Pro Tip : From Canary Wharf, travel to Shoreditch via the Elizabeth Line and exit at the Liverpool Street Station. 

Spitalfields Market

Spitalfields has a long history and is still one of the best London markets to visit today. The Spitalfields Market originated as a produce bazaar in 1682. Today, visitors can find everything from designer threads to vintage records along with a few of London’s best-known food stalls. 

Pro Tip: While the market does stay open until late for food and drink, most of the market shop vendors are only open until 5 or 6pm.

Shoreditch Street Art

The East End and Shoreditch celebrate street art – and much of the district is decorated in colorful, purposeful, political and evocative murals. Constantly changing, the best London street art is found along Brick Lane, on alley walls, under bridges and covering doors. 

Travelers looking for street art on Brick Lane should make sure to detour onto side streets, like Pedley Street and Hanbury Street. And, don’t miss Ely’s Yard, where street art and food trucks abound. 

Pro Tip: Travelers can seek out the best street art murals in London on their own (for no cost) or join one of the guided tours in Shoreditch – like this one . There is also a free, tip-based walking tour of East End Street Art that visitors can join.

Lined with hip shops and hosting weekend markets, Brick Lane is a top London attraction. Pop into the vintage stores and boutique shops to get a feel for the eclectic neighborhood. What it is most famous for, however, are the numerous curry houses that dole out spicy Bangladeshi and Indian fare – some of London’s favorite cuisines. 

Brick Lane is a mashup of cultures and religions, which makes it one of the interesting and unique places to see in London.  

Pro Tip : If it is a Sunday, don’t miss the Brick Lane Sunday Market. It’s one of the cheap places to shop in London where you can find some real bargains!

Dinner in London East End

For the last meal of your London 3 day trip, eat at one of the city’s top restaurants (of which there are several in the East End district!). 

Try one of the curry houses on Brick Lane – like Aladin or Sheba (book reservations online in advance at either restaurant and get a discount). For fashionable food in an eclectic atmosphere, go to Dishoom in Shoreditch (but expect a line, because it’s first come first serve after 5:45pm for parties of 5 or less). 

Travelers can also get in on the debate about who makes the best beigel salt beef sandwiches – Beigel Bake or Beigel Shop. The modestly priced sandwiches are filling and delicious and a favorite late-night snack of area revelers. 

However, if you want to end your 3 day trip in London with a fancy affair, make reservations at the chic 40th floor Duck and Waffle. 

Pro Tip : How about a beverage to cap off your Three Day Itinerary London? The East End is home to many fun pubs and bars – but Commercial Tavern ranks as our favorite!

Sightseeing in London Map

Use this Map to find the sights listed in our 3-Day London Itinerary. Day 1 sights are Blue; Day 2 attractions are Green; Day 3 things to see are Purple. 

Food and Drink in London

Part of deciding what to do in London in 3 days is determining what and where to eat! We shared some tips throughout our Three Days in London Itinerary, but visitors can use our complete list of the Most Famous London Food to find something that suits their palate.

A fun British tradition is enjoying a classic Sunday Roast – although we did not include it in our Must See in London 3 Days Trip Plan. However, we do highly recommend it if you’re visiting London on the weekend!

If your 3 days in London coincides with a Sunday, there are several places that serve Sunday roast. From the Hawksmoor (which is pricey) to pubs that offer the meal at affordable prices for budget-minded travelers. 

More Activities for your 3 Day Itinerary London

Throughout our free London Itinerary we have outlined the top attractions that are not to be missed. However, we have a few more experiences that ambitious travelers might want to squeeze into their 3 Day Itinerary for London!   

South Kensington London Museums

South Kensington hosts are a few of the best museums in London. Visitors may want to add one – or more – of the iconic museums to their London trip plan. 

Natural History Museum in London

The London Natural History Museum is a place of interesting education. The fantastic institution features phenomenal exhibits and hands-on activities – and it’s free to visit! Fossils, minerals, and an array of taxidermized creatures are very popular. There are also displays on geological events, such as volcanos, earthquakes and tsunamis.

The Science Museum

The Science Museum is another fabulous free London museum – and it is ideal to include on a London Itinerary with kids. That said, it impresses visitors of all ages. In fact, we found the Science Museum to be far more intriguing than the Natural History Museum in London. From space exploration to the information age, the Science Museum details the history of science in a super engaging way! 

The Victoria and Albert Museum

A stunning art collection housed in an ornate building, the V&A Art Museum displays decorative arts and hosts exceptional exhibits. Top things to see in the V&A are the enormous statues in the Cast Courts, the old fashioned clothing in the Fashion Gallery and the Silver Collection. Best of all, everything in the permanent collection at this spectacular London museum is free to visit.   

Museum of London

The free Museum of London is a fascinating place to learn about the history of the city. Detailing a timeline from prehistoric to modern in engaging displays, the museum also offers rotating exhibits (like “The Clash: London Calling”, which was featured during our visit).

Pro Tip : While the entire Museum of London is interesting, we were absolutely enthralled by the recent history. However, because we spent so much time in the ancient history and rotating displays, we were short on time by the time we got to the modern history section. UPDATE: Closed until 2026 for renovation and relocation!

More Museums in London

There is no shortage of London museums where visitors can get lost for hours or simply pop into when the weather turns miserable. We have already featured quite a few of our favorite museums, but there are a few more to mention. 

London Transport Museum (ticket required) details the history of transport from vintage trams to double decker buses to highspeed rail. The Sherlock Holmes Museum (ticket required), which is housed at 221B Baker Street, is a big hit with fans of the detective series.

Sir John Soane’s Museum (free) is a collection of curious displays and the Saatchi Gallery (free) is a modern art institution that exhibits an array of contemporary art forms.

Harry Potter London Sightseeing

It is said that J.K. Rowling, the author of the Harry Potter books, was on a train bound for London when she came up with the idea for the story – so it’s no surprise that many of the book and film locations take place in the city. 

Harry Potter Tours in London

Harry Potter fans will want to carve out some time in their itinerary for London in 3 days to see some of the most famous Harry Potter sights. Platform 9 3/4 at King’s Cross Station is a top attraction – and you can see it for free (along with many other sights) on a self guided Harry Potter tour, such as this one . Visitors can also join a Guided Harry Potter Walking Tour or spend an entire day on set at the Warner Bros. Studio on an epic tour .  

The Barbican

A unique design concept brought to London in the mid 1960’s, the buildings of the Barbican Centre were meant to be a city within itself. Built over an area severely destroyed in WWII, the Barbican complex includes over 2000 apartments, theaters, a concert hall, art galleries, offices, restaurants and shops. Fans of Brutalist architecture should not miss the Barbican Estate!

More London Districts 

London is a sprawling metropolis with diverse districts that dot the landscape. We have touched on a few of the best London districts to visit – but there are still so many more fascinating places to see. 

Chelsea is an affluent neighborhood that is bright and walkable, Camden exudes a quirky and casual vibe, and Notting Hill is famous for its Portobello Market. Bermondsey is known for its boutique shops and craft brewers that have inhabited the brick arches under the train tracks. Now known as the Bermondsey Beer Mile . 

Clapham and Brixton are great neighborhoods in southwest London and Battersea has been recently revitalized into a hip place to hang out. 

We explore many of these famed districts in London next in our section of expanded, alternate itineraries for London! 

More London Itineraries

While we have outlined the best London Itinerary for a 3-day trip, we know many travelers are trying to plan longer or shorter stays. Therefore, we are providing several suggested itineraries for London.

1 Day in London Itinerary

In an attempt to squeeze as much sightseeing as possible into one day, we would recommend combining some of the sights from Days 1 and 2 of our London Three-Day Itinerary. Follow our outline for Day 1 from Kensington Palace until the end of the Westminster Walk, then pick up Day 2 at South Bank and end the day at a classic pub.  

London Itinerary 2 Days

For an ideal 2-Day London Itinerary, we recommend simply following Days 1 and 2 of our outlined London in Three Days Itinerary. If time permits during your 2 days in London, consider adding a boat cruise on the Thames River.  

London Itinerary 4 Days

Planning a 4 days in London Itinerary offers an opportunity to see some unique neighborhoods. Start the day at one (or more) of the free London museums in South Kensington., then dip into Chelsea. Eat an inexpensive and tasty lunch at Bread Ahead Bakery on Pavilion Road or get pizza at Franco Manca. 

After lunch, stroll the length of King’s Road – Chelsea’s famous shopping street. Pop into the Saatchi Gallery (free) and wander onto the side streets (like Bywater and Godfrey Streets) where houses are painted in a cheerful palette of pastel. Visit St. Luke’s Church (free), where Charles Dickens was married in 1863. 

Cross the beautiful Albert Bridge and explore the expansive and lush Battersea Park. Top things to see in London Battersea Park are the ornate London Peace Pagoda, the trails around Boating Lake, and the Children’s Zoo (ticket required).

Next head for Battersea Power Station – which was once responsible for providing a fifth of the power to London, but has been repurposed as a modern entertainment and residential hub. Visitors can take Lift 109 (ticket required) to the top of one of the old chimneys for elevated 360 degree views. 

From Battersea Tube Station, hop on the Northern Line to Elephant and Castle. End your London in 4 days feasting on street food at the energetic Mercato Metropolitano. 

London Itinerary 5 Days

For a London 5-Day Itinerary, we recommend following our above advice for 4 days, then discover the neighborhoods to the north on your last day.

On the last day of 5 days in London, start at Portobello Road Market in Notting Hill. Next, head east to Regent’s Park – or one of the nearby attractions, like the British Library (free), the Sherlock Museum (ticket required) or strike a pose like The Beatles on the Abbey Road crossing.

For lunch, go to the Camden Town Market, then take a stroll along Regent’s Canal which is lined with houseboats (a bit like Amsterdam !).

Time permitting, hop a bus to Highgate Cemetery (small fee to enter) or the spacious Hampstead Heath which provides a super view of London city on clear days.

Stay in the area for the evening and settle into The Flask, a historic and haunted pub that is sometimes frequented by celebrities that live in Highgate. The late George Michael owned a house across the street and Kate Moss and Jude Law both own homes in Highgate.

London Itinerary 6 Days

Planning a 6 Days in London Itinerary allows visitors to glimpse into a local, alternative scene. Start by using our previously outlined London 5 Days Itinerary, then on the last day, see less ‘sights’ and more local life. 

Start your day just steps from major tourist sights in the Leake Street Arches, which are covered in murals by local artists. Work your way west – either by foot or hop on a double-decker red bus – to the Weekend Maltby Street Market (or if it’s a weekday, revisit Borough).

After perusing the goods and sampling the fare, make your way to the atmospheric Butler’s Wharf. If the weather is pleasant, continue on to lovely Southwark Park. 

In the late afternoon, embark on a journey of craft beer tasting in Bermondsey . For dinner, eat at one of the traditional (and inexpensive) pie houses (like M Manze or Arments). Alternatively, dine at one of the eateries on fashionable Bermondsey Street (like Casse-Croûte for French cuisine, José for Spanish food or Hakata for ramen).

London Itinerary 7 Days

To create a 7-Day London Itinerary, follow the above tips for six days in London, then go on a day trip. There are easy train connections to royal Windsor , iconic Stonehenge, beautiful Bath , bustling Bristol and beachside Brighton.

Alternatively, stay in London and visit any places you may have missed on the previous days!

Pro Tip : Find the best London day trips on Viator where you can read fellow traveler reviews before booking your tour.

3 Days in London Tips for Budget Travel

Now that you know what to do and see when you visit London in 3 days (or longer), we have a few more important tips.

How Much Does 3 Days in London Cost? 

How much money you spend on your 3 day London vacation will depend on what you choose to include in your itinerary. However, with the many free attractions and sights, it is possible to spend 72 hours in London and not pay for any activities. Those who want to visit ticketed attractions can save money using a London sightseeing pass (more on that below). 

Eating in London on a Budget

While there are many free and cheap London attractions, seeking out inexpensive places to eat is a little more difficult. The cost of eating at restaurants can add up in a hurry, which can crush any London trip budget. We often find that the cheapest places to eat in London are kebab shops (or other takeaway spots) and Chinatown.

Eating on a Budget in London: Grocery Stores & Meal Deals

Our best tip for eating in London on a budget is to buy food at one of the grocery stores, like Sainsbury’s or Tesco. These chain stores offer convenient prepared meals at a bundled price (around £3.50, which is about $4.50 USD).

The Tesco Meal Deal includes a Main (sandwich, wrap or pasta), Snack (chips, fruit or sweets) and a Drink (soda, juice or water). It may be even less expensive to purchase individual items for a picnic at a scenic spot, of which London has many! 

Best London City Sightseeing Pass

One of the great things about traveling in London on a budget is all of the free things to do. In our plan for London in Three Days, we feature the best free attractions. However, some of the pricey options may be worth the cost of admission to you.

The best way to squeeze ticketed sights into a London trip budget is by utilizing a money-saving sightseeing pass. There are two main types of passes for London sightseeing: One offers unlimited attractions within a specified number of days, while the other type of pass is good for a specific number of attractions to be visited. 

The London Pass

The most popular London sightseeing pass is The London Pass. It is a London sightseeing pass that is based on number of days. The London Pass is good for 1 to 7 or 10 days and includes more than 80 attractions in London to choose from. The pass also includes a Thames River Boat Ride and a Hop On Hop Off Bus Tour. 

For ambitious sightseers, the London Pass could be very beneficial, as it is certainly possible to visit a multitude of sights in one day (although, be aware, there is a one-day pass card value cap of £175).

Top Tip : If purchasing an unlimited sightseeing pass for your London trip, rather than splurging for a 3 Day London Pass, see if you can squeeze it all into a single day of sightseeing. 

The London Explorer Pass

The London Explorer Pass is based on the number of sights (2 to 7) and offers 20 to choose from. These include top London sights, like the Tower of London, the Shard and Westminster Abbey. Once activated the card is good for 60 days – so you can use it throughout your London 3 Days Trip and longer!

National Rail Pass 2-for-1 London Passes

Another option for discounted admission into London’s attractions are the 2-for-1 deals with the National Rail Pass.

Purchasing National Rail passes entitles the traveler to more than 150 2-for-1 offers in London. Of course, these London sightseeing discounts only make sense if you are traveling in pairs and if you are planning on using National Rail extensively.

When my family visited us in London, they purchased National Rail TravelCards that worked on the entire Transport for London network with the extra benefit of the 2-for-1 offers.

Choosing the Right London Sightseeing Card

Before purchasing a pass for your Three-Day London Itinerary, we recommend researching all of the options in order to make the most economical choice. Determine which London sights and attractions are at the top of your list and then compare the passes to find one that best suits you and your 3 Days in London Budget.   

London Public Transportation

London public transportation is fairly clean and usually efficient – but it can be expensive. However, there are many ways to use public transportation on a budget London trip.

Besides using your own two feet, public transit is the best way to travel in London for 3 days. First, let’s chat about the different methods of public transit in London. 

London Underground – The Tube as it’s called – is the robust and efficient subway system. With 11 lines and 272 stations, visitors can quickly get around to the top attractions. 

The DLR – or Docklands Light Rail – primarily serves the east side of London, and can be particularly useful when visiting Greenwich and Canary Wharf. 

London Overground – as you may have guessed – is an above ground railway network that covers areas of London that are not served by the Tube. There are also tram lines is southwest London, which may be useful for visiting Wimbledon.

Buses in London offer the most connections with more than 700 London bus routes and costs £1.75 per ride (with unlimited transfers to other buses or trams within an hour).

Although buses may take longer than the Tube, they often get you closer to your final destination. Using buses can be a cheap sightseeing option, as well. Especially the double decker London buses where the upper level provides great views!

Pro Tip : Want to use the public bus for sightseeing? London Bus Routes 9, 11 and 24 pass some of London’s best sights!

Understanding London Public Transport Prices

The best way to save money on public transportation in London is by paying with a card. Daily Caps will also put a ceiling on your transport costs. The key is to do a little research before traveling to London to determine which method of transportation will be the most cost effective for your trip.

The main transport cards to consider are the Oyster Card and the National Rail Pass (but there are also Visitor Oyster Cards , point-to-point tickets and bus & tram passes). The official TFL website offers helpful advice on how to choose the correct card for your 3 day visit to London. 

Oyster Card

The Oyster Card can be used on all modes of public transportation in London. The pre-paid card offers discounted fares (as well as calculating the Daily Cap automatically) and can be easily topped up with more credit. However, the card costs £7 to purchase, so it is worthwhile to calculate whether or not the card will provide savings with 3 days in London.

Contactless Credit Cards

Rather than paying for an Oyster Card and then worrying about topping up, you can now pay for all of Transport for London services (Tube, Bus, DLR, Overground and Tram) with your own contactless credit card. You’ll generally receive the same discounts and daily caps as when using an Oyster Card.

However, there a few things to consider. Each person traveling must use their own credit card and you need to be comfortable constantly handling that card in crowded public places. If you decide to pay for London transport with a contactless credit card, we highly recommend getting the Chase Sapphire Preferred .

National Rail Pass

As mentioned earlier, The National Rail Pass can offer huge savings in London – especially if traveling in pairs and utilizing their 2-for-1 sightseeing passes to top attractions. Find out more about the pass and included attraction offers on the National Rail website . 

Big Bus London

An alternative to taking public transportation is the tourist Big Bus London. Although it may cost more than using public transport, it makes stops at all the top tourist spots and includes a river boat ride. Plus, it can be a real time-saver. Find out more!

London Travel Tips

We have shared our top tips for how to spend 3 days in London (or more) – but have a few more pieces of advice that will help make planning your trip to Europe easier. 

When To Go to London

London is a destination for all seasons! Seriously, in our opinion, there isn’t a bad time to go to London. The best time to go to London is whenever you can get there! That said, we have tips for travelers regarding what to expect in each season. 

Summer 

For many travelers, summer is the best time to go to London. The weather is typically mild, with highs in the 70s – and even sunny and bright. The downside, naturally, is massive crowds and everything is priced to the hilt.

Autumn 

An ideal time for travelers looking for fewer crowds and lower prices, autumn can be a great time to visit London. That said, it is the rainiest season, so be prepared for gray skies and periodic showers. 

London during Winter

We love London in winter – and think it is one of the Best European Christmas Cities to see. Visitors who travel to London for Christmas get to experience the full effect of twinkling lights and holiday merriment. The celebrations continue through NYE and London is a Fantastic Place to Ring in the New Year ! As the festivities are a big draw, tourist attractions and holiday sights can be quite crowded and hotel prices surge.

The weather can be crisp – even cold – and there is sometimes snow…and always rain. Plus, the days are incredibly short; which is good for seeing lights, but not so much for seeing sights!

After the jolliness of the season, the remaining winter months are ideal for budget travelers. The crowds disperse and prices for both hotels and flights are typically at their lowest. 

Springtime in London

Springtime weather in London can fluctuate – from cold and dreary to sunny and warm – in the same day (or hour!). That said, it’s an absolutely beautiful time to visit London, as it is in full bloom. Plus, there are fewer tourists and generally more affordable accommodations. 

Getting To and From London

London can be reached by plane, train, bus, car – or even by ship. Our preferred method of getting anywhere is by flying (we are JetSettingFools, after all!) and London has several airports.

London Airports

The major London airports are Heathrow (LHR), Gatwick (LGW), London City (LCY), Luton (LTN) and Stansted (STN). When we purchase flights we start our search for the best deals on airline tickets on Skyscanner .

While Heathrow is the busiest London airport, it’s also the most expensive – as there are astronomical taxes attached to the price of the flight. Plus, getting from LHR to central London on the Heathrow Express costs a pretty penny (although advance online tickets cost significantly less).

Travelers can also use the Tube to get from Heathrow to central London. The new Elizabeth Line, as well as the Piccadilly Line, connect Heathrow to the city center. Additionally, there are coach buses that make the journey.

Which method of transit you use for getting from Heathrow to London city center will depend on your budget, schedule and where you’re staying.

The low-cost carriers that fly to London use Gatwick, Stansted and Luton Airports. To get from these airports into the city, travelers can use inexpensive buses that costs as little as £6. However, the journey takes about 2 hours to get to the London city center.

London City Airport (located at Royal Docks) is the most centrally located airport. It’s well connected to the rest of London by the DLR, however, flights are limited and typically priced for business travelers to London.

Trains to London

Travelers visiting London from other United Kingdom cities – like Birmingham , Edinburgh and Glasgow – can get to the city by train. While not always as cheap as one might think, train travel is typically efficient and on time. 

Buses to London

For low-cost city-to-city travel within Europe, we rely on buses. London is well-connected to UK cities by bus – and it’s best to check at your departure station for accurate schedules. That said, our preferred bus company is FlixBus – as it is economical, clean and comfortable with on-board wifi and (usually) a toilet. Tickets are cheapest when booked in advance.   

Renting a Car in London

We aren’t keen on driving abroad (especially on the left side of the road), but renting a car can often save time and money. Plus, having a car rental allows for greater discovery. However, parking a car in London can add significant fees to your London visit – and, once in the city, a car is really not necessary.  

Where To Stay in London for 3 Days

During our trips to London, we have stayed in a variety of accommodations – including city center hotels, airport hotels, Airbnb apartments and as international housesitters .

Pro Tip : For a 3-day trip to London, we recommend choosing a central location near public transportation. The areas around Victoria and Paddington Stations are typically good locations to stay for short trips to London.

London Budget Trip Hotels

Finding affordable hotels in London is a real struggle…but not impossible. We have stayed in numerous locations – but rarely for less than $150 per night.

Best Western on Buckingham Palace Road

Conveniently located on a quiet street just around the corner from the well-connect Victoria Station, we think the Best Western on Buckingham Palace Road is the best place to stay in London for sightseeing on a budget.

Within walking distance to many of our highlighted places to visit in London in 3 days – and just steps from a major transit hub in the city – travelers can easily start and end their long days of sightseeing from the hotel. Just ask for a room facing Hugh St to avoid the noise from the trains. Check prices for your stay in London! 

Locke at Broken Wharf

A hip hotel on the Thames Riverside, Locke at Broken Wharf is an aparthotel that is ideal for travelers who like to recharge in their room before taking on the city. Each stylishly decorated room is outfitted with a small kitchenette – plus the hotel has a laundry room, an onsite restaurant and café, a gym and a community space. Check availability for your London stay!

Good Hotel London

Located near the London City Airport in East London, the Good Hotel is a unique place to stay. The hotel is actually a floating barge on the water, just across from the O2 and Greenwich. While the rooms are on the small side, the hip hotel features modern décor, a co-working space and friendly staff – and, it’s just steps from public transport. Check rates and availability!

EasyHotel, London

Located in Westminster not far from Victoria Station, EasyHotel offers tiny, windowless rooms at a budget rate. The no-frills rooms are clean and efficient – and they have free coffee and tea available in the lobby. But, let us be clear: the rooms are teeny tiny, with a small bed, compact bathroom and little room for luggage. Check current rates!

Holiday Inn Express Heathrow

A Heathrow Airport hotel at Terminal 4, the Holiday Inn Express is surprisingly affordable with spacious rooms and an on-site restaurant and bar. Transport within the airport is free, so guests not arriving at Terminal 4 can easily get to the hotel without any additional costs. Check rates and availability!  

London Hostels

Budget travelers can search for London Hostels – like these top-rated hostels (based on guest reviews): Park Villa Boutique Hostel , Wombats City Hostel and Astor Hyde Park Hostel .  

Airbnb Apartments London

We have stayed in a few different Airbnb Apartments in London. We have found that staying in apartments for at least a week is less expensive than hotel rooms – with the added benefit of a kitchen and typically, more space. In London, the cheapest options are usually to rent a private room within a house, rather than renting the entire space.

However, travelers staying in London for 3 days might find it more of a hassle (and more expensive due to Airbnb’s fees) to stay in an apartment rather than a hotel.

Staying in London for Free: Housesitting 

To save money on accommodations, we sometimes offer our services as house and pet-sitters in exchange for a free place to stay. While planning a London itinerary around housesitting can be difficult (not to mention the added responsibility of taking care of a pet), it can be a fun way to travel on a budget! We’ve found numerous housesitting gigs in London with Trusted Housesitters . 

Budget Travel London: What You Will Need

Now that we have outlined the top things to do in London on a Budget, we have a few final tips of what you will need to pack . For all of our packing advice, check out the dedicated Packing Page . Grab your FREE Packing Checklist!

Best Travel Shoes

Our 3-Day London tour covers some ground! Be sure to pack a pair of comfortable travel shoes . I like wearing these lightweight Columbia shoes for city walking – and Kris prefers to wear Merrell shoes.  

London Weather Gear

London has a reputation for being a rainy-weather city, but there are actually only about 100 rainy days a year. However, your time in London will likely coincide with some rain (or snow…or sleet!). We recommend carrying a travel umbrella or bringing a packable raincoat .  

Refillable Water Bottle

When traveling to London on a budget, you will want to carry a refillable water bottle to avoid buying bottles of water while out sightseeing. We think these collapsible water bottles are great for travelers (and the environment !).

Map of London

It’s easy to get turned around or lost when traveling. However, by studying the layout prior to arrival, you can get oriented quickly. We recommend purchasing a city map before your trip – and carrying it with you while you explore!  

Travel Camera

On your three perfect days in London, we are certain that you will be snapping heaps of photos! We recommend upgrading to a real camera – rather than using your phone to take photos. 

On our trips, we use a Canon DSLR with an 18-135mm lens . It takes quality photos, is easy to use and comes with tons of accessories, which is why we think it is one of the best cameras for budget travelers . 

Day Pack 

Whether you travel with a backpack or suitcase , be sure to have a great day bag to organize and secure your belongings. Your day bag should have zippered pockets to deter pickpockets and be comfortable to wear for long days. Plus, it needs to be large enough for all of your everyday travel essentials !  

London Travel Insurance

If you haven’t already obtained travel insurance for your trip to London, consider traveling protected with a reliable insurance company . 

Helpful London Guides

Our London guides feature heaps of information on how to see London in 3 days. While we linked to these articles throughout the outlined itinerary, we are highlighting them here again. 

• Westminster London Walking Tour
• London Pubs on River Thames
• Famous London Foods
• Guide to Visiting the Sky Garden London
• Spending a Day in Greenwich
• Celebrating Christmas in London

Furthermore, those who are visiting more of England, the United Kingdom or the region, can find our top tips in our travel guides. 

• Things To Do in Bath, England
• Best of Windsor in a Day
• What To See in Bristol
• Our Perfect Edinburgh Itinerary
• Planning an Ireland Itinerary  
• Best Paris Itineraries
• What To Do in Birmingham, UK
• London, Paris Rome 2 Week Trip
• 10 Day Scotland Itinerary
• One Day in Manchester, UK

Start planning your trip to the UK ! Search for the lowest airfares , the best accommodations and fun things to do …then start packing !   Want more travel advice? Head over to our Travel Planning Page for more tips on traveling – and for country-specific information, take a look at our Travel Guides Page !

Pin it! See all of our travel pins on our JetSetting Fools Pinterest Board .

Share This Story!

• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on LinkedIn (Opens in new window)

7 thoughts on “ 3-Day London Itinerary: How To Spend 3 Days in London ”

Comments are closed.

3 Day London Itinerary – How To See All Of London in 3 Days!

Categories Itinerary , London

3 Days in London is just enough amount of time to see all of the best places to visit in London and best things to do in London in 3 days!

Based on my time living in London and getting to know the city really well, this 3 day London itinerary will take you to all of the London tourist attractions that make the city so iconic but my London 3 day itinerary will also show you some local sides of London that are definitely worth seeing!

This 3-day London itinerary is the best London itinerary for your first visit to London, and a great reminder of where to visit in London if you have been before but can’t quite remember where to go so you can visit London in 3 days!

3 Day London Itinerary

Find What You're Looking For Easily Here!

London Itinerary Overview.

• Here are the places you can visit in London with 3 days in London using this 3 day London itinerary:
• Westminster & London Eye
• Southbank & Tower Bridge
• Borough Market
• Nottinghill
• Buckingham Palace
• Leicester Square
• Covent Garden
• Oxford Street
• Camden Town
• Primrose Hill

How To Get To London.

London is served by 5 Airports – London Heathrow, London Gatwick, London City, Luton Airport and Stansted Airport.

How to Get Around London.

The London Tube is the best way to get around London as it’s quick and easy to use.

If you are travelling with a contactless bank card that doesn’t charge you fees every time you use it, you can pay for your tube journeys by tapping it. There is a cap the cost the end of the day/week depending on when and where you use it.

The other option is to buy an Oyster card like a local and top it up with credit . This is much easier and more time-efficient than buying tickets every day, even when you have just four days in London!

Where to Stay in London.

With 3 days in London, I recommend you book accommodation in London that is central so you do not spend too much time travelling into the centre of the city, as the below London 3 day itinerary is based around Zone 1 and 2 in London.

So book accommodation within Zone 1 or 2 and you’ll be central and for an extra special trip, check out these quirky London Hotels !

Hotels & Hostels in London!

London has so many hotels and hostels available to book. Bare in mind that you pay for what you get in London and space might be tight so be sure to check the reviews, I use Booking.com to book my hostels and hotels so search for you London accommodation here on Booking.com !

London 3 Day Itinerary.

Day 1 –  river thames & east london.

Start your 3 day London itinerary by taking the tube to Westminster station to see top London attractions like  Westminster , Big Ben and the   London Eye .

Spend the rest of the morning walking along the River Thames to the East exploring the Southbank to see the famous London icons such as the  Millennium Bridge & Tate Modern Museum .

Here’s my River Thames Walking Guide From Tower Bridge to the London Eye so read this to help you work out what to see!

St Paul’s Cathedral is somewhere you must visit when planning things to see in London in 3 days because it is a famous icon so make sure you cross over the river to see it properly! Things to do near St Paul’s Cathedral include going to the top floor of the One New Change shopping centre to see a free view of London from above.

Head back onto the River Thames and keep walking along the Thames until you reach the Tower of London , Tower Bridge and The Shard !

You can get London attraction   tickets  or a  London Pass to enter the Tower of London, the Shard and even go up inside the famous Tower Bridge. These are good places to add to your 3 day London itinerary with family!

I’d recommend getting tickets in advance and using Get Your Guide to get the best prices. But also be sure to look out for  2 for 1 London Tours to help you save money! Here are some great London tour options :

Talking of London Attraction Tickets Let Me Introduce You to The London Pass!

The London Pass offers access into 80+ of the top London attractions . If you plan on going on the London Eye, taking Boat Trips, going into Tower Bridge and St Pauls Cathedral and even plan on going outside of London to Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace, it would be cheaper to buy the London Pass so you save money on entrance fee’s and get fast track entry , perfect for if you only have a few days in London!

The London Pass is valid for 2 years once purchased and you can buy a 1, 2, 3, 6 or 10-day pass so you can visit so many of London’s best attractions in the cheapest possible way !

Click here to look into the options and to buy your pass now while you’re thinking about it!

There are lots of lunch places close to the Tower of London and Tower Bridge.  Borough Market behind London Bridge station one of the best street food markets in London so I recommend going here to start your London itinerary in true London style!

Late Afternoon:

Walk North away from the River Thames with your aim being to reach Spitalfield’s Market and Liverpool Street station in East London. In-between the River and Liverpool Street station is the business part of the City of London, on the weekend it is very quiet but on weekdays it’s pretty busy with office workers.

If you want to jump on the tube to save time you can get the Northern Line North from Borough Station or London Bridge Station to Moorgate Station and then walk into Shoreditch from Moorgate Station as it’s very close, or you can get on the Circle / Metropolitan Line East one stop to Liverpool Street Station.

For the best things to do in London in 3 days, you need to head to  Shoreditch  because this is one of the hipster parts of London and one of the best areas to see in London, it’s really diverse and one of my favourite areas so make sure you explore this more local side of London.

Walk along Brick lane , go to Shoreditch Box Park and look out for lots of street art! For more idea’s on what to do in Shoreditch I have a  Shoreditch Guide here !

Curries are a popular thing to eat on Brick Lane because there are so many Indian Restaurants along Brick Lane and they’re cheap and yummy. There are also lots of food markets in Shoreditch and Hoxton like  Box Park , Urban Food Fest , Dinerama  so you could go to one of these for a real local London experience and most of the time they are filled with Londoners.

For the best bars in Shoreditch go to Shoreditch High Street . I like Barrio Shoreditch and The Queen of Hoxton is good with an awesome rooftop!

Day 2 in London - West London & Central London!

For the best way of how to see London in 3 days you need to head to West London too, so on the morning of day 2 on this London 3 day itinerary, in the morning take the tube to Notting Hill Gate Station .

From the station head towards Portobello Road (on Saturdays this area is busy with the markets but on the weekdays it’s a lot nicer as its quiet). Explore Portobello Road and the colourful houses off of it.

Brunch in London is so popular so if you want to  brunch in Notting Hill  like a local, check out Farm Girl & Granger & Co Notting Hill . For your 3 days in London  Tripadvisor  is a good way to check the best restaurants in London so you don't waste any time!

For more brunch ideas check out my post: My Ultimate List of Recommended London Brunch Spots!

Go back to Notting Hill Gate Station and take the tube 1 stop to High Street Kensington (Circle or District Line), or walk you can walk.

There are lots of places to eat on Kensington High Street and all of the buildings are really impressive to see inside and outside!

From High Street Kensington walk towards the Natural History Museum but take all the smaller side streets to see all the posh houses and to come across London’s famous Mews !

For more information on where to see the best mews in London and what to do in Kensington, check out my Kensington London Guide .

There are 3 world-class London museums in South Kensington - the Natural History Museum, Science Museum and the V&A. Visiting the museums are a great way to spend a rainy day in London  and because you have time on this London 4 day itinerary I suggest visiting one or two of them, all 3 museums are free to enter!

If you want to see  Buckingham Palace in London, you should do it today, take the Piccadilly line from South Kensington Station to Green Park, walk through Green Park to the Royal Buckingham Palace.

Get back on the tube at Green Park and go to Covent Garden station which is also on the Piccadilly line.

Hyde Park is also close to South Kensington so head here if you want to.

Covent Garden is one of the best places to visit in London on a London itinerary because not only is it famous and iconic with it's Apple Market and great shopping, it is also close to many other popular London tourist attractions like Chinatown, Piccadilly Circus and Trafalgar Square .

It's also close to Regents Street and Oxford Street , the best shopping streets in London!

Here's my guide to Covent Garden for more information!

If watching a show in Soho is on your London bucket list, you're in the right area to do it and therefore enjoying a show or even dinner and a show on day 2 of this 3 day London itinerary is a good idea.

There are so many places to eat dinner around Covent Garden and Leicester Square but I recommend going into the Soho area for the best choice and to join all of the Londoners who have finished work for the day!

Day 3 in London - North London!

You can't visit London and not visit the very famous area of Camden Town , so on your last day in London on this London 4 day itinerary, I recommend you head to Camden mid-morning.

For all the details of things to do in Camden, have a read of my Camden blog post here .

I recommend you spend your morning in Camden browsing the Camden Market , walking along Regents Canal and visiting Primrose Hill if you feel like a bit of a further walk.

Camden Food Market is incredible with so many food choices so you won't want to have lunch from anywhere else!

I always recommend that visitors to London visit Hampstead which is a few tube stops north of Camden.

Hampstead is easily the prettiest and one of the fanciest neighbourhoods in London and with 4 days in London you have enough time to spend all afternoon there.

Things to do in Hampstead including walking it's pretty streets, visiting Hampstead Heath , going into the art museums and simply relaxing, here's my post for 30 things to do in Hampstead so you know just how much it has to offer!

Hampstead is home to a lot of really nice restaurants and plenty of English pubs which are all perfect places to enjoy dinner in and a great way to end your 3 day London itinerary!

Here are the best pubs in Hampstead to visit , and the best restaurants in Hampstead to visit !

London Resources

LONDON PASS

The London Pass offers access into 80+ of the top London attractions . If you plan on going on the London Eye, taking Boat Trips, going into Tower Bridge and St Pauls Cathedral and even plan on going outside of London to Windsor Castle or Hampton Court Palace, it would be cheaper to buy the London Pass so you save money on entrance fee's and get fast track entry , perfect for if you only have a few days in London!

The London Pass is valid for 2 years once purchased and you can buy a 1, 2, 3, 6 or 10 day pass so you can visit so many of London's best attractions in the cheapest possible way !

Click here to look into the options and to buy your pass now while you're thinking about it!

LONDON TOURS

To help you see London in the best way possible, I do suggest mixing exploring on your own with some London tours! Get Your Guide is by far the biggest operator of tours in London with so many tours to choose from so get planning your 2 day London itinerary with them:

TRAINS TO LONDON

Remember, if you're not in London already and need to book train tickets to London, even from London's Airports, be sure to check out The Train Line . I use them all the time to compare the best train times, journey lengths and prices!

• More of my London Posts:
• Complete Guide to Camden Town!
• Things to do in Shoreditch!
• The Best Places to Get Brunch in London!
• Things To Do in London When it Rains!

If you liked this please share it! 🙂

• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to email a link to a friend (Opens in new window)

By using this form you agree with the storage and handling of your data by this website. *

The ultimate 3-day itinerary for visiting London with kids

Ever since my 5-year-old son caught a glimpse of Big Ben in one of his books, he's been utterly fascinated by London' s iconic clock tower. His curiosity soon spread to everything London-related, and he would ask question after question about the British capital.

When it came time to plan our next family vacation, the decision was obvious. We were going to London, and what's more, we let him take the reins in planning the itinerary.

The result? Three days of kid-filled fun (that I thoroughly enjoyed too). From the grandeur of the changing of the guard ceremony at Buckingham Palace to the whimsical Peppa Pig bus tour, our trip hit the highlights from a kid's perspective.

So, whether you have a little one obsessed with Big Ben or are simply looking for a family-friendly destination, London offers many attractions to delight children and adults alike. Here's my three-day guide to help you make the most of your family vacation in this vibrant city.

Day 1: Iconic landmarks and 360-degree views

A ride on the london underground.

If there's one thing I've learned from traveling with a little one, it's to keep the days manageable, especially the first one. So, after landing in the morning, we made our way to the hotel — Hotel Cafe Royal — on the Underground (an activity my son loved) to drop off our bags and have lunch. I'd recommend eating at the hotel or very close by to limit the amount of transit time after what was already a big day of travel.

Once we fueled up, we made our way to the London Eye, where we had 3 p.m. tickets. Buying the fast pass (which we did) allows you to skip the long line (and avoid a meltdown) and get on the famous Ferris wheel quickly. Once on, it's a 30-minute ride where you can see many of the city's highlights. It's a great way to start the trip with a literal overview of London and doesn't require any physical effort.

After taking in the London skyline, we took a five-minute walk across Westminster Bridge to fulfill my son's dream of seeing Big Ben. And his desire couldn't have come at a better time since the famous clock only recently opened after several years of restoration. Although going inside is only available to U.K. residents, we timed our stroll at the base of the clock at 4 p.m. to hear the famous bell ring (it goes off every hour).

Dinner at The Dorchester

We finished up the day with dinner at The Dorchester. The luxury landmark recently underwent a massive renovation, including The Promenade restaurant perched in the center of the hotel. Each seating area was outfitted with a cozy couch, making it the perfect spot to unwind for the day. They had an incredible kids menu with plenty of options, even for the pickiest eaters.

Then it was back to the hotel for an early bedtime and a good night's rest to prep for the action-filled next day.

Day 2: Trains, tea, toys and tradition

Postal museum.

After a hearty breakfast at the hotel (I often recommend booking a hotel package that includes breakfast to make it easy), we set out for our first activity of the day. Along with loving Big Ben, my son is also a train fanatic. So, we got 10 a.m. tickets for a lesser-known attraction: the Mail Rail exhibit at the Postal Museum.

This off-the-beaten-path museum dives into London's fascinating postal history with an interactive exhibit that includes a ride on an actual underground train. We wove through the old tunnels, making stops along the way where we learned about the old underground railway system that once moved the city's mail. Although slightly claustrophobic at times (the train is very tiny), it was very entertaining for both kids and adults. A postal-themed play space for kids under 8 features a small-scale village with roads, structures, trams and tunnels.

Changing of the guard

Then it was off to witness the changing of the guard around 11 a.m. We opted to take a taxi to cut down on travel time and made it to the iconic ceremony outside Buckingham Palace. While we couldn't get up close to the gates, plenty of British pomp and pageantry along the Mall entertained my son for a little while.

We kept watching as we made our way to St. James's Park playground, which was just a few minutes' walk from the palace. My son loved climbing on the rocks, walking across the mini bridge and digging in the sandbox. We could see more of the changing of the guard parade from the playground.

Afternoon tea

As you can imagine, we were hungry at this point, and my son requested afternoon tea while in London. We chose The Guardsman as it was just a few minutes' walk and was supposed to be one of the top spots for the quintessentially British experience. We chowed down on sandwiches and pastries, and they gave my son a stuffed bear dressed as a beefeater (a perfect souvenir for what we had just witnessed).

With some renewed energy, we had one last outing for the day. Of course, my son also requested we visit a toy store in town. And there's no better one than Hamleys. It's one of the world's largest and oldest toy stores, with seven floors of gadgets and gizmos. It can be overwhelming as people are dancing, clowns are blowing bubbles and drones are zipping around, but my son had a blast looking at everything. He settled on a small truck as his toy before we returned to the hotel.

Dinner at Cake & Bubbles

With such a busy morning, we decided to spend the afternoon and evening at the hotel. We made it back for the children's hours (4-6 p.m.) at the pool and took a little late-afternoon dip before an early dinner at Cake & Bubbles (attached to the hotel). While the family-friendly restaurant is known for its desserts (the cheesecake is a must), it also has a delicious savory menu of small bites. We enjoyed burgers, pasta, salad and some dessert for a sweet ending to a fun-filled day.

Day 3: Playgrounds and Peppa Pig

The diana memorial playground.

My son always wants to check out the playground scene no matter what city we visit. And one in London is a must-see: the Diana Memorial Playground. After our hotel breakfast and a morning swim (we wanted to keep the morning low-key), we hopped on a local double-decker bus (another request of my son) and made our way to the far edge of Kensington Gardens.

Next to the late Princess Diana's former Kensington Palace home, the Diana Memorial Playground is inspired by the story of Peter Pan. The centerpiece is a large wooden pirate ship surrounded by a sandy beach and "buried treasure." Other features include sensory trails, various toys and play sculptures, all set within a carefully landscaped area. My son loved climbing into the crow's nest and zipping down the hidden slides.

Peppa Pig bus tour

After some playtime, it was time for one final kid-approved activity: the Peppa Pig bus tour. Since my son requested afternoon tea and a double-decker bus ride on the trip and is a fan of the "Peppa Pig" cartoon, I was elated when I learned an option included all three.

The whimsical tour involved driving around the city in a historic double-decker-bus-turned-restaurant seeing the major sites (including Big Ben again) while nibbling on mini pizzas and scones. The kids were served hot chocolate in cups with lids, while the adults had a choice of teas. Individual screens played "Peppa Pig" clips that described the historic sites we drove past. And an onboard emcee played games and sang songs with the kids whenever we were stuck in traffic.

Dinner at the Four Seasons Hotel London at Park Lane

After the tour, we had some downtime at the hotel before making our way to the final dinner of the trip. Since everything else had been kid-focused, my husband and I opted for a nicer dinner at Pavyllon in the Four Seasons Hotel London at Park Lane.

Although geared toward adults, the staff was incredibly accommodating and had a kids menu available. They even brought my son's food out first, so he didn't have to wait. And they rushed our dishes, too, so we could have a speedier meal that aligned better with a 5-year-old's patience. We brought a deck of cards and played War throughout dinner, which entertained my son thoroughly.

After dinner, we returned to the hotel for our final night before taking a flight out the following day.

Where to stay

When planning a family stay in London, a plethora of options cater to the needs of both adults and children. For families, areas like South Kensington, Covent Garden and Westminster are ideal due to their proximity to major attractions like the Natural History Museum, the Science Museum and the London Eye.

Hotel Cafe Royal

We opted for Hotel Cafe Royal (part of the Luxury Hotel & Resort Collection ) in Piccadilly Circus. It is near multiple modes of transportation to reach anywhere in the city and within walking distance of numerous attractions, including the Hamleys toy store. What's more, it's incredibly family-friendly. The rooms are spacious, and the property even worked with a former royal nanny to curate the family programming. So, we had a tent with toys set up in the room, and there was a white-noise machine ready to help us all get a good night's sleep. Plus, if you book through the Chase travel portal , you get daily breakfast, a complimentary upgrade and a $100 property credit.

Other properties to consider

But there are plenty of other family-friendly options too. The Hilton London Bankside (available for around $267 or 70,000 Hilton Honors points per night) has a host of family offerings like connecting rooms and an indoor pool. Kids eat free at Holiday Inn London — Oxford Circus, with rooms available for around $328 or 39,000 IHG rewards points a night.

Planning a trip to London? Check out some of our other stories and planning tips:

• 27 of the best free things to do in London
• The complete guide to flying to London on points and miles
• 7 London hotels used by actual royalty
• The best hotels in London
• Chic but a bit cramped: A review of The London Edition

Item added to your cart

London Tourist Itineraries

Collection: london tourist itineraries.

London 3-Day Tourist Itinerary

London 5-Day Tourist Itinerary

London 7-Day Tourist Itinerary

• Choosing a selection results in a full page refresh.
• Opens in a new window.

Veganderlust contains affiliate links and is a member of the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program. If you make a purchase using one of these Amazon links, I may receive compensation at no extra cost to you.  For more info, see the Disclosure Policy .

• 4 Day Itinerary for London: What to See & Do

London is one of the best cities to visit in Europe. It has modern skyscrapers, lush green parks, historic landmarks, and a diverse cultural scene.

I’ve been to London a lot of times, altogether I’ve already spent over 3 months in this amazing city, and I’m already looking forward to my next visit. There’s just so much to do in London, you’ll never get bored.

But I know most people don’t have months to explore London, that’s why I created this 4 day itinerary for London with all my favorite things to do.

Table of Contents

Day 1: Attractions near the Themes

Many main attractions are located near the Thames River. I’ve added them all to the first day of this four day London itinerary, grouping each day by area.

If you only admire the attractions near the River Themes from the outside, you’ll have enough time for them in one day. If you want to visit inside, you might need to shift some activities to the next day. But don’t worry, the following days are less packed, so it won’t be a problem.

Tower of London

Start your first day in London with the iconic Tower of London . This medieval castle, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site, has been used as a royal palace, prison, and even a zoo throughout history. It’s also where the Crown Jewels are kept!

You can purchase tickets to enter the Tower of London or simply enjoy its exterior and take some photos from outside.

🤩 Visit the best attractions of London on this walking tour!

Tower Bridge

Just next to the Tower of London is the famous Tower Bridge, one of London’s most recognizable landmarks. You can walk across the bridge for free and enjoy the stunning views of the Thames River and the city skyline.

In case you like to buy souvenirs, the Tower Bridge souvenir shop on the south side of the bridge is my favorite souvenir shop in London. They sell some more unique pieces you can’t find anywhere else.

Borough Market

Walk along the Queen’s Walk on the South shore of the Themes River until you get to the Borough Market , one of the oldest and largest food markets in London. It’s the perfect place for a quick snack.

🤩 See the best sights of London on this walking tour!

Millennium Bridge

Keep walking along the Bankside until you reach the Millennium Bridge. On the way you’ll walk past Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre, a replica of the original Elizabethan theatre where Shakespeare’s plays were performed, and the Tate Modern, a contemporary art museum.

Cross the bridge to get to St. Paul’s Cathedral. Harry Potter fans will recognise the Millennium Bridge as one of the Harry Potter filming locations , in the movies the death eaters collapse it.

🤩 I love this walking tour for the small group sizes!

St Paul’s Cathedral

St. Paul’s Cathedral is one of London’s most iconic landmarks and the seat of the Bishop of London.

If you want to wander around the cathedral, you’ll need to buy an entrance ticket for £25. However, if you’re on a budget, just admiring the cathedral from the outside is worth it!

🤩 I love this walking tour for the local guide!

Big Ben & Palace of Westminster

It’s time to head to Big Ben, one of London’s most famous landmarks. You can walk for about 40 minutes along the River Thames, take the tube from Mansion House to Westminster, or catch the water taxi from Blackfriars Pier to Westminster Pier.

Big Ben is the bell inside the clock tower at the north end of the Palace of Westminster. Also known as the Houses of Parliament, it’s where the UK government meets. It’s a stunning building, and you can take tours to learn more about its history.

🤩 See the best sights of Westminster on this amazing walking tour!

Westminster Abbey

Next to the Palace of Westminster is Westminster Abbey, a royal church where many monarchs have been crowned, married, and buried. Even if you’re not interested in its historical significance, it’s still worth visiting for its stunning Gothic architecture.

🤩 I love this walking tour because it includes tickets to Westminster Abbey!

End your first day in London with a ride on the iconic London Eye. It’s one of the most popular tourist attractions in London and offers breathtaking views of the city. You can purchase tickets online in advance to avoid long lines.

Day 2: Soho, Museums & Hyde Park

Start your second day in London with a visit to Hyde Park, one of London’s largest and most famous parks. It’s the perfect place to relax, go for a walk or have a picnic.

If you visit London in summer, you can even rent a pedal boat and explore the Serpentine Lake in the park.

Museum at Exhibition Road

From Hyde Park, take a short walk to Exhibition Road, where some of London’s most famous museums are located. You can choose to visit one or all of them depending on your interests and time. The best part is, most of these museums are free to enter!

• Natural History Museum : Discover the wonders of the natural world, from dinosaur skeletons to a giant blue whale model. When I first entered this museum I felt like inside the movie “Night at the Museum”, so cool.
• Science Museum : Engage with interactive exhibits that explore scientific advancements and technological innovations.
• Victoria and Albert Museum : Immerse yourself in a vast collection of art and design spanning over 5,000 years.
• Royal Albert Hall : Although not a museum, it’s a historic concert hall worth a visit for its stunning architecture. You can even catch a concert there.

Piccadilly Circus & Leicester Square

After exploring the museums, make your way to Piccadilly Circus by tube from South Kensington.

Almost half way in between is Buckingham Palace, but to be honest, I don’t think it’s worth visiting. So, just take the tube and head straight there.

Piccadilly Circus is often referred to as London’s version of Times Square, and it’s a hub of neon lights and entertainment. From there, you can walk to Leicester Square, known for its movie premieres and theaters.

In between Piccadilly Circus and Leicester Square is London’s Chinatown. Here you’ll find an array of Asian restaurants, shops, and markets.

Covent Garden

From Leicester Square, take a short walk to Covent Garden, a popular shopping and dining destination. You can also catch street performances in the main square or explore the unique shops inside the old market halls.

I really like Whittard tea house, they have a delicious selection of teas and even hot chocolate. On my last visit I bought the most amazing salted caramel hot chocolate there.

The British Museum

The British Museum is one of the world’s largest museums. It houses over 8 million artifacts from around the world, including famous pieces like the Rosetta Stone and Parthenon sculptures. And just like many other London museums, it’s free to enter!

Finish your day in Soho, a area known for its trendy bars, restaurants, and nightlife. Enjoy delicious vegan food in Soho and then see a show at the West End. Whenever I visit London, I make it a point to see a different performance, it’s one of the best things to do in Soho .

They have a range of old and new productions, like Les Miserable and Harry Potter and the Cursed Child. By the way, in case you love Harry Potter, in Soho you can find the most unique Harry Potter souvenir shop and you can even get some Harry Potter-themed afternoon tea .

🤩 Visit the best pubs in Soho with this fun tour!

Day 3: Camden & Brick Lane

The third day of this London itinerary is quieter, so you can add things from previous days if you didn’t have time to see them.

Camden Market

Start your day in Camden Lock Market, known for its alternative fashion, street food, and unique stalls. It’s the perfect place to grab a bite to eat and pick up some souvenirs.

After you explored Camden Market take the tube from Camden Town to Bank Underground Station. A short walk from there is the Sky Garden , the best view of London you can get for free.

It’s a super picturesque space on the 35th floor of a skyscraper with an indoor garden and panoramic views of the city.

It’s free to visit, but you need to reserve your ticket in advance. You might get lucky and be allowed in without a ticket, as I was last time, but I wouldn’t count on it.

Leadenhall Market

Close by is Leadenhall Market, a beautiful covered Victorian market filled with boutique shops and restaurants. However, every time I visit almost all the shops are closed, but if you’re a Harry Potter fan it’s still worth visiting even if the shops are closed.

This market served as the entrance to the Leaky Cauldron in the movies, strolling through the Leadenhall Market is one of the magical Harry Potter things to do in London .

Afterwards make your way by foot or by tube to Brick Lane, also known as Banglatown. Here you’ll find a melting pot of cultures, with street art, vintage shops, curry houses and markets. It’s definitely worth spending an afternoon here exploring its unique atmosphere.

Day 4: Day Trip or More of London

For the last day of your London itinerary, you can either take a day trip outside of the city or explore more of what London has to offer.

Day Trip Options

• Bath: A day trip to Bath from London lets you explore this beautiful historic city. Highlights of Bath include visiting the Roman Baths and admiring the stunning Georgian architecture.
• Stonehenge : The best way to visit this ancient landmark is by taking a guided tour from London. I recommend picking a Stonehenge tour from London with some additional stops.
• Oxford: Another popular day trip option is to visit the historic city of Oxford, known for its prestigious university and beautiful architecture.
• Cambridge : Another famous university town, Cambridge offers beautiful architecture, punting on the River Cam, and picturesque streets lined with shops and cafes.
• Brighton: For a coastal getaway from London, Brighton is a great option. It’s one of the best UK cities to visit . On a day trip, you can relax on the beach and enjoy the arcade games.
• Harry Potter World: If you’re a fan of the wizarding world, a visit to Harry Potter World is a must. Getting from London to the Warner Bros studio tour is very easy and there you can look behind the scenes of the Harry Potter films.

🤩 Combine a day trip to Stonehenge and Bath with this tour!

More London Exploration

If you choose to stay in London, here are some additional places you can check out:

• Kensington Palace : Explore the beautiful gardens and rooms inside Kensington Palace, which was once home to royalty like Quee Victoria and Princess Diana.
• Buckingham Palace: While I didn’t recommend visiting Buckingham Palace earlier, if you’re interested in seeing the Changing of the Guard ceremony, you can do so on certain days during the summer.
• Portobello Road Market: This famous market in Notting Hill is known for its antiques and vintage finds. It’s a great place to find unique souvenirs or just enjoy the bustling atmosphere.
• Bus Tour: If you want to see more of London without walking, hop on a sightseeing bus tour. It’s a great way to get an overview of the city and learn about its history.
• Festivals: London has a variety of festivals happening year-round, from food and drink festivals to cultural celebrations. One of the most unique festivals is the Notting Hill Carnival, which is held every August in London .
• Museums: There are plenty more museums you can check out in London, like the National Gallery next to the Trafalgar Square, or the National Portrait Gallery.
• Greenwich: Take a ferry along the Thames River to Greenwich and explore its historic streets and parks. You can also stand on the Prime Meridian at the Royal Observatory.

Is 4 Days Enough in London?

Of course, there is always more to see and do in London, but with this 4-day London itinerary you’ll be able to see the top attractions, as well as some hidden gems. You can always customize the itinerary to fit your interests and add or subtract activities depending on your pace.

If you have more time, I recommend spending an extra day in London to explore even further or taking a day trip outside of the city. But if 4 days is all you have, it’s definitely enough to get a taste of what this amazing city has to offer.

How to Get Around London

London has an extensive public transportation system, so getting around is very easy. The best way to travel in London is by using the tube (underground/subway) or buses.

You can pay for the tube and buses by tapping your credit or debit card at the reader when you enter the station or get on the bus.

If your bank has bad exchange rates or transaction fees, getting a Visitor Oyster Card at any underground station and topping it up might be a better option depending on your stay in London. You’ll have to pay for the card, but you won’t have transaction fees.

Where to Stay in London

For accommodation, I would recommend staying in the central areas of London like Soho, Westminster, or Camden. These areas are close to major attractions and have great public transportation connections.

Mirabilis Apartments – Bayham Place is a great option if you prefer staying in apartments. It’s a spacious, modern apartment located in Camden, right next to a tube station.

Another excellent accommodation option is the Vintry & Mercer Hotel , which offers luxurious rooms in central London.

Hazlitt’s is a more rustic looking hotel in Soho with excellent reviews. It’s the best option if you want to explore the nightlife of Soho without having to worry how to get home in the middle of the night.

Final Thoughts: 4 Day Itinerary London England

This 4-day London itinerary covers the best things you can do in a short amount of time.

From iconic landmarks like Tower Bridge and Westminster Palace to vibrant neighbourhoods like Soho and Camden, this itinerary ensures you won’t miss the best attraction.

But as I mentioned before, there’s so much more to see and do in London. If you have more time, consider adding additional days or exploring different areas of the city.

No matter what you choose, one thing is for sure – you’ll never run out of things to do and discover in this amazing city.

Read more about London:

• 21 Best Things to Do in London in August
• 15 Amazing Things to Do in Soho London
• Best Fully Vegan Restaurants in Soho London
• How to get to Harry Potter Studios from London

21 Magical Harry Potter Locations in London

• 13 Magical Harry Potter Things to Do in London
• 10 Most Magical Harry Potter Shops in London

Do You Tip in London? All You Need to Know

• The Best Oxford and Cambridge Tours from London
• Top 10 Most Vegan Friendly Cities in Europe You Should Visit

Pin it for later:

Tina Riegelnegg is the founder of Veganderlust. She started this blog in 2022 to share her experiences in order to help other travellers have the best experience and find the best vegan food while travelling. So far Tina has been to 31 countries on 5 continents.

Similar Posts

7 Absolute Best Day Trips from Bristol

Bristol is fantastic for exploring, with lots of great day trip options. Many visitors overlook these opportunities because they don’t stay long…

As a traveler, it’s always important to be aware of local customs and etiquette when visiting a new city. And one question…

There are so many Harry Potter filming locations in London and even more locations in London inspired J.K. Rowling in creating the…

Is Stonehenge Worth Seeing? Why I Don’t Think It Is

Stonehenge is fascinating, considering the massive stones were moved and arranged around 3000 BC. Seeing this historic stone circle is a unique…

Discover the 13 Best Hidden Gems in Liverpool

Are you looking for the best hidden gems Liverpool has to offer? I’ve got you covered! Liverpool has so many amazing things…

Travel Bucket List Quiz: Find Your Dream Destination!

Are you ready to embark on a thrilling journey of self-discovery and adventure? Welcome to the Travel Bucket List Quiz, where we’ll…

• London Tourism
• London Hotels
• London Bed and Breakfast
• London Vacation Rentals
• Flights to London
• London Restaurants
• Things to Do in London
• London Travel Forum
• London Photos
• All London Hotels
• London Hotel Deals
• Last Minute Hotels in London
• Things to Do
• Restaurants
• Vacation Rentals
• Travel Stories
• Rental Cars
• Add a Place
• Travel Forum
• Travelers' Choice
• Help Center

Itinerary Help - London Forum

• Europe    
• United Kingdom (UK)    
• England    
• London    

Itinerary Help

• United States Forums
• Europe Forums
• Canada Forums
• Asia Forums
• Central America Forums
• Africa Forums
• Caribbean Forums
• Mexico Forums
• South Pacific Forums
• South America Forums
• Middle East Forums
• Honeymoons and Romance
• Business Travel
• Train Travel
• Traveling With Disabilities
• Tripadvisor Support
• Solo Travel
• Bargain Travel
• Timeshares / Vacation Rentals
• England forums
• London forum

Our must see list in London is the Tower of London , Tower Bridge , Westminster and Buckingham Palace (not the changing of the guard which we plan to see in Windsor). I hope to also visit the National Gallery , Hyde Park and the Churchhill War Rooms. Is that doable in two days without feeling super rushed? Anything you would swap out or leave till next time?

We're also planning a full day to Windsor, a day to Manchester to see the Manchester City stadium tour and the football museum, a Downton Abbey small group tour day trip and a full day to hike the Seven Sisters. The day to Manchester is at my son's request and I am a huge fan of Downton Abbey so booked those two days straight way. We also like to get out of the city and the Seven Sisters hike seems like a lovely day and change of pace from all the sightseeing.

Our final day we have to head to Heathrow by 1:30-2pm for a 6p flight . We're staying at the Hyatt East so thought perhaps a visit to the Spitalfield market or Brick Lane for lunch would be nice on our final day. Anything else nearby we could see that morning? I don't want to travel too far since we have to return to pick up our suitcases.

I know we could spend the entire week in London proper and while I'd love an entire week of museums, my son likes to hop on the train and explore more.

What do you think for our London days? I know it's a lot of day trips but we're used to commuting by train and these are all major highlights for us.

28 replies to this topic

You’ll need a holiday to recover, but it is your trip, your time.

I can take off a visit up the Tower Bridge , our main interest is to spend 3-4 hours at the Tower of London .

How many days do you actually have in the UK? I'm finding it hard to tell from what you've written. If you set out your days and the timetable for each day it would be easier to sort out what's happening.

Yes your plan is too super rushed and doubt it can be done.

- [ ] Monday Day 1 Arrive at Heathrow Airport around 11:30 am Taxi and arrived at hotel at 2:00pm and Checked in. Then Uber to Buckingham Palace for a tour of the Palace (amazing!)

- [ ] Day 2 walked 15 min across Westminster Bridge (great views!) for 10:00 am Themes River Cruise (don’t miss) to Tower Pier and thén walk 5 mi to the Tower of London . see Crown Jewels first (plan 3-4 hours— a great day! ) stroll Tower Bridge afterwards. Take tube back to hotel.

- [ ] Day 3 Walk across bridge again and take the 9am Churchhill War Room tour(book ahead) before opening (Everyone should see this actual war rooms—amazing and very interesting-personal group tour worth the cost) and then stay till lunch (very good food there’s,) and then walk a short walk and tour Westminster Abby (book admission ahead) then afterwards have a British Tea maybe! Or just scones at a nearby hotel. Stroll Trafalger square and taxi back to hotel.

- [ ] Day 4: walk 10 min to Waterloo station and take train straight to Windsor Castle at opening (book ahead).

- [ ] Day 5: your full day to hike the Seven Sisters could fit here

- [ ] Day 6: we took the tube to see st Paul’s Cathedral and Imperial War Museum but this would be a good day for your National Gallery and a bit of a rest

- [ ] Day 7 a day to Manchester to see the Manchester City stadium tour and the football museum,

- [ ] Day 8: a Downton Abbey small group tour day trip

- [ ] Day 9 depart by taxi that drives past Herrods, and through Kensington

I don’t think you have this many days— I would skip Downtown Abby, the Seven sisters, the national Gallery (see the Dutch Masters in the Netherlands) and save the Gallery for the next trip. That would be 5 days in London.

Sure, this is the tentative plan -

Day 2 - Avanti train to Manchester , stadium tour, stop for lunch, football museum, train back to London

Day 3 - Tentative Churchill war rooms, lunch, Westminster, head to Trafalgar square , dinner nearby

Day 4 - Downton Abbey tour (motor coach to Highclere, picnic lunch there)

Day 5 - Either Windsor or Buckingham Palace / Hyde Park

Day 6 - Train to Seaford for Seven Sisters cliff walk, return from Eastbourne, may take the bus part way if we're not up to the full walk

Day 7 - Check out, leave bags at hotel, perhaps cruise on the Thames or just lunch at Brick Lane or Spitalfields which are not far from our hotel. Pick up bags at 1:30p and head to Heathrow for 6p flight

Since we don't need to prebook anything for the visit to Seven Sisters if we're not up for it we can always sleep in that day and have the afternoon to wander around London and explore some more.

We'll likely take a trip to Scotland next summer for 7-8 days and then another week through England seeing some of the countryside, then flying out of London. We'll have 2-3 days that time to catch a few things we miss this time around.

Thank you, your plan is pretty close to what I have. I think we'll cut out Windsor this time and try again next year. The motor coach trip to Highclere is prepaid already and non-refundable, it's my #1 thing to do during the trip after watching the series so many times so can't miss it!

You can certainly do your “must sees” in two days, and subject to what’re you want to see inside and where you just pass by I think you will do most of your “hope tos” as well. It will be busy, but I wouldn’t say rushed. I’d substitute St James ’s Park for Hyde Park , though - smaller and much prettier, with a good cafe in an attractive spot by the lake for lunch.

• Best Day Trip 3:43 am
• Getting from Heathrow to Sea Container hotel SE1 3:29 am
• blackcabs or minicabs 3:25 am
• London Reading (to the faraway towns) 2:57 am
• Arrival time at LHR for travel to Zurich 2:49 am
• How will elections affect our trip? 2:27 am
• how far ahead lner tickets- too early for best price? 1:51 am
• Tower of London, Tower bridge, evening show - ok for 1 day? 1:23 am
• Train from London to HP Warner studios 10:47 pm
• London Entry Requirement 10:11 pm
• What to wear? 8:36 pm
• One Week w/ Young Family Advice 8:17 pm
• car rental 7:59 pm
• Itinerary Help 7:02 pm
• Best Area of London to Stay for 2 nights 15 replies
• How to get to Victoria Station from Heathrow? 10 replies
• The London Pass...worth it or scam? 10 replies
• Best hotel for Heathrow Terminal 3? 8 replies
• Hostel/Hotel Near Liverpool Street Station 4 replies
• outlet shops in London? 12 replies
• Heathrow to Kings Cross 7 replies
• London - factory / designer outlet malls 12 replies
• weather in december 5 replies
• Best Area to Stay in London 8 replies

London Hotels and Places to Stay

• What can I do in London on a budget?
• How to use Oyster Cards, Travelcards and 2-4-1 offers in London?
• What is open in London on Christmas Day
• The Championships, Wimbledon
• Harry Potter in London - FAQ

BOOK ONLINE NOW OR PHONE US

01502 574669 (Lowestoft) 01728 830414 (Leiston)

OUR LINES ARE OPEN 8:30 - 17:00

• Home Collection
• Loyalty Scheme
• Customer Testimonials
• Recruitment
• City Breaks
• Mystery Tours
• Bargain Breaks
• Festive Tours
• All UK Tours
• Anniversary
• Tours with a hostess
• Continental Tours
• Mystery Excursion
• Bargain Break
• Warners Holidays
• Festive Excursions
• Flower Shows
• Craft & Hobby Days
• River Trips
• All Day Excursions
• Anniversary Tours
• Group Tours
• Travel Insurance
• Day Excursions Terms and Conditions
• Private Hire
• New Quotation
• Thomas Mills
• NCFC Home Matches
• Brochure Request
• Online Brochures
• Gift Vouchers

Brooklands & London Transport Museum

This 4-day tour is ideal for transport enthusiasts, including visits to the Brooklands Museum, the London Bus Museum, and the London Transport Museum. You will also have free time to explore London at your own pace.

• Detailed Overview
• Tour Itinerary
• Other Information
• Home Pick-ups
• Pick-up Points
• Departure Dates

Holiday Inn Shepperton

This delightful hotel has recently undergone an extensive transformation to bring a very modern feel to it. Facilities at the hotel include an indoor swimming pool, gym, sauna, steam room, restaurant, bar and terrace. All rooms are en suite and have tea/coffee making facilities, telephone and TV. There is a lift at this hotel.  

The price of your holiday includes:

3 nights en suite accommodation

Dinner, bed & breakfast

Excursions programme as detailed

Standard entry into Brooklands Museum & London Bus Museum

Standard entry into London Transport Museum

Luxury coach travel throughout

Brooklands Museum &

Brooklands Museum & London Bus Museum This morning you take a short drive to Brooklands Museum. The birthplace of British Motorsport, aviation and the home of Concorde, here you will discover the pioneers of speed, flight and adventure. Included in your visit today is admission into the London Bus Museum which is located on the same site as Brooklands. The London Bus Museum is home to a remarkable collection of buses and coaches and has the largest collection of working historic London buses in the world.

London Transport

London Transport Museum Today you head into the heart of the city to visit the London Transport Museum in Covent Garden. The museum brings to life the history of London's public transport network - the buses, tubes, trains and taxis from the 19th century to the present day. You'll discover how transport has played a huge role in the evolution of London's unique identity, from horse-drawn omnibuses right through to the world's first underground railway and the creation of the iconic tube map.

Please note : Unless otherwise stated, admission prices into places of interest are not included. Single rooms at no supplement are subject to availability.

Single Room Supplement

Single rooms at no supplement are subject to availability and may incur an additional supplement.

Travel Only

We offer a travel only option on this tour. Please note that this is to and from the hotel only and is subject to availability. Please do contact us for further information.

If you pick up does not fall in our home catchment area please five one of our offices a call on Lowestoft 01502 574669 or Leiston 01728 830414 we can assist your further.

Full Terms, Conditions & insurance details can be found on our website www.bellecoaches.co.uk .  Alternatively, a copy can be obtained from one of our booking offices. Your attention is also drawn to the Bonded Coach Holiday Group Trading Charter that will apply to these coach package holidays. Details of the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 can be found at  www.legislation.gov.uk/ukdsi/2018/9780111168479/contents

It is not possible to display the home pick-ups map because JavaScript is disabled in your web browser.

It was not possible to contact Google to display the home pick-ups map. Please try again later.

We offer both home pick-up’s and also have designated pick up points in certain area’s which are free of charge, see the Pick-up points tab for further details. The map below can be used to check the price of a home pick-up. The map shows the price bands for each area we service. To check the price from your address either click your street on the map or enter your postcode or city/town and click the 'Check Price' button. Please note that home pick-ups are as close to your home as possible and maybe subject to change before departure. Pricing Key is per person

Below is a list of pick-up points available on this tour.

It is not possible to display the map. This may be due to Google Maps not being supported in your browser.

Pick-up Point Times

To make an online booking, please first select the number of passengers required in the dropdown menu below, then click the shopping trolley icon in the Book Now column. If the shopping trolley icon is unavailable, online booking is not currently available for this departure. Please call our reservations team on 01502 574669 or 01728 830414 or use the Call Back facility and a member of our team will be happy to assist.

There are currently no departures available on this tour.

The website timed out while searching for the departure dates. Please try again.

Don't Miss Out!

Don't miss out! Book today

Keyword Search

Availability search.

• What is Included
• Holiday Information
• Trading Charter
• Day Excursions T&Cs
• Cookie Policy
• Privacy Policy
• Financial Security Statement

B.R. Shreeve & Sons Limited t/a Belle Coaches is an appointed representative of ITC Compliance Limited which is authorised and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (their registration number is 313486) and which is permitted to advise on and arrange general insurance contracts as an intermediary. VAT 105 5825 83

This website uses cookies to store essential information. By continuing to browse the website you are agreeing to their use. With your permission we would like use additional cookies. For more information you can view our cookie policy . Select Settings to change your cookie preferences. To allow the use of all cookies select Accept.

• London Tourism
• London Hotels
• Bed and Breakfast London
• London Holiday Rentals
• Flights to London
• London Restaurants
• London Attractions
• London Travel Forum
• London Photos
• All London Hotels
• London Hotel Deals
• Last Minute Hotels in London
• Things to Do
• Restaurants
• Holiday Rentals
• Travel Stories
• Add a Place
• Travel Forum
• Travellers' Choice
• Help Centre

Itinerary Review Please - London Forum

• Europe    
• United Kingdom (UK)    
• England    
• London    

Itinerary Review Please

• United Kingdom Forums
• United States Forums
• Europe Forums
• Canada Forums
• Asia Forums
• Central America Forums
• Africa Forums
• Caribbean Forums
• Mexico Forums
• South Pacific Forums
• South America Forums
• Middle East Forums
• Honeymoons and Romance
• Business Travel
• Train Travel
• Traveling With Disabilities
• Tripadvisor Support
• Solo Travel
• Bargain Travel
• Timeshares / Holiday Rentals
• England forums
• London forum

The London visit will bookend a visit to Paris , Zurich and the Bernese Oberland. Family of 5 visiting (2 adults, 3 kids aged 9-11). Here's the London part of the itinerary. We are not doing any palaces or abbeys. Maybe next time.

Day 1: Arrive at 10am. Drop off bags at accommodation and rest for an hour or so. Then,

a. If it's not rainy: do Kensington Gardens / Hyde Park (focusing on Diana Memorial Playground, Italian Gardens, Diana Memorial Fountain, Hyde Park Rose Garden etc.) Spend a considerable time here. Stretch goal is the Notting Hill neighborhood but seems unlikely. Some grocery shopping at Lidl or Sainsbury or Waitrose and call it an early night.

b. If it's rainy: Take the tube to King's Cross. Visit the Harry Potter Shop. Then head over to the British Museum and spend time there. If time permits, pop over to the British Library and look at the Treasures Gallery. Head back in time for some grocery shopping at the same places as listed above.

Day 2: Visit the Science Museum, shopping (mostly window) at Harrods and Afternoon Tea (haven't decided on an afternoon tea destination yet but Hotel Ampersand's Science Afternoon Tea is the front runner)

Day 3: Do the exact opposite of what was done on Day 1. If it rained on Day 1 and rains today as well then we will have to see.

Day 4: Walk in the Mayfair - Soho - Covent Garden neighborhood ( Selfridges , Marble Arch, Regent Street, Carnaby Street , Piccadilly Circus & Leicester Square - quick photo nothing more, Seven Dials Market)

Day 5-12: Heading to Paris/Zurich/Bernese Oberland. No activities in London.

Day 13: Back from Paris/Zurich/Bernese Oberland. Arrive at St. Pancras by 1pm. Warner Brothers Studio tour in the evening. Not much else.

Day 14: Imperial War Museum, London Eye , Jubilee Gardens, exploring South Bank arc west of the Tate Modern . Got some very useful suggestions here so will probably do Graffiti Tunnel, JCB glass lift at SouthBank Center and a cruise on the Thames. Sky Garden at Tate Modern if time permits (will pre-book as it's free)

Day 15: Tower of London , Tower Bridge & Borough Market . Maybe add a few more spots east of the Tate Modern.

Things I would have liked to do but cannot make time for: Churchill War Rooms , Lord's Cricket Ground tour.

Thanks for reading!

10 replies to this topic

Day 14 seems very ambitious. I’ve recently spent the best part of a day at the Imperial War Museum. If you want to limit your time there, I suggest you select one exhibit (eg WWI or Holocaust) in advance and concentrate on that.

https://www.spitalfields.co.uk/food-drinks/

If you really want to see Lords or the War Rooms, I’d do it in the morning of Day 4. Afterwards, do as much of the planned walking tour as you can reasonably fit in. You don’t have a big ticket site this day, and I’m not sure how much there is to interest your younger children on that walking plan.

I understand that one cannot do justice to IWM even in a day let alone in a few hours. Thanks for the recommendation on WW1 and Holocaust. My plan was WW1, WW2 and the Holocaust and focus on major battles (Somme, D-Day). Also, I wanted to show the kids what life was like during the Blitz in 1940.

Just an FYI, the Holocaust Galleries at the IWM are not recommended for children under 14.

https://www.iwm.org.uk/events/the-holocaust-galleries#:~:text=Please%20note%2C%20the%20Holocaust%20Galleries,pre%2Dbooked%20Holocaust%20Learning%20Session.

If your children are 9-11, I think I'd skip the Diana playground. It might be a bit young for them. You obviously know them better however.

If you are going on the Lords cricket ground tour, it changes when there is ANY cricket being played there.

When there is cricket being played you don't get to go in either the Pavilion or the Media Centre (because they are being used), but you do get to see cricket. (It won't be Tests, it could be county teams or just any match on at the time).

Not sure how important Lords is to your itinerary, but it's still a great tour on any day.

I found that afternoon tea can book up very far in advance. When we realized, 1 week before our trip, that we could do tea in the late afternoon before theater instead of an early dinner, many places were already fully booked. Of you want to go to the Ampersand, book asap.

All sounds a bit hectic especially with children, build in some slack.

• Best Day Trip 08:43
• Getting from Heathrow to Sea Container hotel SE1 08:29
• blackcabs or minicabs 08:25
• London Reading (to the faraway towns) 07:57
• Arrival time at LHR for travel to Zurich 07:49
• How will elections affect our trip? 07:27
• how far ahead lner tickets- too early for best price? 06:51
• Tower of London, Tower bridge, evening show - ok for 1 day? 06:23
• Train from London to HP Warner studios 03:47
• London Entry Requirement 03:11
• What to wear? 01:36
• One Week w/ Young Family Advice 01:17
• car rental 00:59
• Itinerary Help 00:02
• EasyJet carry-on hand luggage 28 replies
• Which tube line from Kings Cross to Paddington? 5 replies
• Unique or unusual Restaurants 30 replies
• Best area to stay in London as a 3-day tourist? 7 replies
• Best hotel for Heathrow Terminal 3? 8 replies
• Top Secret Hotel from lastminute.com - any idea? 7 replies
• Harry Potter Studio Tour London Gift Shop 191 replies
• Inexpensive, but good, restaurants near Victoria Station 10 replies
• Warning: booking via AGODA.COM 24 replies

London Hotels and Places to Stay

• What can I do in London on a budget?
• How to use Oyster Cards, Travelcards and 2-4-1 offers in London?
• What is open in London on Christmas Day
• The Championships, Wimbledon
• Harry Potter in London - FAQ